USER’S MANUAL

Revision 1.1c
C2SBA+II
C2SBA+
C2SBA
C2SBE
Manual Revision: Rev. 1.1c
Release Date: July 20, 2009
Unless you request and receive written permission from Super Micro Computer, Inc., you may not
copy any part of this document.
Information in this document is subject to change without notice. Other products and companies
referred to herein are trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective companies or mark
holders.
Copyright © 2009 by Super Micro Computer, Inc.
All rights reserved.
Printed in the United States of America
The information in this User’s Manual has been carefully reviewed and is believed to be accurate.
The vendor assumes no responsibility for any inaccuracies that may be contained in this document,
makes no commitment to update or to keep current the information in this manual, or to notify any
person or organization of the updates. Please Note: For the most up-to-date version of this
manual, please see our web site at www.supermicro.com.
Super Micro Computer, Inc. ("Supermicro") reserves the right to make changes to the product
described in this manual at any time and without notice. This product, including software, if any,
and documentation may not, in whole or in part, be copied, photocopied, reproduced, translated or
reduced to any medium or machine without prior written consent.
IN NO EVENT WILL SUPER MICRO COMPUTER, INC. BE LIABLE FOR DIRECT, INDIRECT,
SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, SPECULATIVE OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING FROM THE
USE OR INABILITY TO USE THIS PRODUCT OR DOCUMENTATION, EVEN IF ADVISED OF
THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. IN PARTICULAR, SUPER MICRO COMPUTER, INC.
SHALL NOT HAVE LIABILITY FOR ANY HARDWARE, SOFTWARE, OR DATA STORED OR USED
WITH THE PRODUCT, INCLUDING THE COSTS OF REPAIRING, REPLACING, INTEGRATING,
INSTALLING OR RECOVERING SUCH HARDWARE, SOFTWARE, OR DATA.

Any disputes arising between manufacturer and customer shall be governed by the laws of Santa
Clara County in the State of California, USA. The State of California, County of Santa Clara shall
be the exclusive venue for the resolution of any such disputes. Super Micro's total liability for all
claims will not exceed the price paid for the hardware product.
FCC Statement: This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B
digital device pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable
protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates,
uses, and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the
manufacturer’s instruction manual, may cause interference with radio communications. However,
there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment
does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which can be determined by
turning the equipment off and on, you are encouraged to try to correct the interference by one
or more of the following measures:
Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna.
Increase the separation between the equipment and the receiver.
Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is
connected.
Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/television technician for help.
California Best Management Practices Regulations for Perchlorate Materials: This Perchlorate
warning applies only to products containing CR (Manganese Dioxide) Lithium coin cells. “Perchlorate
Material-special handling may apply. See www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate”.

WARNING: Handling of lead solder materials used in this
product may expose you to lead, a chemical known to
the State of California to cause birth defects and other
reproductive harm.
Preface
About This Manual
Thi s manual i s wri t t en f or syst em i nt egrat ors, PC t echni ci ans and
knowledgeable PC users. It provides information for the installation and use of the
C2SBA+II/C2SBA+/C2SBA/C2SBE motherboard. The C2SBA+II/C2SBA+/
C2SBA/C2SBE supports single Intel Xeon 3000 Series/Core 2 Quad/Core 2 Duo
Processor with a system bus speed of up to 1.33 GHz. The Intel Core 2 Quad/Core 2
Duo Processor supports the 775-Land Grid Array Package, which interfaces with the
motherboard via an LGA775 socket. With the support of the Quad-Core/Dual-Core
Technology, Wide Dynamic Execution, FSB Dynamic Bus Inversion (DBI), Advanced
Digital Media Boost, Smart Memory Access, and Thermal Management 2 (TM2), the
C2SBA+II/C2SBA+/C2SBA/C2SBE delivers unparalleled system performance and
great power effciency in a slim package. Please refer to the motherboard specifca-
tions pages on our web site (http://www.supermicro.com/Products/) for updates on
supported processors. This product is intended to be professionally installed and
serviced by a technician.
Manual Organization
Chapter 1 describes the features, specifcations and performance of the mainboard
and provides detailed information about the chipset.
Chapter 2 provides hardware installation instructions. Read this chapter when
installing the processor, memory modules and other hardware components into
the system.
If you encounter any problems, see Chapter 3, which describes troubleshooting
procedures for the video, the memory and the system setup stored in the CMOS.
Chapter 4 includes an introduction to BIOS and provides detailed information on
running the CMOS Setup utility.
Appendix A provides BIOS POST Messages.
Appendix B lists BIOS POST Codes.
Appendix C, Appendix D and Appendix E list HostRAID Setup Guidelines and
Other Software Installation Instructions.
Conventions Used in the Manual:
Special attention should be given to the following symbols for proper installation and
to prevent damage done to the components or injury to yourself:
Danger/Caution: Instructions to be strictly followed to prevent catastrophic
system failure or to avoid bodily injury.
Warning: Important information given to ensure proper system installation or
to prevent damage to the components.
Note: Additional Information given to differentiate various models or to ensure cor-
rect system setup.

Preface
iii
C2SBA+II/C2SBA+/C2SBA/C2SBE User’s Manual
iv
Table of Contents
About This Manual ...................................................................................................... iii
Manual Organization .................................................................................................... iii
Conventions Used in the Manual .................................................................................. iii
Chapter 1: Introduction
1-1 Overview ......................................................................................................... 1-1
Checklist ..................................................................................................... 1-1
Contacting Super Micro .............................................................................. 1-2
C2SBA+II/C2SBA+/C2SBA/C2SBE Image ............................... 1-3
C2SBA+II/C2SBA+/C2SBA/C2SBE Layout ................................ 1-4
C2SBA+II/C2SBA+/C2SBA/C2SBE Quick Reference................. 1-5
Motherboard Features .............................................................................. 1-7
Intel G33/P35 Chipset: System Block Diagram ......................................... 1-9
1-2 Chipset Overview ......................................................................................... 1-10
1-3 Recovery from AC Power Loss .................................................................... 1-11
1-4 PC Health Monitoring ................................................................................... 1-11
1-5 ACPI Features .................................................................................................1-11
1-6 Power Supply ............................................................................................... 1-12
1-7 Versatile Media Capabilities ........................................................................... 1-13
1-8 Super I/O ...................................................................................................... 1-13
Chapter 2: Installation
2-1 Static-Sensitive Devices ................................................................................. 2-1
2-2 Motherboard Installation .................................................................................. 2-1
2-3 Processor and Heatsink Installation ............................................................... 2-2
2-4 Installing DDR2 Memory ................................................................................ 2-6
2-5 Control Panel Connectors/IO Ports ................................................................. 2-8
Back Panel Connectors/IO Ports ...................................................................... 2-8
Front Control Panel .......................................................................................... 2-9
Front Control Panel Pin Defnitions ................................................................ 2-10
PWR LED ............................................................................................... 2-10
HDD LED ................................................................................................. 2-10
NIC1 LED Indicators .............................................................................. 2-11
OH/Fan Fail LED ......................................................................................2-11
Reset Button ............................................................................................ 2-12
PWR Button ............................................................................................. 2-12
2-6 Connecting Cables ....................................................................................... 2-13
ATX/Auxiliary Power Connectors ........................................................... 2-13
Universal Serial Bus (USB) ..................................................................... 2-14
v
Table of Contents
Chassis Intrusion .................................................................................... 2-14
Fan Headers ............................................................................................. 2-15
VGA Connector ........................................................................................ 2-15
ATX PS/2 Keyboard and PS/2 Mouse Ports ............................................ 2-16
Serial Ports ............................................................................................... 2-16
Wake-On-Ring ......................................................................................... 2-17
Wake-On-LAN .......................................................................................... 2-17
GLAN1 Port .............................................................................................. 2-18
Speaker Connector .................................................................................. 2-18
High Defnition Audio (HDA) ..................................................................... 2-19
CD Header/Auxiliary Audio Header .......................................................... 2-19
Front Panel Audio Control ........................................................................ 2-20
Power LED ............................................................................................... 2-20
2-7 Jumper Settings ............................................................................................ 2-21
Explanation of Jumpers ......................................................................... 2-21
GLAN Enable/Disable .............................................................................. 2-21
CMOS Clear ........................................................................................... 2-22
Watch Dog Enable ................................................................................... 2-22
PCI/PCI-Exp. Slots to SMB Speeds ......................................................... 2-23
Keyboard Wake-Up .................................................................................. 2-23
IDE Enable/Disable .................................................................................. 2-24
TPM Enable .............................................................................................. 2-24
Audio Enable ............................................................................................ 2-25
USB Wake-Up .......................................................................................... 2-26
2-8 Onboard Indicators ....................................................................................... 2-27
GLAN LED Indicators ............................................................................... 2-27
Onboard Power LED ................................................................................ 2-28
2-9 Parallel Port, Floppy Drive and IDE Hard Drive Connections ..................... 2-29
Parallel Port Connector ............................................................................ 2-29
Floppy Connector .................................................................................... 2-30
IDE Connectors ........................................................................................ 2-31
Chapter 3: Troubleshooting
3-1 Troubleshooting Procedures ........................................................................... 3-1
Before Power On ....................................................................................... 3-1
No Power ................................................................................................... 3-1
No Video .................................................................................................. 3-1
Memory Errors ........................................................................................... 3-2
Losing the System’s Setup Confguration ................................................ 3-2
C2SBA+II/C2SBA+/C2SBA/C2SBE User’s Manual
vi
3-2 Technical Support Procedures ........................................................................ 3-2
3-3 Frequently Asked Questions ........................................................................... 3-3
3-4 Returning Merchandise for Service ................................................................. 3-5
Chapter 4: BIOS
4-1 Introduction ....................................................................................................... 4-1
4-2 Running Setup ................................................................................................. 4-2
4-3 Main BIOS Setup ............................................................................................. 4-3
4-4 Advanced Setup ............................................................................................... 4-7
4-5 Security Setup ............................................................................................... 4-22
4-6 TPM State ....................................................................................................... 4-24
4-7 Boot Setup ...................................................................................................... 4-25
4-8 Exit .................................................................................................................. 4-26
Appendices:
Appendix A: BIOS POST Messages .........................................................................A-1
Appendix B: BIOS POST Codes ................................................................................B-1
Appendix C: Intel HostRAID Setup Guidelines ..........................................................C-1
ApAppendix D: The Adaptec HostRAID Setup Guidelines ......................................D-1
Appendix E: Installing Other Software Programs and Drivers ................................. E-1

Chapter 1: Introduction
1-1
Chapter 1
Introduction
1-1 Overview
Checklist
Congratulations on purchasing your computer motherboard from an acknowledged
leader in the industry. Super Micro boards are designed with the utmost attention
to detail to provide you with the highest standards in quality and performance.
Please check that the following items have all been included with your motherboard.
If anything listed here is damaged or missing, contact your retailer.
All the following items are included in the retail box only:
One (1) Super Micro Mainboard
One (1) foppy drive ribbon cable (CBL-022L)
Four (4) SATA cables (CBL-0044L) (For C2SBA+/C2SBA/C2SBE)
Six (6) SATA cables (CBL-0044L) (For the C2SBA+II only)
Two (2) IDE hard drive cables (CBL-0036L-3) (C2SBA+II/C2SBA+ Only)
One (1) Super Micro CD containing drivers and utilities
One (1) User's/BIOS Manual
1-2
C2SBA+II/C2SBA+/C2SBA/C2SBE User’s Manual
Contacting Super Micro
Headquarters
Address: Super Micro Computer, Inc.
980 Rock Ave.
San Jose, CA 95131 U.S.A.
Tel: +1 (408) 503-8000
Fax: +1 (408) 503-8008
Email: marketing@supermicro.com (General Information)
support@supermicro.com (Technical Support)
Web Site: www.supermicro.com
Europe
Address: Super Micro Computer B.V.
Het Sterrenbeeld 28, 5215 ML
's-Hertogenbosch, The Netherlands
Tel: +31 (0) 73-6400390
Fax: +31 (0) 73-6416525
Email: sales@supermicro.nl (General Information)
support@supermicro.nl (Technical Support)
rma@supermicro.nl (Customer Support)
Asia-Pacifc
Address: Super Micro, Taiwan
4F, No. 232-1 Liancheng Road
Chung-Ho 235, Taipei Hsien, Taiwan, R.O.C.
Tel: +886-(2) 8226-3990
Fax: +886-(2) 8226-3991
Web Site: www.supermicro.com.tw
Technical Support:
Email: support@supermicro.com.tw
Tel: 886-2-8228-1366, ext.132 or 139
Chapter 1: Introduction
1-3
C2SBA+II/C2SBA+/C2SBA/C2SBE Image
Note: All pictures and drawings shown in this manual were based upon the latest
PCB revision available at the time of publishing of the manual. The motherboard
you've received may or may not look exactly the same as those in this manual.
1-4
C2SBA+II/C2SBA+/C2SBA/C2SBE User’s Manual
Motherboard Layout
(Please see important notes on Page 1-6.)
D
I
M
M
4
FAN2
F
A
N
3
F
A
N
1
JI2C1
JI2C2
JWOR
JPL1
J
4
7
JF1
F
A
N
4
JP3
JWD
JLED
Battery
J27
J40
D
I
M
M
3
D
I
M
M
2
D
I
M
M
1
D
I
M
M
1
A
D
I
M
M
2
A
D
I
M
M
1
B
D
I
M
M
2
B
I-SATA4
I-SATA5
WO
Speaker
C
O
M
1
K
B
/
M
O
U
S
E
CPU Fan
J28
J30
V
G
A
J31
JG1
U
S
B

3
/
4
/
5
/
6


J43
U
S
B

1
/
2
J11
L
A
N

J46
F
a
n
5
A
u
d
i
o

J41
4-Pin PWR
Processor
Slot7 PCI-E x1
Slot6 PCI-E x16
J
7
J
1
J
8
Slot5 PCI-E x4
P
C
I
4
Slot4 PCI-33MHz
JP5
P
C
I
3
Slot3 PCI-33MHz
J
P
2
P
C
I
2
Slot2 PCI-33MHz
J
9
Buzzer
SPKR1
Slot1 PCI-33MHz
P
C
I
1
J
1
2
C
2
S
B
A
WOL
J3
IDE#2
J10
IDE#1
J
4
8
J
4
4
FP USB 7/8 FP USB 9/10
J
4
5
J
S
2
J
S
1
I-SATA0
I-SATA1
J
S
5
J
S
6
JL1
LE1
F
r
o
n
t

P
a
n
e
l

C
T
R
L
Intel G33
North Bridge
South Bridge
Intel ICH9
2
4
-
p
i
n

A
T
X

P
W
R
Audio CTRL
CD-IN
CD1
J13
COM2
Front Audio
W
8
3
6
2
7
D
H
G
F
l
o
p
p
y
S

I
/
O
IDE CTRL
ITE 8212
Audio Enabled
Front-Access USB 11 Front-Access USB 12
J
S
4
J
S
3
I-SATA2
I-SATA3
J
P
U
S
B
1
JKB
JPUSB2
GLAN CTRL
JBT1
P
a
r
a
l
l
e
l

P
o
r
t
BIOS
Chapter 1: Introduction
1-5
C2SBA+II/C2SBA+/C2SBA/C2SBE Quick Reference
Jumpers Description Default Setting
JBT1 CMOS Clear (See Chapter 2)
JKB Keyboard Enabled Pins 1-2 (Enabled)
JI
2
C1/JI
2
C2 SMB to PCI Slots Open/Open (Disabled)
JP2 ITE IDE Enabled Pins 1-2 (Enabled) (See Note 4)
JP3 TPM Enabled Pins 1-2 (Enabled) (See Note 6)
JP5 Audio Enabled Pins 1-2 (Enabled)
JPL1 Giga-bit LAN Enab. Pins 1-2 (Enabled)
JPUSB1 B/P USB Wake Up Pins 2-3 (Disabled)
JPUSB2 F/P USB Wake Up Pins 2-3 (Disabled)
JWD Watch Dog Enable Pins 1-2 (Reset)
Connectors Description
Audio Audio Port (J46)
(FP) Audio Front Panel Audio Connector (J12)
CD1 Audio CD Input (CD-In) Header
COM1/COM2 COM Port/Serial Port 1 & Port 2 Connectors (J31, J13)
DIMM#1A,#2A,#1B,#2B Memory (DIMM) Slots (1 through 4)
Fans 1-5 Fan1: CPU Fan, Fan2-5: System/Chassis Fan Headers
Floppy Floppy Disk Connector (J27)
Front Control Panel Front Control Panel Header (JF1)
IDE#1/IDE#2 IDE Hard Drive #1 & Hard Drive #2 (See Note 4)
J9 Speaker Header
J40 ATX 24-Pin Power Connector
J41 12V 4-pin Power Connector (Required connection)
JL1 Chassis Intrusion Header
JLED Onboard Power LED Indicator
KB/Mouse PS/2 Keyboard/Mouse (J28)
LE1 Standby Power LED Indicator
Parrallel Parallel Printer Port (J30)
SATA 0/1/4/5 Intel SATA (#0/1/4/5) Headers (See Note 8)
Slot 1-Slot 4 PCI 33 MHz (PCI #1-#4) (See Note 5)
Slots 5-7 PCI-E x4 (Slot5), PCI-E x16 (Slot6), PCI-Ex1 (Slot7)
(BP) USB 1/2 & GLAN (Back Panel) Universal Serial Ports 1-2 & G-LAN Port
(BP) USB 3-6 (Back Panel) Universal Serial Ports 3-6 (J43)
(FP) USB 7/8, 9/10 (Front Panel) USB ports 7/8 (J44), USB 9/10 (J45)
(FP) USB 11, 12 Front-Accessible USB ports #11 (J47), USB #12 (J48)
VGA Video/Graphics Connector (See Note 7)
WOL Wake-On-LAN Header
WOR Wake-On-Ring Header
(All notes indicated above are listed on Page 1-6.)
1-6
C2SBA+II/C2SBA+/C2SBA/C2SBE User’s Manual
Important Notes to the User
• 1. Jumpers not indicated are for testing only.
• 2. See Chapter 2 for detailed information on CPU/Heatsink installation, memory
population, jumpers, connectors, I/O ports and JF1 front panel connections.
• 3. " " indicates the location of "Pin 1.'
• 4. IDE is available on the C2SBA/C2SBA+/C2SBA+II only.
• 5. PCI Slot 4 is not available on the C2SBA+/C2SBA+II.
• 6. Trusted Platform Module (TPM) support is available on the C2SBA and
C2SBA+II/C2SBA+ only.
• 7. VGA is not available on the C2SBE.
• 8. The ICH9R and SATA Ports 2 & 3 (JS3/4) are available on the C2BA+II.
• 9. G33 is available on the C2SBA/C2SBA+II/C2SBA+. P35 is available on the
C2SBE only.
Overclocking Considerations
Warning: Please be aware of the following conditions when "overclock-
ing" is used:
Setting a high CPU FSB Speed (overclocking), DRAM Frequency or selecting a
high CPU V-Core voltage, memory voltage, chipset voltage, ICH chipset voltage,
or the FSB termination voltage may result in system instability. If this occurs, revert
the setting to the default setting. In addition, extra fans may be needed for proper
system cooling. The C2SBA+II/C2SBA+/C2SBA/C2SBE offers the option of "over-
clocking"; however, Super Micro is not responsible for any damage caused by the
use of overclocking.
Chapter 1: Introduction
1-7
Motherboard Features
CPU
• Single Intel Xeon 3000 Series/Core 2 Quad/Core 2 Duo Processor with a system
bus speed of 1.33 GHz/1.066 GHz
• Supports Intel Dual Core Technology, Hyper-Threading, Wide Dynamic Execu-
tion, FSB Dynamic Bus Inversion (DBI), Advanced Digital Media Boost, Smart
Memory Access, and Thermal Management 2 (TM2)
Memory
• Supports unbuffered single or dual channel Non ECC Unbuffered DDR2 up
to 8GB/s (DDR2 800/667) for single channel mode or dual-channel Interleaved
mode.
Chipset
• Intel G33/P35 GMCH (North Bridge), ICH9/ICH9R (South Bridge)
Expansion Slots
• One (1) PCI-Express x16 (Slot 6)
• One (1) PCI-Express x4 (Slot 5)
• One (1) PCI-Express x1 (Slot 7)
• Four (4) 32-bit PCI 33MHz (Slot 1 to Slot 4) (Slot 4: Not available on the
C2SBA+II/C2SBA+)
BIOS
• DMI 2.3, PCI 2.2, ACPI 1.0/2.0, SMBIOS 2.3, and Plug and Play (PnP)
PC Health Monitoring
• Onboard voltage monitors for CPU Core Voltage, Memory Voltage,+1.8V, +3.3V,
+3.3V standby, +5V, Vbat (battery voltage) and ±12V
• Fan status monitor with frmware 4 pin fan speed control
• CPU 3-Phase-switching voltage regulator
• SuperDoctor III, Watch Dog, NMI
• Power-up mode control for recovery from AC power loss
• CPU/System overheat LED and control
• System resource alert via Supero Doctor III
• Auto-switching voltage regulator for the CPU core
• CPU Thermal Trip support
• Thermal Monitor 2 (TM2) support
• Trusted Platform Module (TPM) support
ACPI Features
• Slow blinking LED for suspend state indicator
• BIOS support for USB keyboard
• Main switch override mechanism
• External modem ring-on
1-8
C2SBA+II/C2SBA+/C2SBA/C2SBE User’s Manual
Onboard I/O
• Built in ICH9 SATA Controller, 4 connectors for 4 devices (For the C2SBA+/
C2SBA/C2SBE)
• Built in ICH9R SATA Controller, 6 connectors for 6 devices (For the C2SBA+II)
• 1 foppy port interface (up to 2.88 MB)
• 1 Fast UART 16550 compatible serial port/header
• Intel 82566 Gigabit Ethernet Controller
• PS/2 mouse and PS/2 keyboard ports
• ITE-8212 IDE controller or ITE-8211 IDE controller (for PCB Rev. 1.2a and above)
supports two IDE hard drives (for the C2SBA+II/C2SBA+ only)
• Up to 12 USB (Universal Serial Bus) 2.0 ports for a speed of up to 480Mbps
• Realtek ALC 883 7.1 Channel High Defnition Audio (HDA) codec supports 10
DAC Channels
• Built-in GMCH and onboard VGA connector (Not available on C2SBE)
Other
• Trusted Platform Module (TPM) 1.2 support (For the C2SBA/C2SBA+II/C2SBA+
only)
• Wake-on-LAN
• Wake-on-Ring (WOR)
• System Bus Clock Frequency Selection (Overclocking) Support (Note)
• Suspend-to-RAM
• Onboard +3V Standby Power Warning LED ("LE1")
• Pb Free
CD Utilities
• BIOS fash upgrade utility
• Drivers and software for Intel G33/P35 chipset utilities
Dimensions
• ATX form factor, 12.0" x 9.6" (304.8 x 243.8 mm)
Chapter 1: Introduction
1-9
The Intel G33/P35 Chipset:
System Block Diagram
Note: This is a general block diagram and may not exactly represent
the features on your motherboard. See the following pages for the
actual specifcations of each motherboard.
Note 1: Integrated Graphics support is not available for the P35 Chipset.
Note 2: ICH9R is available on the C2SBA+II only.
LGA775_PROCESSOR
ICH-9(R)
SPI BIOS
LPC I/O
MS. KB.
FDD. SER.1/2 PRN.
VRM 11.0
A
D
D
R
C
T
R
L
C
T
R
L
A
D
D
R
D
A
T
A
D
A
T
A
L
P
C
PCI_32
DDR2 800/667
D
M
I
3_PCI_x32
DIMM_CHA
S-ATA/300
4 or 6 SATAII
CK505 CLK
1 PCIE_x16
GRAPHIC
G33/P35
DIMM_CHB
PORTS
PCIE_x16
INTEGRATED
GRAPHICS
1_PCIE_x1
PCIE_x4
W83627DHG 7.1-CH
HD_AUDIO
FSB: 1333/1066MHz
USB2.0/1.1
H
D
-
A
PCIE_x1
1_PCIE_x8
TPM
PORTS
12x USB2.0
LPC
GMCH/MCH
82566 G_LAN
PCIE_x1
RJ45 PORT
HD_AUDIO
PORTS
VRM 11.0
PCI_32
1_PCI_x32
(Option)
ITE-8212
IDE1
IDE2
(Option)
1-10
C2SBA+II/C2SBA+/C2SBA/C2SBE User’s Manual
1-2 Chipset Overview
The Intel G33/P35 chipset is specially designed for use with the Intel dual core
processors. It consists of two primary components: the Graphic Memory Controller
Hub (GMCH) and the I/O Controller Hub (ICH9/ICH9R). The GMCH (North Bridge)
manages the data fow between the CPU interface (FSB), the System Memory
interface, the External Graphics interface, and the I/O Controller through the DMI
(Direct Media) Interface. The ICH9/ICH9R (South Bridge) provides a multitude of
I/O related functions.
Graphic Memory Controller Hub (GMCH)
Utilizing a single LGA 775 socket processor, the G33/P35 GMCH supports an FSB
frequency of 1.33 GHz/1.06 GHz. Host-initiated I/O cycles are decoded to the PCI-
Express, the DMI, or the GMCH confguration space. Host-initiated memory cycles
are decoded to PCI-Express, DMI or system memory. The GMCH supports 36-bit
host bus addressing and a Cache Line Size of 64 bytes.
The GMCH supports one or two channels of DDR2 memory with up to two DIMMs
per channel with a maximum bandwidth of 6.4 GB/s in asymmetric mode or 12.8
GB/s in symmetric mode using DDR2 800 MHz memory. It also supports an op-
portunistic refresh scheme, a memory thermal management scheme and Partial
Writes to Memory using Data Mask (DM) signals.
The GMCH contains one PCI-Express x16 (16-lane) port intended for an external
PCI-Express graphics card that is compatible with the PCI Express Base Specifca-
tion revision 1.1. This PCI-E x16 port runs at a frequency of 2.5 GB/s on each lane
and supports a maximum theoretical bandwidth of 40 GB/s in each direction for
an aggregate of 8 GB/s @ x16. It supports traditional PCI-/AGP- style traffc and a
PCI-Exp. Enhanced Addressing Mechanism with advanced capabilities in automatic
discovery, negotiation and training of link out of reset.
Providing the high-speed, chip-to-chip connection between the GMCH and ICH9/
ICH9R is the Direct Media Interface (DMI). The DMI integrates advanced priority-
based servicing, allowing for concurrent traffc, true isochronous transfer capabilities
and permitting current as well as legacy software to function seamlessly.
Intel ICH9/ICH9R System Features
The Intel 9th Generation I/O Controller Hub (ICH9/ICH9R) supports a variety of I/O
related functions and PCI devices, including the following:
DMI-to PCI Bridge •
LPC Controller •
Thermal Subsystem •
SMBus Controller •
USB FS/LS UHCI Controllers #1, #2 and #3 •
Chapter 1: Introduction
1-11
1-3 Recovery from AC Power Loss
BIOS provides a setting for you to determine how the system will respond when
AC power is lost and then restored to the system. You can choose for the system
to remain powered off (in which case you must hit the power switch to turn it back
on) or for it to automatically return to a power on state. See the Power Lost Con-
trol setting in the BIOS chapter of this manual to change this setting. The default
setting is Last State.
1-4 PC Health Monitoring
This section describes the PC health monitoring features of the C2SBA+II/C2SBA+/
C2SBA/C2SBE. The motherboard has an onboard System Hardware Monitor chip
that supports PC health monitoring.
Onboard Voltage Monitors for the CPU Core, +1.8V, +3.3V, +3.3V
standby, +5V, Vbat and ±12V
The onboard voltage monitor will scan these voltages continuously. Once a voltage
becomes unstable, it will give a warning or send an error message to the screen.
Users can adjust the voltage thresholds to defne the sensitivity of the voltage moni-
tor by using SuperO Doctor III.
1-5 ACPI Features
ACPI stands for Advanced Confguration and Power Interface. The ACPI specifca-
tion defnes a fexible and abstract hardware interface that provides a standard
to integrate power management features throughout a PC system, including its
hardware, operating system and application software. This enables the system to
automatically turn on and off peripherals such as CD-ROMs, network cards, hard
disk drives and printers. This also includes consumer devices connected to the PC
such as VCRs, TVs, telephones and stereos.
In addition to enabling operating system-directed power management, ACPI pro-
vides a generic system event mechanism for Plug and Play and an operating- sys-
tem-independent interface for confguration control. ACPI leverages the Plug and
Play BIOS data structures while providing a processor architecture-independent
implementation that is compatible with Windows 2000, Windows XP, Windows 2003,
Windows 2003 Servers.
Enhanced Power Management
The onboard ICH9/ICH9R chip provides advanced power management functions
that will greatly improve the performance of various low-power (suspend) states and
1-12
C2SBA+II/C2SBA+/C2SBA/C2SBE User’s Manual
enhance clock control. A hardware-based component provides software-indepen-
dent thermal management that is compatible with the ACPI Revision 3.0a.
Slow Blinking LED for Suspend-State Indicator
When the CPU goes into a suspend state, the chassis power LED will start blinking
to indicate that the CPU is in suspend mode. When the user presses any key, the
CPU will wake-up and the LED will automatically stop blinking and remain on.
BIOS Support for USB Keyboard
If the USB keyboard is the only keyboard in the system, it will function like a normal
keyboard during system boot-up.
Wake-On-LAN (WOL)
Wake-On-LAN is defned as the ability of a management application to remotely
power up a computer that is powered off. Remote PC setup, up-dates and asset
tracking can occur after hours and on weekends so that daily LAN traffc is kept
to a minimum and users are not interrupted. The motherboard has a 3-pin header
(WOL) to connect to the 3-pin header on a Network Interface Card (NIC) that has
WOL capability. In addition, an onboard LAN controller can also support WOL
without any connection to the WOL header. The 3-pin WOL header is to be used
with a LAN add-on card only.
Note: Wake-On-LAN requires an ATX 2.01 (or above) compliant power supply.
1-6 Power Supply
As with all computer products, a stable power source is necessary for proper and
reliable operation. It is even more important for processors that have high CPU
clock rates of 1 GHz and faster.
The C2SBA+II/C2SBA+/C2SBA/C2SBE accommodates 12V ATX power
supplies. Although most power supplies generally meet the specifcations required
by the CPU, some are inadequate. A 2-Amp of current supply on a 5V Standby
rail is strongly recommended.
It is strongly recommended that you use a high quality power supply that meets
12V ATX power supply Specifcation 1.1 or above. It is also required that the 12V
4-pin power connection (J41) be used for high-load confgurations. In areas where
noisy power transmission is present, you may choose to install a line flter to shield
the computer from noise. It is recommended that you also install a power surge
protector to help avoid problems caused by power surges.
Chapter 1: Introduction
1-13
1-7 Versatile Media Capabilities
HighDefnitionAudio
The High Defnition Audio Controller embedded in the ICH9/ICH9R delivers up to
4 codecs that can be used for different types of codecs, such as audio and mo-
dem codecs. Operating at 3.3V or 1.5V, the embedded Audio Controller supports
a multi-channel audio stream, 32-bit sample depth, up to 192 kHz of same rate,
and can be used with a variety of microphones for input. With these versatile audio
capabilities built in, the C2SBA+II/C2SBA+/C2SBA/C2SBE provides the user with
a surreal audio experience that is larger than life.
I/O Virtualization Technology (VT-d)
With the Intel ICH9 built in, the C2SBA+II/C2SBA+/C2SBA/C2SBE supports I/O
Virtualization Technology (VT-d) that enables multiple operating systems and ap-
plications to run in independent partitions. Each partition uses its own subset of host
physical memory, and behaves like a virtual machine (VM), providing isolation and
protection across multiple partitions. This feature is available when a processor that
supports the virtualization of platforms is installed on the motherboard.
1-8 Super I/O
The disk drive adapter functions of the Super I/O chip include a foppy disk drive
controller that is compatible with industry standard 82077/765, a data separator,
write pre-compensation circuitry, decode logic, data rate selection, a clock genera-
tor, drive interface control logic and interrupt and DMA logic. The wide range of
functions integrated onto the Super I/O greatly reduces the number of components
required for interfacing with foppy disk drives. The Super I/O supports two 360 K,
720 K, 1.2 M, 1.44 M or 2.88 M disk drives and data transfer rates of 250 Kb/s,
500 Kb/s or 1 Mb/s.
It also provides two high-speed, 16550 compatible serial communication ports
(UARTs). Each UART includes a 16-byte send/receive FIFO, a programmable baud
rate generator, complete modem control capability and a processor interrupt sys-
tem. Both UARTs provide legacy speed with baud rate of up to 115.2 Kbps as well
as an advanced speed with baud rates of 250 K, 500 K, or 1 Mb/s, which support
higher speed modems.
The Super I/O provides functions that comply with the ACPI (Advanced Confgura-
tion and Power Interface), which includes support of legacy and ACPI power man-
agement through a SMI or SCI function pin. It also features auto power management
to reduce power consumption.
1-14
C2SBA+II/C2SBA+/C2SBA/C2SBE User’s Manual
Notes
Chapter 2: Installation
2-1
Chapter 2
Installation
2-1 Static-Sensitive Devices
Electro-Static-Discharge (ESD) can damage electronic com ponents. To prevent
damage to your system board, it is important to handle it very carefully. The following
measures are generally suffcient to protect your equipment from ESD.
Precautions
• Use a grounded wrist strap designed to prevent static discharge. Touch a
grounded metal object before removing the board from the antistatic bag.
• Handle the board by its edges only; do not touch its components, peripheral
chips, memory modules or gold contacts.
• When handling chips or modules, avoid touching their pins.
• Put the motherboard and peripherals back into their antistatic bags when not in
use.
• For grounding purposes, make sure your computer chassis provides excellent
conductivity between the power supply, the case, the mounting fasteners and
the motherboard.
• Use only the correct type of onboard CMOS battery as specifed by the manu-
facturer. Do not install the onboard battery upside down to avoid possible explo-
sion.
Unpacking
The motherboard is shipped in antistatic packaging to avoid static damage. When
unpacking the board, make sure the person handling it is static protected.
2-2 Motherboard Installation
Note: Be sure to mount the motherboard into the chassis before you install the
CPU onto the motherboard.
All motherboards have standard mounting holes to ft different types of chassis.
Make sure that the locations of all the mounting holes for both motherboard and
chassis match. Make sure that the metal standoffs click in or are screwed in tightly.
Then use a screwdriver to secure the motherboard onto the motherboard tray.
(Caution: 1. Please do not use a force greater than 8 lb/inch on each mounting
screw during motherboard installation. 2. Some components are very close to the
mounting holes. Please take precautionary measures to prevent damage to these
components when installing the motherboard to the chassis.)
2-2
C2SBA+II/C2SBA+/C2SBA/C2SBE User's Manual
Installation of the LGA 775 Processor
1. Press the load lever to release
the load plate, which covers the CPU
socket, from its locking position.
Load Lever
2. Gently lift the load lever to open the
load plate.
PnP Cap on
top of the
Load Plate
Load Plate
(with PnP Cap
attached)
When handling the processor package, avoid placing
direct pressure on the label area of the fan.
Notes: 1. Always connect the power cord last and always remove it before adding,
removing or changing any hardware components. Make sure that you install the
processor into the CPU LGA 775 socket before you install the CPU heatsink.
2. The Intel LGA 775 Processor package contains the CPU fan and heatsink as-
sembly. If you buy a CPU separately, make sure that you use only Intel-certifed
multi-directional heatsink and fan.
3. Make sure to install the motherboard into the chassis before you install the CPU
heatsink and fan.
4. When purchasing an LGA 775 Processor or when receiving a motherboard with
an LGA 775 Processor pre-installed, make sure that the CPU plastic cap is in place
and none of the CPU pins are bent; otherwise, contact the retailer immediately.
5. Refer to the MB Features Section for more details on CPU support.
!
2-3 Processor and Heatsink Fan Installation
Chapter 2: Installation
2-3
Socket Key
(Socket Notch)
South Center Edge
North Center Edge
Load Lever
CPU in the CPU socket
Plastic cap
is released
from the
load plate
if CPU
properly
installed.
3. Use your thumb and your index
fnger to hold the CPU at the North
Center Edge and the South Center
Edge of the CPU.
4. Align CPU Pin1 (the CPU corner
marked with a triangle) against the
socket corner that is marked with a
triangle cutout.
5. Align the CPU key that is the
semi-circle cutout below a golden dot
against the socket key, the Notch on
the same side of the triangle cutout
on the socket.
6. Once aligned, carefully lower the
CPU straight down to the socket.
(Note: Do not drop the CPU on the
socket. Do not move the CPU horizon-
tally or vertically. Do not rub the CPU
against the surface or against any pins
of the socket to avoid damage to the
CPU or the socket.)
7. With the CPU inside the socket,
inspect the four corners of the CPU
to make sure that the CPU is properly
installed.
8. Use your thumb to gently push the
load lever down to the lever lock.
9. If the CPU is properly installed into
the socket, the plastic PnP cap will be
automatically released from the load
plate when the load lever is pushed
in the lever lock. Remove the PnP cap
from the motherboard.
(Warning: Please save the plas-
tic PnP cap. The motherboard must
be shipped with the PnP cap properly
installed to protect the CPU socket
pins. Shipment without the PnP cap
properly installed will cause damage
to the socket pins.)
!
CPU Key (semi-
circle cutout)
below the circle.
CPU Pin1
Corner with a
triangle cutout
golden dot
2-4
C2SBA+II/C2SBA+/C2SBA/C2SBE User's Manual
Fan Wires
Thermal Grease
CPU
Heatsink
Fastener
Heatsink Fins
1. Locate the CPU Fan on the mother-
board. (Refer to the layout on the right
for the CPU Fan location.)
2. Position the heatsink in such a way
that the heatsink fan wires are closest
to the CPU fan and are not interfered
with other components.
3. Inspect the CPU Fan wires to make
sure that the wires are routed through
the bottom of the heatsink.
4. Remove the thin layer of the protec-
tive flm from the copper core of the
heatsink.
(Warning: CPU overheat may occur if
the protective flm is not removed from
the heatsink.)
5. Apply the proper amount of thermal
grease on the CPU. (Note: if your
heatsink came with a thermal pad,
please ignore this step.)
6. If necessary, rearrange the wires
to make sure that the wires are not
pinched between the heatsink and the
CPU. Also make sure to keep clear-
ance between the fan wires and the
fns of the heatsink.
7. Align the four heatsink fasteners
with the mounting holes on the mother-
board. Gently push the pairs of diago-
nal fasteners (#1 & #2, and #3 & #4)
into the mounting holes until you hear
a click. (Note: Make sure to orient each
fastener in a way that the narrow end of
the groove is pointing outward.)
Installation of the Heatsink
#2
#3
#4
#1
Narrow end of the groove
points outward
Chapter 2: Installation
2-5
8. Repeat Step 6 to insert all four heatsink
fasteners into the mounting holes.
9. Once all four fasteners are securely insert-
ed into the mounting holes and the heatsink
is properly installed on the motherboard,
connect the heatsink fan wires to the CPU
Fan connector.
1. Unplug the power cord from the power
supply.
2. Disconnect the heatsink fan wires from the
CPU fan header.
3. Use your fnger tips to gently press on the
fastener cap and turn it counterclockwise
to make a 1/4 (90
0
) turn, and then pull the
fastener upward to loosen it.
4. Repeat Step 3 to loosen all fasteners from
the mounting holes.
5. With all fasteners loosened, remove the
heatsink from the CPU.
Heatsink Removal
2-6
C2SBA+II/C2SBA+/C2SBA/C2SBE User's Manual
2-4 Installing DIMMs
Note: Check the Super Micro web site for recommended memory modules.
CAUTION
Exercise extreme care when installing or removing DIMM
modules to prevent any possible damage. Also note that the
memory is interleaved to improve performance (See step 1).
DIMM Installation
1. Insert the desired number of DIMMs into the memory slots, starting with DIMM1A.
The memory scheme is interleaved so you must install two modules at a time,
beginning with DIMM1A, DIMM1B, then, DIMM2A and DIMM2B
2. Insert each DIMM module vertically into its slot. Pay attention to the notch along
the bottom of the module to prevent inserting the DIMM module incorrectly.
3. Gently press down on the DIMM module until it snaps into place in the slot.
Repeat for all modules (See step 1 above).
Memory Support
The C2SBA+II/C2SBA+/C2SBA/C2SBE supports up to 8 GB Unbuffered Non-
ECC DDR2 800/677 MHz in 4 DIMMs. Populating DIMM#1A,DIMM#1B, and/or
DIMM#2A, DIMM#2B with memory modules of the same size and of the same
type will result in dual channel, two-way interleaved memory which is faster than
the single channel, non-interleaved memory.
Notes:
1. Due to the OS limitations, some operating systems may not show more than 4
GB of memory.
2. Both Unbuffered ECC and Non-ECC memory modules can be installed in the
memory slots. However, the functionality of ECC is not supported by the
chipset.
3. Due to memory allocation to system devices, memory remaining available for
operational use will be reduced when 4 GB of RAM is used. The reduction
in memory availability is disproportional. (Refer to the following Memory
Availability Table for details.) For Microsoft Windows users: Microsoft imple-
mented a design change in Windows XP with Service Pack 2 (SP2) and
Windows Vista. This change is specifc to the Physical Address Extension
(PAE) mode behavior which improves driver compatibility. For more informa-
tion, please read the following article at Microsoft’s Knowledge Base website
at: http://support.microsoft.com/kb/888137.
Chapter 2: Installation
2-7
C
2
S
B
A
To Install: Insert module vertically and press down until it
snaps into place. Pay attention to the alignment notch at
the bottom.
Installing and Removing DIMMs
To Remove:
Use your thumbs
to gently push
the release tabs
near both ends of
the module. This
should release it
from the slot.
Possible System Memory Allocation & Availability
System Device Size Physical Memory
Remaining (-Available)
(4 GB Total System Memory)
Firmware Hub fash memory (System
BIOS)
1 MB 3.99
Local APIC 4 KB 3.99
Area Reserved for the chipset 2 MB 3.99
I/O APIC (4 Kbytes) 4 KB 3.99
PCI Enumeration Area 1 256 MB 3.76
PCI Express (256 MB) 256 MB 3.51
PCI Enumeration Area 2 (if needed)
-Aligned on 256-MB boundary-
512 MB 3.01
VGA Memory 16 MB 2.85
TSEG 1 MB 2.84
Memory available to OS and other ap-
plications
2.84
Note: Notch
should align
with the
receptive point
on the slot
Notch Notch
Release
Tab
Release
Tab
DIMM2
Top View of DDR2 Slot
2-8
C2SBA+II/C2SBA+/C2SBA/C2SBE User's Manual
2-5 Control Panel Connectors/IO Ports
The I/O ports are color coded in conformance with the PC 99 specifcation. See the
graphics below for the colors and locations of the various I/O ports.
Back Panel Connectors/IO Ports
BackPanelI/OPortLocationsandDefnitions
Back Panel Connectors
1. Keyboard (Purple)
2. PS/2 Mouse (Green)
3. COM Port 1 (Turquoise)
4. Parallel Port (Printer)
5. Back Panel USB Port 3
6. Back Panel USB Port4
7. Back Panel USB Port 5
8. Back Panel USB Port 6
9. Back Panel USB Port 1
10. Back Panel USB Port 2
11. Gigabit LAN 1
12. Side_Surround (Grey)
13. Back_Surround (Black)
14. CEN/LFE (Orange)
15. Microphone-In (Pink)
16. Front (Green)
17. Line-In (Blue)
18. VGA (Not included on the
C2SBE)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
C
2
S
B
A
Chapter 2: Installation
2-9
Front Control Panel
JF1 contains header pins for various buttons and indicators that are normally lo-
cated on a control panel at the front of the chassis. These connectors are designed
specifcally for use with Super Micro server chassis. See the pictures below for the
descriptions of the various control panel buttons and LED indicators. Refer to the
following section for descriptions and pin defnitions.
JF1 Header Pins
C
2
S
B
A
Power Button
OH/Fan Fail LED
1
NIC1 LED
Reset Button
2
HDD LED
Power LED
Reset
PWR
LED_Anode+
LED_Anode+
LED_Anode+
LED_Anode+
Ground
Ground
X
X
X
X
2-10
C2SBA+II/C2SBA+/C2SBA/C2SBE User's Manual
FAN2
F
A
N
3
F
A
N
1
JI2C1
JI2C2
JWOR
F
A
N
4
JP3
JWD
JLED
Battery
D
IM
M
1
A
D
IM
M
2
A
D
IM
M
1
B
D
IM
M
2
B
I-SATA4
I-SATA5
WO
Speaker
C
O
M
1
K
B
/M
O
U
S
E
CPU Fan
V
G
A
U
S
B

3
/4
/5
/6

U
S
B
1
/2
L
A
N

F
a
n
5
A
u
d
io

4-Pin PWR
Processor
Slot7 PCI-E x1
Slot6 PCI-E x16
Slot5 PCI-E x4
Slot4 PCI-33MHz
JP5
Slot3 PCI-33MHz
J
P
2
Slot2 PCI-33MHz
Buzzer
SPKR1
Slot1 PCI-33MHz
C
2
S
B
A
WOL
IDE#2
IDE#1
FP USB 7/8 FP USB 9/10
I-SATA0
I-SATA1
JL1
LE1
F
ro
n
t P
a
n
e
l C
T
R
L
Intel G33
North Bridge
South Bridge
Intel ICH9(R)
2
4
-p
in
A
T
X
P
W
R
Audio CTRL
CD-IN
COM2
Front Audio
W
8
3
6
2
7
D
H
G
F
lo
p
p
y
S
I/O
IDE CTRL
ITE 8212
Audio Enabled
Front-Access USB 11 Front-Access USB 12
I-SATA2
I-SATA3
J
P
U
S
B
1
JKB
JPUSB2
GLAN CTRL
JPL1
JBT1
BIOS
P
a
r
a
lle
l P
o
r
t
Power LED
The Power LED connection is located
on pins 15 and 16 of JF1. Refer to the
table on the right for pin defnitions.
Power LED
PinDefnitions
Pin# Defnition
15 LED_Anode+
16 PWR LED Signal
FrontControlPanelPinDefnitions
A. PWR LED
B. HDD LED
A
B
HDD LED
The HDD LED connection is located
on pins 13 and 14 of JF1. Attach a
hard drive LED cable here to display
disk activity (for any hard drives on
the system, including SAS and Serial
ATA). See the table on the right for
pin defnitions.
HDD LED
PinDefnitions
Pin# Defnition
13 LED_Anode+
14 HD Active
Power Button
OH/Fan Fail LED
1
NIC1 LED
Reset Button
2
HDD LED
Power LED
Reset
PWR
LED_Anode+
LED_Anode+
LED_Anode+
LED_Anode+
Ground
Ground
X
X
X
X
Chapter 2: Installation
2-11
NIC1 Indicator
The NIC (Network Interface Control-
ler) LED connection for the GLAN port
is located on pins 11 and 12 of JF1.
Attach the NIC LED cables to display
network activity. Refer to the table on
the right for pin defnitions.
GLAN1/2 LED
PinDefnitions
Pin# Defnition
11 LED_Anode+
12 NIC1 LED
Signal
A. NIC1 LED
B.OH/Fan Fail LED
A
B
Overheat/Fan Fail LED (OH)
Connect an LED to the OH/Fan Fail
connection on pins 7 and 8 of JF1 to
provide advanced warnings of chassis
overheating or fan failure. Refer to the
table on the right for pin defnitions.
OH/Fan Fail LED
PinDefnitions
Pin# Defnition
7 LED_Anode+
8 OH/Fan Fail
LED Signal
OH/Fan Fail Indicator
Status
State Defnition
Off Normal
On Overheat
Flash-
ing
Fan Fail
FAN2
F
A
N
3
F
A
N
1
JI2C1
JI2C2
JWOR
F
A
N
4
JP3
JWD
JLED
Battery
D
IM
M
1
A
D
IM
M
2
A
D
IM
M
1
B
D
IM
M
2
B
I-SATA4
I-SATA5
WO
Speaker
C
O
M
1
K
B
/M
O
U
S
E
CPU Fan
V
G
A
U
S
B

3
/4
/5
/6

U
S
B
1
/2
L
A
N

F
a
n
5
A
u
d
io

4-Pin PWR
Processor
Slot7 PCI-E x1
Slot6 PCI-E x16
Slot5 PCI-E x4
Slot4 PCI-33MHz
JP5
Slot3 PCI-33MHz
J
P
2
Slot2 PCI-33MHz
Buzzer
SPKR1
Slot1 PCI-33MHz
C
2
S
B
A
WOL
IDE#2
IDE#1
FP USB 7/8 FP USB 9/10
I-SATA0
I-SATA1
JL1
LE1
F
ro
n
t P
a
n
e
l C
T
R
L
Intel G33
North Bridge
South Bridge
Intel ICH9(R)
2
4
-p
in
A
T
X
P
W
R
Audio CTRL
CD-IN
COM2
Front Audio
W
8
3
6
2
7
D
H
G
F
lo
p
p
y
S
I/O
IDE CTRL
ITE 8212
Audio Enabled
Front-Access USB 11 Front-Access USB 12
I-SATA2
I-SATA3
J
P
U
S
B
1
JKB
JPUSB2
GLAN CTRL
JPL1
JBT1
BIOS
P
a
r
a
lle
l P
o
r
t
Power Button
OH/Fan Fail LED
1
NIC1 LED
Reset Button
2
HDD LED
Power LED
Reset
PWR
LED_Anode+
LED_Anode+
LED_Anode+
LED_Anode+
Ground
Ground
X
X
X
X
2-12
C2SBA+II/C2SBA+/C2SBA/C2SBE User's Manual
Power Button
The Power Button connection is located
on pins 1 and 2 of JF1. Momentarily
contacting both pins will power on/off
the system. This button can also be con-
fgured to function as a suspend button
(with a setting in the BIOS - see Chapter
4). To turn off the power when set to sus-
pend mode, press the button for at least
4 seconds. Refer to the table on the right
for pin defnitions. (Note: Do not close or
short Pins 1 & 2 since this will cause the
system to continuously reboot.)
Power Button
PinDefnitions
Pin# Defnition
1 Power On
2 Ground
Reset Button
The Reset Button connection is located
on pins 3 and 4 of JF1. Attach it to a
hardware reset switch on the computer
case. Refer to the table on the right for
pin defnitions.
Reset Button
PinDefnitions
Pin# Defnition
3 Reset
4 Ground
A
B
A. Reset
B. PWR Button
FAN2
F
A
N
3
F
A
N
1
JI2C1
JI2C2
JWOR
F
A
N
4
JP3
JWD
JLED
Battery
D
IM
M
1
A
D
IM
M
2
A
D
IM
M
1
B
D
IM
M
2
B
I-SATA4
I-SATA5
WO
Speaker
C
O
M
1
K
B
/M
O
U
S
E
CPU Fan
V
G
A
U
S
B

3
/4
/5
/6

U
S
B
1
/2
L
A
N

F
a
n
5
A
u
d
io

4-Pin PWR
Processor
Slot7 PCI-E x1
Slot6 PCI-E x16
Slot5 PCI-E x4
Slot4 PCI-33MHz
JP5
Slot3 PCI-33MHz
J
P
2
Slot2 PCI-33MHz
Buzzer
SPKR1
Slot1 PCI-33MHz
C
2
S
B
A
WOL
IDE#2
IDE#1
FP USB 7/8 FP USB 9/10
I-SATA0
I-SATA1
JL1
LE1
F
ro
n
t P
a
n
e
l C
T
R
L
Intel G33
North Bridge
South Bridge
Intel ICH9(R)
2
4
-p
in
A
T
X
P
W
R
Audio CTRL
CD-IN
COM2
Front Audio
W
8
3
6
2
7
D
H
G
F
lo
p
p
y
S
I/O
IDE CTRL
ITE 8212
Audio Enabled
Front-Access USB 11 Front-Access USB 12
I-SATA2
I-SATA3
J
P
U
S
B
1
JKB
JPUSB2
GLAN CTRL
JPL1
JBT1
BIOS
P
a
r
a
lle
l P
o
r
t
Power Button
OH/Fan Fail LED
1
NIC1 LED
Reset Button
2
HDD LED
Power LED
Reset
PWR
LED_Anode+
LED_Anode+
LED_Anode+
LED_Anode+
Ground
Ground
X
X
X
X
Chapter 2: Installation
2-13
FAN2
F
A
N
3
F
A
N
1
JI2C1
JI2C2
JWOR
F
A
N
4
JP3
JWD
JLED
Battery
D
I
M
M
1
A
D
I
M
M
2
A
D
I
M
M
1
B
D
I
M
M
2
B
I-SATA4
I-SATA5
WO
Speaker
C
O
M
1
K
B
/
M
O
U
S
E
CPU Fan
V
G
A
U
S
B

3
/4
/5
/6

U
S
B

1
/
2
L
A
N

F
a
n
5
A
u
d
io

4-Pin PWR
Processor
Slot7 PCI-E x1
Slot6 PCI-E x16
Slot5 PCI-E x4
Slot4 PCI-33MHz
JP5
Slot3 PCI-33MHz
J
P
2
Slot2 PCI-33MHz
Buzzer
SPKR1
Slot1 PCI-33MHz
C
2
S
B
A
WOL
IDE#2
IDE#1
FP USB 7/8 FP USB 9/10
I-SATA0
I-SATA1
JL1
LE1
F
ro
n
t P
a
n
e
l C
T
R
L
Intel G33
North Bridge
South Bridge
Intel ICH9(R)
2
4
-
p
in
A
T
X
P
W
R
Audio CTRL
CD-IN
COM2
Front Audio
W
8
3
6
2
7
D
H
G
F
lo
p
p
y
S
I/O
IDE CTRL
ITE 8212
Audio Enabled
Front-Access USB 11 Front-Access USB 12
I-SATA2
I-SATA3
J
P
U
S
B
1
JKB
JPUSB2
GLAN CTRL
JPL1
JBT1
BIOS
P
a
r
a
lle
l
P
o
r
t
2-6 Connecting Cables
ATX Main Power Connector
A 24-pin main power connector is
located at J40. This power connector
meets the SSI EPS 12V specifca-
tion. See the table on the right for pin
defnitions.
ATX Power 24-pin Connector
PinDefnitions
Pin# Defnition Pin # Defnition
13 +3.3V 1 +3.3V
14 -12V 2 +3.3V
15 COM 3 COM
16 PS_ON 4 +5V
17 COM 5 COM
18 COM 6 +5V
19 COM 7 COM
20 Res (NC) 8 PWR_OK
21 +5V 9 5VSB
22 +5V 10 +12V
23 +5V 11 +12V
24 COM 12 +3.3V
12V 4-pin Power
Connector
PinDefnitions
Pins Defnition
1 and 2 Ground
3 and 4 +12V
A. 24-pin ATX PWR
B. 4-pin PWR
A
B
4-pin CPU Power Connector
A 4-pin 12V power connector is lo-
cated at J41 on the motherboard. This
power connector also meets the SSI
EPS 12V specifcation, and is required
to ensure adequate power to the pro-
cessor. See the table on the right for
pin defnitions.
2-14
C2SBA+II/C2SBA+/C2SBA/C2SBE User's Manual
FAN2
F
A
N
3
F
A
N
1
JI2C1
JI2C2
JWOR
F
A
N
4
JP3
JWD
JLED
Battery
D
I
M
M
1
A
D
I
M
M
2
A
D
I
M
M
1
B
D
I
M
M
2
B
I-SATA4
I-SATA5
WO
Speaker
C
O
M
1
K
B
/
M
O
U
S
E
CPU Fan
V
G
A
U
S
B

3
/4
/5
/6

U
S
B

1
/
2
L
A
N

F
a
n
5
A
u
d
io

4-Pin PWR
Processor
Slot7 PCI-E x1
Slot6 PCI-E x16
Slot5 PCI-E x4
Slot4 PCI-33MHz
JP5
Slot3 PCI-33MHz
J
P
2
Slot2 PCI-33MHz
Buzzer
SPKR1
Slot1 PCI-33MHz
C
2
S
B
A
WOL
IDE#2
IDE#1
FP USB 7/8 FP USB 9/10
I-SATA0
I-SATA1
JL1
LE1
F
ro
n
t P
a
n
e
l C
T
R
L
Intel G33
North Bridge
South Bridge
Intel ICH9(R)
2
4
-
p
in
A
T
X
P
W
R
Audio CTRL
CD-IN
COM2
Front Audio
W
8
3
6
2
7
D
H
G
F
lo
p
p
y
S
I/O
IDE CTRL
ITE 8212
Audio Enabled
Front-Access USB 11 Front-Access USB 12
I-SATA2
I-SATA3
J
P
U
S
B
1
JKB
JPUSB2
GLAN CTRL
JPL1
JBT1
BIOS
P
a
r
a
lle
l
P
o
r
t
Universal Serial Bus (USB)
There are 12 USB 2.0 (Universal
Serial Bus) ports/headers on the
motherboard. Six of them are Back
Panel USB ports: USB#1/2 (J11) and
USB#3/4/5/6 (J43). USB #7/8 (J44)
and USB#9/10 (J45) are headers
that can be used for front panel con-
nections. Additionally, USB#11(J47)
and USB#12 (J48) are onboard USB
connectors that can be accessed from
the front side of the chassis. See the
tables on the right for pin defnitions.
Chassis Intrusion
A Chassis Intrusion header is located
at JL1 on the motherboard. Attach an
appropriate cable from the chassis to
inform you of a chassis intrusion when
it is opened.
Chassis Intrusion
PinDefnitions
Pin# Defnition
1 Intrusion Input
2 Ground
A
B
C
A. Back panel USB Ports 1/2
B. Back panel USB Ports 3/4/5/6
C. Front Panel USB 7/8
D. Front Panel USB 9/10
E. USB 11
F. USB 12
G. Chassis Intrusion
Back Panel USB (1-6)
PinDefnitions
Pin# Defnitions
1 +5V
2 PO-
3 PO+
4 Ground
5 N/A
Front Panel USB (#7/8/9/10) and Front-
Accessible Onboard USB (#11/12)
Connections

Pin # Defnition

Pin # Defnition
1 +5V 1 +5V
2 PO- 2 PO-
3 PO+ 3 PO+
4 Ground 4 Ground
5 Key 5 No connection
D
E
F
G
Chapter 2: Installation
2-15
FAN2
F
A
N
3
F
A
N
1
JI2C1
JI2C2
JWOR
F
A
N
4
JP3
JWD
JLED
Battery
D
I
M
M
1
A
D
I
M
M
2
A
D
I
M
M
1
B
D
I
M
M
2
B
I-SATA4
I-SATA5
WO
Speaker
C
O
M
1
K
B
/
M
O
U
S
E
CPU Fan
V
G
A
U
S
B

3
/4
/5
/6

U
S
B

1
/
2
L
A
N

F
a
n
5
A
u
d
io

4-Pin PWR
Processor
Slot7 PCI-E x1
Slot6 PCI-E x16
Slot5 PCI-E x4
Slot4 PCI-33MHz
JP5
Slot3 PCI-33MHz
J
P
2
Slot2 PCI-33MHz
Buzzer
SPKR1
Slot1 PCI-33MHz
C
2
S
B
A
WOL
IDE#2
IDE#1
FP USB 7/8 FP USB 9/10
I-SATA0
I-SATA1
JL1
LE1
F
ro
n
t P
a
n
e
l C
T
R
L
Intel G33
North Bridge
South Bridge
Intel ICH9(R)
2
4
-
p
in
A
T
X
P
W
R
Audio CTRL
CD-IN
COM2
Front Audio
W
8
3
6
2
7
D
H
G
F
lo
p
p
y
S
I/O
IDE CTRL
ITE 8212
Audio Enabled
Front-Access USB 11 Front-Access USB 12
I-SATA2
I-SATA3
J
P
U
S
B
1
JKB
JPUSB2
GLAN CTRL
JPL1
JBT1
BIOS
P
a
r
a
lle
l
P
o
r
t
Fan Headers
The C2SBA+II/C2SBA+/C2SBA/C2SBE
has fve chassis fan headers (Fan 1 to Fan
5). Fan 1 is the CPU Fan. Fan 2 to Fan
5 are system/chassis fans. (Note: Pins
1-3 of a 4-pin fan headers are backward
compatible with the traditional 3-pin fans.)
See the table on the right for pin defnitions.
The onboard fan speeds are controlled by
Thermal Management via BIOS Hardware
Monitoring in the Advanced Setting. (Note:
Default: Disabled. When using Thermal
Management settings, please use all 3-pin
fans or all 4-pin fans on the motherboard.)
C
A
A. Fan 1 (CPU Fan)
B. Fan 2
C. Fan 3
D. Fan 4
E. Fan 5
F. VGA
Fan Header
PinDefnitions
Pin# Defnition
1 Ground
2 +12V
3 Tachometer
4 PWR Modulation
D
E
F
B
VGA Connector
(Not available on the C2SBE)
A VGA connector (JG1) is located next to the
USB ports on the IO backplane. Refer to the
board layout below for the location.
2-16
C2SBA+II/C2SBA+/C2SBA/C2SBE User's Manual
FAN2
F
A
N
3
F
A
N
1
JI2C1
JI2C2
JWOR
F
A
N
4
JP3
JWD
JLED
Battery
D
I
M
M
1
A
D
I
M
M
2
A
D
I
M
M
1
B
D
I
M
M
2
B
I-SATA4
I-SATA5
WO
Speaker
C
O
M
1
K
B
/
M
O
U
S
E
CPU Fan
V
G
A
U
S
B

3
/4
/5
/6

U
S
B

1
/
2
L
A
N

F
a
n
5
A
u
d
io

4-Pin PWR
Processor
Slot7 PCI-E x1
Slot6 PCI-E x16
Slot5 PCI-E x4
Slot4 PCI-33MHz
JP5
Slot3 PCI-33MHz
J
P
2
Slot2 PCI-33MHz
Buzzer
SPKR1
Slot1 PCI-33MHz
C
2
S
B
A
WOL
IDE#2
IDE#1
FP USB 7/8 FP USB 9/10
I-SATA0
I-SATA1
JL1
LE1
F
ro
n
t P
a
n
e
l C
T
R
L
Intel G33
North Bridge
South Bridge
Intel ICH9(R)
2
4
-
p
in
A
T
X
P
W
R
Audio CTRL
CD-IN
COM2
Front Audio
W
8
3
6
2
7
D
H
G
F
lo
p
p
y
S
I/O
IDE CTRL
ITE 8212
Audio Enabled
Front-Access USB 11 Front-Access USB 12
I-SATA2
I-SATA3
J
P
U
S
B
1
JKB
JPUSB2
GLAN CTRL
JPL1
JBT1
BIOS
P
a
r
a
lle
l
P
o
r
t
ATX PS/2 Keyboard and
PS/2 Mouse Ports
The ATX PS/2 keyboard and the PS/2
mouse are located at J28. See the
table on the right for pin defnitions.
(The mouse port is above the key-
board port. See the table on the right
for pin defnitions.)
PS/2 Keyboard and
Mouse Port Pin
Defnitions
Pin# Defnition
1 Data
2 NC
3 Ground
4 VCC
5 Clock
6 NC
Serial Ports
COM1 (J31) is a connector located
on the IO Backpanel and COM2 is a
header located at J13. See the table
on the right for pin defnitions.
Serial Port
PinDefnitions
Pin # Defnition Pin # Defnition
1 DCD 6 DSR
2 RXD 7 RTS
3 TXD 8 CTS
4 DTR 9 RI
5 Ground 10 NC
A
B
C
A. Keyboard/Mouse
B. COM1
C. COM2
(Pin 10 is available on COM2
only. NC: No Connection.)
Chapter 2: Installation
2-17
FAN2
F
A
N
3
F
A
N
1
JI2C1
JI2C2
JWOR
F
A
N
4
JP3
JWD
JLED
Battery
D
I
M
M
1
A
D
I
M
M
2
A
D
I
M
M
1
B
D
I
M
M
2
B
I-SATA4
I-SATA5
WO
Speaker
C
O
M
1
K
B
/
M
O
U
S
E
CPU Fan
V
G
A
U
S
B

3
/4
/5
/6

U
S
B

1
/
2
L
A
N

F
a
n
5
A
u
d
io

4-Pin PWR
Processor
Slot7 PCI-E x1
Slot6 PCI-E x16
Slot5 PCI-E x4
Slot4 PCI-33MHz
JP5
Slot3 PCI-33MHz
J
P
2
Slot2 PCI-33MHz
Buzzer
SPKR1
Slot1 PCI-33MHz
C
2
S
B
A
WOL
IDE#2
IDE#1
FP USB 7/8 FP USB 9/10
I-SATA0
I-SATA1
JL1
LE1
F
ro
n
t P
a
n
e
l C
T
R
L
Intel G33
North Bridge
South Bridge
Intel ICH9(R)
2
4
-
p
in
A
T
X
P
W
R
Audio CTRL
CD-IN
COM2
Front Audio
W
8
3
6
2
7
D
H
G
F
lo
p
p
y
S
I/O
IDE CTRL
ITE 8212
Audio Enabled
Front-Access USB 11 Front-Access USB 12
I-SATA2
I-SATA3
J
P
U
S
B
1
JKB
JPUSB2
GLAN CTRL
JPL1
JBT1
BIOS
P
a
r
a
lle
l
P
o
r
t
A. WOR
B. WOL
Wake-On-Ring
The Wake-On-Ring header is des-
ignated JWOR. This function allows
your computer to receive and be
"awakened" by an incoming call when
in the suspend state. See the table on
the right for pin defnitions. You must
have a Wake-On-Ring card and cable
to use this feature.
Wake-On-LAN
The Wake-On-LAN header is located
at JWOL on the motherboard. See the
table on the right for pin defnitions.
(You must also have a LAN card with
a Wake-On-LAN connector and cable
to use this feature.)
Wake-On-Ring
PinDefnitions
Pin# Defnition
1 Ground
2 Wake-up
Wake-On-LAN
PinDefnitions
Pin# Defnition
1 +5V Standby
2 Ground
3 Wake-up
A
B
2-18
C2SBA+II/C2SBA+/C2SBA/C2SBE User's Manual
FAN2
F
A
N
3
F
A
N
1
JI2C1
JI2C2
JWOR
F
A
N
4
JP3
JWD
JLED
Battery
D
I
M
M
1
A
D
I
M
M
2
A
D
I
M
M
1
B
D
I
M
M
2
B
I-SATA4
I-SATA5
WO
Speaker
C
O
M
1
K
B
/
M
O
U
S
E
CPU Fan
V
G
A
U
S
B

3
/4
/5
/6

U
S
B

1
/
2
L
A
N

F
a
n
5
A
u
d
io

4-Pin PWR
Processor
Slot7 PCI-E x1
Slot6 PCI-E x16
Slot5 PCI-E x4
Slot4 PCI-33MHz
JP5
Slot3 PCI-33MHz
J
P
2
Slot2 PCI-33MHz
Buzzer
SPKR1
Slot1 PCI-33MHz
C
2
S
B
A
WOL
IDE#2
IDE#1
FP USB 7/8 FP USB 9/10
I-SATA0
I-SATA1
JL1
LE1
F
ro
n
t P
a
n
e
l C
T
R
L
Intel G33
North Bridge
South Bridge
Intel ICH9(R)
2
4
-
p
in
A
T
X
P
W
R
Audio CTRL
CD-IN
COM2
Front Audio
W
8
3
6
2
7
D
H
G
F
lo
p
p
y
S
I/O
IDE CTRL
ITE 8212
Audio Enabled
Front-Access USB 11 Front-Access USB 12
I-SATA2
I-SATA3
J
P
U
S
B
1
JKB
JPUSB2
GLAN CTRL
JPL1
JBT1
BIOS
P
a
r
a
lle
l
P
o
r
t
A. GLAN1
B. Speaker/Buzzer
Speaker
A Speaker/Buzzer header (J9) is
located on the motherboard. See the
table on the right for speaker pin def-
nitions. Note: The speaker connector
pins are for use with an external
speaker. If you wish to use the on-
board speaker, you should close pins
3-4 with a jumper.
GLAN 1 (Giga-bit Ethernet
Port)
A G-bit Ethernet port is located at J11
on the IO backplane. This port accepts
RJ45 type cables.
Speaker Connector
PinDefnitions
Pin Setting Defnition
Pins 3-4 Internal Speaker
Pins 1-4 External Speaker
A
B
GLAN1
Chapter 2: Installation
2-19
FAN2
F
A
N
3
F
A
N
1
JI2C1
JI2C2
JWOR
F
A
N
4
JP3
JWD
JLED
Battery
D
I
M
M
1
A
D
I
M
M
2
A
D
I
M
M
1
B
D
I
M
M
2
B
I-SATA4
I-SATA5
WO
Speaker
C
O
M
1
K
B
/
M
O
U
S
E
CPU Fan
V
G
A
U
S
B

3
/4
/5
/6

U
S
B

1
/
2
L
A
N

F
a
n
5
A
u
d
io

4-Pin PWR
Processor
Slot7 PCI-E x1
Slot6 PCI-E x16
Slot5 PCI-E x4
Slot4 PCI-33MHz
JP5
Slot3 PCI-33MHz
J
P
2
Slot2 PCI-33MHz
Buzzer
SPKR1
Slot1 PCI-33MHz
C
2
S
B
A
WOL
IDE#2
IDE#1
FP USB 7/8 FP USB 9/10
I-SATA0
I-SATA1
JL1
LE1
F
ro
n
t P
a
n
e
l C
T
R
L
Intel G33
North Bridge
South Bridge
Intel ICH9(R)
2
4
-
p
in
A
T
X
P
W
R
Audio CTRL
CD-IN
COM2
Front Audio
W
8
3
6
2
7
D
H
G
F
lo
p
p
y
S
I/O
IDE CTRL
ITE 8212
Audio Enabled
Front-Access USB 11 Front-Access USB 12
I-SATA2
I-SATA3
J
P
U
S
B
1
JKB
JPUSB2
GLAN CTRL
JPL1
JBT1
BIOS
P
a
r
a
lle
l
P
o
r
t
A
B
A. HD Audio
B. CD-In
C. Front Panel Audio
HighDefnitionAudio(HDA)
The C2SBA+II/C2SBA+/C2SBA/C2SBE features
a 7.1+2 Channel High Defnition Audio (HDA)
(J46) codec that provides 10DAC channels,
simultaneously supporting 7.1 sound playback
and two channels of independent stereo sound
output (multiple streaming) through the front panel
stereo out for front L&R, rear L&R, center and
subwoofer speakers. This feature is activated
with the Advanced software in the CD-ROM that
came with your motherboard. Sound is then
output through the Line In, Line Out and MIC
jacks (See at the picture at right).
CD1PinDefnition
Pin# Defnition
1 Left Stereo Signal
2 Ground
3 Ground
4 Right Stereo
Signal
C
Grey: Side
Surround
Black: Back
Surround
Orange:
CEN/LFE
Pink: Mic-In
Green:Front
Blue: Line-In
CD Header
A 4-pin CD header is located at CD1, and an
Auxiliary header is located at J12 on the moth-
erboard. These headers allow you to use the
onboard sound for audio CD playback. Con-
nect an audio cable from your CD drive to the
header that fts your cable's connector. Only
one CD header can be used at any one time.
See the tables at right for pin defnitions.
2-20
C2SBA+II/C2SBA+/C2SBA/C2SBE User's Manual
Front Panel Audio Control
When front panel headphones are plugged
in, the back panel audio output is disabled.
This is done through the FP Audio header
(J12). If the front panel interface card is not
connected to the front panel audio header,
jumpers should be installed on the header
(J12) pin pairs: 1-2, 5-6, and 9-10. If these
jumpers are not installed, the back panel
line out connector will be disabled and
microphone input Pin 1 will be left foating,
which can lead to excessive back panel
microphone noise and cross talk. See the
table below for pin defnitions.
High Definition Front Panel Audio
Pins# Signal
1 0,&B/
2 $8'B*1'
3 0,&B5
4 )3B$XGLR'HWHFW
5 /LQHBB5
6 3XOOGRZQWR*URXQG
7 )3B-DFN'HWHFW
8 .H\
9 /LQHBB/
10 3XOOGRZQWR*URXQG
FAN2
F
A
N
3
F
A
N
1
JI2C1
JI2C2
JWOR
F
A
N
4
JP3
JWD
JLED
Battery
D
I
M
M
1
A
D
I
M
M
2
A
D
I
M
M
1
B
D
I
M
M
2
B
I-SATA4
I-SATA5
WO
Speaker
C
O
M
1
K
B
/
M
O
U
S
E
CPU Fan
V
G
A
U
S
B

3
/4
/5
/6

U
S
B

1
/
2
L
A
N

F
a
n
5
A
u
d
io

4-Pin PWR
Processor
Slot7 PCI-E x1
Slot6 PCI-E x16
Slot5 PCI-E x4
Slot4 PCI-33MHz
JP5
Slot3 PCI-33MHz
J
P
2
Slot2 PCI-33MHz
Buzzer
SPKR1
Slot1 PCI-33MHz
C
2
S
B
A
WOL
IDE#2
IDE#1
FP USB 7/8 FP USB 9/10
I-SATA0
I-SATA1
JL1
LE1
F
ro
n
t P
a
n
e
l C
T
R
L
Intel G33
North Bridge
South Bridge
Intel ICH9(R)
2
4
-
p
in
A
T
X
P
W
R
Audio CTRL
CD-IN
COM2
Front Audio
W
8
3
6
2
7
D
H
G
F
lo
p
p
y
S
I/O
IDE CTRL
ITE 8212
Audio Enabled
Front-Access USB 11 Front-Access USB 12
I-SATA2
I-SATA3
J
P
U
S
B
1
JKB
JPUSB2
GLAN CTRL
JPL1
JBT1
BIOS
P
a
r
a
lle
l
P
o
r
t
A
A. Front Panel Audio
B. PWR LED
Power LED
The Power LED connector is designated
JLED. This connection is used to provide
LED Indication of power supplied to the
system. See the table on the right for pin
defnitions.
PWR LED
PinDefnitions
Pin# Defnition
1 +5V
2 Key
3 Ground
B
Chapter 2: Installation
2-21
FAN2
F
A
N
3
F
A
N
1
JI2C1
JI2C2
JWOR
F
A
N
4
JP3
JWD
JLED
Battery
D
I
M
M
1
A
D
I
M
M
2
A
D
I
M
M
1
B
D
I
M
M
2
B
I-SATA4
I-SATA5
WO
Speaker
C
O
M
1
K
B
/
M
O
U
S
E
CPU Fan
V
G
A
U
S
B

3
/4
/5
/6

U
S
B

1
/
2
L
A
N

F
a
n
5
A
u
d
io

4-Pin PWR
Processor
Slot7 PCI-E x1
Slot6 PCI-E x16
Slot5 PCI-E x4
Slot4 PCI-33MHz
JP5
Slot3 PCI-33MHz
J
P
2
Slot2 PCI-33MHz
Buzzer
SPKR1
Slot1 PCI-33MHz
C
2
S
B
A
WOL
IDE#2
IDE#1
FP USB 7/8 FP USB 9/10
I-SATA0
I-SATA1
JL1
LE1
F
ro
n
t P
a
n
e
l C
T
R
L
Intel G33
North Bridge
South Bridge
Intel ICH9(R)
2
4
-
p
in
A
T
X
P
W
R
Audio CTRL
CD-IN
COM2
Front Audio
W
8
3
6
2
7
D
H
G
F
lo
p
p
y
S
I/O
IDE CTRL
ITE 8212
Audio Enabled
Front-Access USB 11 Front-Access USB 12
I-SATA2
I-SATA3
J
P
U
S
B
1
JKB
JPUSB2
GLAN CTRL
JPL1
JBT1
BIOS
P
a
r
a
lle
l
P
o
r
t
2-7 Jumper Settings
Explanation of
Jumpers
To modi f y t he operat i on of t he
motherboard, jumpers can be used
to choose between optional settings.
Jumpers create shorts between two
pins to change the function of the
connector. Pin 1 is identifed with a
square solder pad on the printed circuit
board. See the motherboard layout
pages for jumper locations.
Note: On two pin jumpers, "Closed"
means the jumper is on and "Open"
means the jumper is off the pins.
Connector
Pins
Jumper
Cap
Setting
Pin 1-2 short
3 2 1
3 2 1
GLAN Enable/Disable
JPL1 enables or disables the GLAN
Port on the motherboard. See the
table on the right for jumper settings.
The default setting is enabled.
GLAN Enable
Jumper Settings
Pin# Defnition
1-2 Enabled (default)
2-3 Disabled
A
A. GLAN Port1 Enable
2-22
C2SBA+II/C2SBA+/C2SBA/C2SBE User's Manual
FAN2
F
A
N
3
F
A
N
1
JI2C1
JI2C2
JWOR
F
A
N
4
JP3
JWD
JLED
Battery
D
I
M
M
1
A
D
I
M
M
2
A
D
I
M
M
1
B
D
I
M
M
2
B
I-SATA4
I-SATA5
WO
Speaker
C
O
M
1
K
B
/
M
O
U
S
E
CPU Fan
V
G
A
U
S
B

3
/4
/5
/6

U
S
B

1
/
2
L
A
N

F
a
n
5
A
u
d
io

4-Pin PWR
Processor
Slot7 PCI-E x1
Slot6 PCI-E x16
Slot5 PCI-E x4
Slot4 PCI-33MHz
JP5
Slot3 PCI-33MHz
J
P
2
Slot2 PCI-33MHz
Buzzer
SPKR1
Slot1 PCI-33MHz
C
2
S
B
A
WOL
IDE#2
IDE#1
FP USB 7/8 FP USB 9/10
I-SATA0
I-SATA1
JL1
LE1
F
ro
n
t P
a
n
e
l C
T
R
L
Intel G33
North Bridge
South Bridge
Intel ICH9(R)
2
4
-
p
in
A
T
X
P
W
R
Audio CTRL
CD-IN
COM2
Front Audio
W
8
3
6
2
7
D
H
G
F
lo
p
p
y
S
I/O
IDE CTRL
ITE 8212
Audio Enabled
Front-Access USB 11 Front-Access USB 12
I-SATA2
I-SATA3
J
P
U
S
B
1
JKB
JPUSB2
GLAN CTRL
JPL1
JBT1
BIOS
P
a
r
a
lle
l
P
o
r
t
A
B
A. Clear CMOS
B. Watch Dog Enable
Watch Dog Enable/Disable
Watch Dog is a system monitor that can reboot
the system when a software application hangs.
Close pins 1-2 to reset the system if an applica-
tion hangs. Close pins 2-3 to generate a non-
maskable interrupt signal for the application that
hangs. See the table on the right for jumper set-
tings. Watch Dog must also be enabled in the
BIOS. (Note: When enabled, the user needs to
write his/her own application software to disable
the Watch Dog Timer.)
Watch Dog
Jumper Settings
Jumper Setting Defnition
Pins 1-2 Reset
(default)
Pins 2-3 NMI
Open Disabled
CMOS Clear
JBT1 is used to clear CMOS. Instead of pins, this "jumper" consists of contact pads
to prevent the accidental clearing of CMOS. To clear CMOS, use a metal object such
as a small screwdriver to touch both pads at the same time to short the connection.
Always remove the AC power cord from the system before clearing CMOS.
Note: For an ATX power supply, you must completely shut down the system, remove
the AC power cord and then short JBT1 to clear CMOS.
Chapter 2: Installation
2-23
FAN2
F
A
N
3
F
A
N
1
JI2C1
JI2C2
JWOR
F
A
N
4
JP3
JWD
JLED
Battery
D
I
M
M
1
A
D
I
M
M
2
A
D
I
M
M
1
B
D
I
M
M
2
B
I-SATA4
I-SATA5
WO
Speaker
C
O
M
1
K
B
/
M
O
U
S
E
CPU Fan
V
G
A
U
S
B

3
/4
/5
/6

U
S
B

1
/
2
L
A
N

F
a
n
5
A
u
d
io

4-Pin PWR
Processor
Slot7 PCI-E x1
Slot6 PCI-E x16
Slot5 PCI-E x4
Slot4 PCI-33MHz
JP5
Slot3 PCI-33MHz
J
P
2
Slot2 PCI-33MHz
Buzzer
SPKR1
Slot1 PCI-33MHz
C
2
S
B
A
WOL
IDE#2
IDE#1
FP USB 7/8 FP USB 9/10
I-SATA0
I-SATA1
JL1
LE1
F
ro
n
t P
a
n
e
l C
T
R
L
Intel G33
North Bridge
South Bridge
Intel ICH9(R)
2
4
-
p
in
A
T
X
P
W
R
Audio CTRL
CD-IN
COM2
Front Audio
W
8
3
6
2
7
D
H
G
F
lo
p
p
y
S
I/O
IDE CTRL
ITE 8212
Audio Enabled
Front-Access USB 11 Front-Access USB 12
I-SATA2
I-SATA3
J
P
U
S
B
1
JKB
JPUSB2
GLAN CTRL
JPL1
JBT1
BIOS
P
a
r
a
lle
l
P
o
r
t
A
B
A. JI
2
C1
B. JI
2
C2
C. Keyboard Wake-Up
PCI/PCI-E Slots to SMB
Speeds
Jumpers JI
2
C1/JI
2
C2 allow you to con-
nect PCI/PCI-Exp. Slots to the System
Management Bus. The default setting is
open to disable the connection. See the
table on the right for jumper settings.
SMBus to PCI-X/PCI-Exp Slots
Jumper Settings
Jumper Setting Defnition
Closed Enabled
Open Disabled (Default)
C
Keyboard Wake-Up
The JKB jumper is used together with
the Keyboard Wake-Up function in BIOS.
Enable the jumper and the BIOS setting to
allow the user to "wake the system up" by
hitting a key on the keyboard. See the table
on the right for jumper settings. Your power
supply must meet ATX specifcation 2.01
or higher and supply 720 mA of standby
power to use this feature.
KB Wake-up Enable
Jumper Settings
Pin# Defnition
1-2 Enabled (default)
2-3 Disabled
2-24
C2SBA+II/C2SBA+/C2SBA/C2SBE User's Manual
FAN2
F
A
N
3
F
A
N
1
JI2C1
JI2C2
JWOR
F
A
N
4
JP3
JWD
JLED
Battery
D
I
M
M
1
A
D
I
M
M
2
A
D
I
M
M
1
B
D
I
M
M
2
B
I-SATA4
I-SATA5
WO
Speaker
C
O
M
1
K
B
/
M
O
U
S
E
CPU Fan
V
G
A
U
S
B

3
/4
/5
/6

U
S
B

1
/
2
L
A
N

F
a
n
5
A
u
d
io

4-Pin PWR
Processor
Slot7 PCI-E x1
Slot6 PCI-E x16
Slot5 PCI-E x4
Slot4 PCI-33MHz
JP5
Slot3 PCI-33MHz
J
P
2
Slot2 PCI-33MHz
Buzzer
SPKR1
Slot1 PCI-33MHz
C
2
S
B
A
WOL
IDE#2
IDE#1
FP USB 7/8 FP USB 9/10
I-SATA0
I-SATA1
JL1
LE1
F
ro
n
t P
a
n
e
l C
T
R
L
Intel G33
North Bridge
South Bridge
Intel ICH9(R)
2
4
-
p
in
A
T
X
P
W
R
Audio CTRL
CD-IN
COM2
Front Audio
W
8
3
6
2
7
D
H
G
F
lo
p
p
y
S
I/O
IDE CTRL
ITE 8212
Audio Enabled
Front-Access USB 11 Front-Access USB 12
I-SATA2
I-SATA3
J
P
U
S
B
1
JKB
JPUSB2
GLAN CTRL
JPL1
JBT1
BIOS
P
a
r
a
lle
l
P
o
r
t
IDE Enable/Disable
JP2 enables or disables IDE#1 and
IDE#2 on the C2SBA+II/C2SBA+.
See the table on the right for jumper
settings.The default setting is en-
abled.
IDE Enable
Jumper Settings
Pin# Defnition
1-2 Enabled (default)
2-3 Disabled
TPM Enable (For the
C2SBA/C2SBA+II/C2SBA+)
Use JP3 to enable or disable Trust
Platform Module Management (TPM)
on the motherboard. See the table
on the right for jumper settings. The
default setting is Enabled.
TPM Enable
Jumper Settings
Pin# Defnition
1-2 Enabled (default)
2-3 Disabled
A
B
A. IDE Enable
B. TPM Enable
Chapter 2: Installation
2-25
FAN2
F
A
N
3
F
A
N
1
JI2C1
JI2C2
JWOR
F
A
N
4
JP3
JWD
JLED
Battery
D
I
M
M
1
A
D
I
M
M
2
A
D
I
M
M
1
B
D
I
M
M
2
B
I-SATA4
I-SATA5
WO
Speaker
C
O
M
1
K
B
/
M
O
U
S
E
CPU Fan
V
G
A
U
S
B

3
/4
/5
/6

U
S
B

1
/
2
L
A
N

F
a
n
5
A
u
d
io

4-Pin PWR
Processor
Slot7 PCI-E x1
Slot6 PCI-E x16
Slot5 PCI-E x4
Slot4 PCI-33MHz
JP5
Slot3 PCI-33MHz
J
P
2
Slot2 PCI-33MHz
Buzzer
SPKR1
Slot1 PCI-33MHz
C
2
S
B
A
WOL
IDE#2
IDE#1
FP USB 7/8 FP USB 9/10
I-SATA0
I-SATA1
JL1
LE1
F
ro
n
t P
a
n
e
l C
T
R
L
Intel G33
North Bridge
South Bridge
Intel ICH9(R)
2
4
-
p
in
A
T
X
P
W
R
Audio CTRL
CD-IN
COM2
Front Audio
W
8
3
6
2
7
D
H
G
F
lo
p
p
y
S
I/O
IDE CTRL
ITE 8212
Audio Enabled
Front-Access USB 11 Front-Access USB 12
I-SATA2
I-SATA3
J
P
U
S
B
1
JKB
JPUSB2
GLAN CTRL
JPL1
JBT1
BIOS
P
a
r
a
lle
l
P
o
r
t
Audio Enable
JP5 enables or disables the onboard
audio connections. See the table on the
right for jumper settings. The default
setting is Enabled.
Audio Enable
Jumper Settings
Pin# Defnition
1-2 Enabled (default)
2-3 Disabled
A
A. Audio Enable
2-26
C2SBA+II/C2SBA+/C2SBA/C2SBE User's Manual
USB Wake-Up
Use JPUSB jumpers (JPUSB1/JPUSB2) to en-
able the function of "System Wake-Up via USB
devices", which allows you to "wake-up" the
system by pressing a key on the USB keyboard
or by clicking the USB mouse of your system.
The JPUSB jumpers are used together with the
USB Wake-Up function in the BIOS. Enable
both jumpers and the BIOS setting to allow the
system to "wake-up via USB Devices". See the
table on the right for jumper settings and jumper
connections. (Note: JPUSB1 is for Back Panel
USB ports:1/2/3/4/5/6, and JPUSB2 is for Front
Panel USB ports:7/8/9/10 and Front Accessible
USB ports: 11/12.)
(Note: The default jumper setting for the USB
ports is "Disabled". However, when the "USB
Wake-Up" function is enabled in the BIOS and
the desired USB ports are enabled via the
JPUSB jumper, please be sure to remove all
USB devices from the USB ports whose USB
jumpers are set to "Disabled" before the system
goes into the standby mode.)
USB Wake-up Enable
Jumper Settings
Pin# Defnition
1-2 Enabled
2-3 Disabled
FAN2
F
A
N
3
F
A
N
1
JI2C1
JI2C2
JWOR
F
A
N
4
JP3
JWD
JLED
Battery
D
I
M
M
1
A
D
I
M
M
2
A
D
I
M
M
1
B
D
I
M
M
2
B
I-SATA4
I-SATA5
WO
Speaker
C
O
M
1
K
B
/
M
O
U
S
E
CPU Fan
V
G
A
U
S
B

3
/4
/5
/6

U
S
B

1
/
2
L
A
N

F
a
n
5
A
u
d
io

4-Pin PWR
Processor
Slot7 PCI-E x1
Slot6 PCI-E x16
Slot5 PCI-E x4
Slot4 PCI-33MHz
JP5
Slot3 PCI-33MHz
J
P
2
Slot2 PCI-33MHz
Buzzer
SPKR1
Slot1 PCI-33MHz
C
2
S
B
A
WOL
IDE#2
IDE#1
FP USB 7/8 FP USB 9/10
I-SATA0
I-SATA1
JL1
LE1
F
ro
n
t P
a
n
e
l C
T
R
L
Intel G33
North Bridge
South Bridge
Intel ICH9(R)
2
4
-
p
in
A
T
X
P
W
R
Audio CTRL
CD-IN
COM2
Front Audio
W
8
3
6
2
7
D
H
G
F
lo
p
p
y
S
I/O
IDE CTRL
ITE 8212
Audio Enabled
Front-Access USB 11 Front-Access USB 12
I-SATA2
I-SATA3
J
P
U
S
B
1
JKB
JPUSB2
GLAN CTRL
JPL1
JBT1
BIOS
P
a
r
a
lle
l
P
o
r
t
A
A. JPUSB1
B. JPUSB2
B
Chapter 2: Installation
2-27
FAN2
F
A
N
3
F
A
N
1
JI2C1
JI2C2
JWOR
F
A
N
4
JP3
JWD
JLED
Battery
D
I
M
M
1
A
D
I
M
M
2
A
D
I
M
M
1
B
D
I
M
M
2
B
I-SATA4
I-SATA5
WO
Speaker
C
O
M
1
K
B
/
M
O
U
S
E
CPU Fan
V
G
A
U
S
B

3
/4
/5
/6

U
S
B

1
/
2
L
A
N

F
a
n
5
A
u
d
io

4-Pin PWR
Processor
Slot7 PCI-E x1
Slot6 PCI-E x16
Slot5 PCI-E x4
Slot4 PCI-33MHz
JP5
Slot3 PCI-33MHz
J
P
2
Slot2 PCI-33MHz
Buzzer
SPKR1
Slot1 PCI-33MHz
C
2
S
B
A
WOL
IDE#2
IDE#1
FP USB 7/8 FP USB 9/10
I-SATA0
I-SATA1
JL1
LE1
F
ro
n
t P
a
n
e
l C
T
R
L
Intel G33
North Bridge
South Bridge
Intel ICH9(R)
2
4
-
p
in
A
T
X
P
W
R
Audio CTRL
CD-IN
COM2
Front Audio
W
8
3
6
2
7
D
H
G
F
lo
p
p
y
S
I/O
IDE CTRL
ITE 8212
Audio Enabled
Front-Access USB 11 Front-Access USB 12
I-SATA2
I-SATA3
J
P
U
S
B
1
JKB
JPUSB2
GLAN CTRL
JPL1
JBT1
BIOS
P
a
r
a
lle
l
P
o
r
t
2-8 Onboard Indicators
A
A. GLAN Port1 LEDs
GLAN LEDs
There is one Gigabit-LAN port (J11). This
Gigabit Ethernet LAN port has two LEDs.
The yellow GLAN Activity LED (right, see
below) indicates activity, while the GLAN
Link/Speed LED (left) may be green,
amber or off to indicate the speed of the
connection. See the tables at right for
more information.
GLAN Activity LED
GLAN Activity LED Indicator
Color Defnition
Yellow (Flashing) ConnectionActive
GLAN Link/Speed LED Indicator
LED Color Defnition
Off No Connection or 10 Mbps
Green (On) 100 Mbps
Amber (On) 1 Gbps
GLAN Link/Speed LED
Rear View
(When viewing from the rear side
of the chassis.)
2-28
C2SBA+II/C2SBA+/C2SBA/C2SBE User's Manual
FAN2
F
A
N
3
F
A
N
1
JI2C1
JI2C2
JWOR
F
A
N
4
JP3
JWD
JLED
Battery
D
I
M
M
1
A
D
I
M
M
2
A
D
I
M
M
1
B
D
I
M
M
2
B
I-SATA4
I-SATA5
WO
Speaker
C
O
M
1
K
B
/
M
O
U
S
E
CPU Fan
V
G
A
U
S
B

3
/4
/5
/6

U
S
B

1
/
2
L
A
N

F
a
n
5
A
u
d
io

4-Pin PWR
Processor
Slot7 PCI-E x1
Slot6 PCI-E x16
Slot5 PCI-E x4
Slot4 PCI-33MHz
JP5
Slot3 PCI-33MHz
J
P
2
Slot2 PCI-33MHz
Buzzer
SPKR1
Slot1 PCI-33MHz
C
2
S
B
A
WOL
IDE#2
IDE#1
FP USB 7/8 FP USB 9/10
I-SATA0
I-SATA1
JL1
LE1
F
ro
n
t P
a
n
e
l C
T
R
L
Intel G33
North Bridge
South Bridge
Intel ICH9(R)
2
4
-
p
in
A
T
X
P
W
R
Audio CTRL
CD-IN
COM2
Front Audio
W
8
3
6
2
7
D
H
G
F
lo
p
p
y
S
I/O
IDE CTRL
ITE 8212
Audio Enabled
Front-Access USB 11 Front-Access USB 12
I-SATA2
I-SATA3
J
P
U
S
B
1
JKB
JPUSB2
GLAN CTRL
JPL1
JBT1
BIOS
P
a
r
a
lle
l
P
o
r
t
A
A. Power LED
Onboard PWR LED Indicator
Settings
LED Color Defnition
Off System Off
On Standby Power On
Green System On
Onboard Power LED (LE1)
The Onboard 3.3V Standby Power LED is
located at LE1 on the motherboard. When
LE1 is off, the system is off. When the
green light is on, the system is on. When
the LED is on, the power is on. Unplug the
power cable before removing or installing
components. See the layout below for the
LED location.
Chapter 2: Installation
2-29
FAN2
F
A
N
3
F
A
N
1
JI2C1
JI2C2
JWOR
F
A
N
4
JP3
JWD
JLED
Battery
D
I
M
M
1
A
D
I
M
M
2
A
D
I
M
M
1
B
D
I
M
M
2
B
I-SATA4
I-SATA5
WO
Speaker
C
O
M
1
K
B
/M
O
U
S
E
CPU Fan
V
G
A
U
S
B

3
/4
/5
/6

U
S
B
1
/2
L
A
N

F
a
n
5
A
u
d
io

4-Pin PWR
Processor
Slot7 PCI-E x1
Slot6 PCI-E x16
Slot5 PCI-E x4
Slot4 PCI-33MHz
JP5
Slot3 PCI-33MHz
J
P
2
Slot2 PCI-33MHz
Buzzer
SPKR1
Slot1 PCI-33MHz
C
2
S
B
A
WOL
IDE#2
IDE#1
FP USB 7/8 FP USB 9/10
I-SATA0
I-SATA1
JL1
LE1
F
ro
n
t P
a
n
e
l C
T
R
L
Intel G33
North Bridge
South Bridge
Intel ICH9(R)
2
4
-
p
in
A
T
X
P
W
R
Audio CTRL
CD-IN
COM2
Front Audio
W
8
3
6
2
7
D
H
G
F
lo
p
p
y
S
I/O
IDE CTRL
ITE 8212
Audio Enabled
Front-Access USB 11 Front-Access USB 12
I-SATA2
I-SATA3
J
P
U
S
B
1
JKB
JPUSB2
GLAN CTRL
JPL1
JBT1
BIOS
P
a
r
a
lle
l P
o
r
t
Parallel (Printer) Port
Connector
The parallel (printer) port is located
at J30. See the table on the right for
pin defnitions.
2-9 Parallel Port, Floppy Drive and IDE Hard Drive
Connections
Note the following when connecting the foppy and hard disk drive cables:
• The foppy disk drive cable has seven twisted wires.
• A red mark on a wire typically designates the location of pin 1.
• A single foppy disk drive ribbon cable has two connectors to provide for two
foppy disk drives. The connector with twisted wires always connects to drive
A, and the connector that does not have twisted wires always connects to drive
B.
Parallel (Printer) Port Connector
PinDefnitions
Pin# Defnition Pin # Defnition
1 Strobe- 2 Auto Feed-
3 Data Bit 0 4 Error-
5 Data Bit 1 6 Init-
7 Data Bit 2 8 SLCT IN-
9 Data Bit 3 10 GND
11 Data Bit 4 12 GND
13 Data Bit 5 14 GND
15 Data Bit 6 16 GND
17 Data Bit 7 18 GND
19 ACK 20 GND
21 BUSY 22 Write Data
23 PE 24 Write Gate
25 SLCT 26 NC
A
A. Parallel Port
2-30
C2SBA+II/C2SBA+/C2SBA/C2SBE User's Manual
FAN2
F
A
N
3
F
A
N
1
JI2C1
JI2C2
JWOR
F
A
N
4
JP3
JWD
JLED
Battery
D
I
M
M
1
A
D
I
M
M
2
A
D
I
M
M
1
B
D
I
M
M
2
B
I-SATA4
I-SATA5
WO
Speaker
C
O
M
1
K
B
/
M
O
U
S
E
CPU Fan
V
G
A
U
S
B

3
/4
/5
/6

U
S
B

1
/
2
L
A
N

F
a
n
5
A
u
d
io

4-Pin PWR
Processor
Slot7 PCI-E x1
Slot6 PCI-E x16
Slot5 PCI-E x4
Slot4 PCI-33MHz
JP5
Slot3 PCI-33MHz
J
P
2
Slot2 PCI-33MHz
Buzzer
SPKR1
Slot1 PCI-33MHz
C
2
S
B
A
WOL
IDE#2
IDE#1
FP USB 7/8 FP USB 9/10
I-SATA0
I-SATA1
JL1
LE1
F
ro
n
t P
a
n
e
l C
T
R
L
Intel G33
North Bridge
South Bridge
Intel ICH9(R)
2
4
-
p
in
A
T
X
P
W
R
Audio CTRL
CD-IN
COM2
Front Audio
W
8
3
6
2
7
D
H
G
F
lo
p
p
y
S
I/O
IDE CTRL
ITE 8212
Audio Enabled
Front-Access USB 11 Front-Access USB 12
I-SATA2
I-SATA3
J
P
U
S
B
1
JKB
JPUSB2
GLAN CTRL
JPL1
JBT1
BIOS
P
a
r
a
lle
l
P
o
r
t
Floppy Connector
The foppy connector is located at
J27. See the table on the right for pin
defnitions.
Floppy Drive Connector
PinDefnitions
Pin# Defnition Pin # Defnition
1 Ground 2 FDHDIN
3 Ground 4 Reserved
5 Key 6 FDEDIN
7 Ground 8 Index
9 Ground 10 Motor Enable
11 Ground 12 Drive Select B
13 Ground 14 Drive Select B
15 Ground 16 Motor Enable
17 Ground 18 DIR
19 Ground 20 STEP
21 Ground 22 Write Data
23 Ground 24 Write Gate
25 Ground 26 Track 00
27 Ground 28 Write Protect
29 Ground 30 Read Data
31 Ground 32 Side 1 Select
33 Ground 34 Diskette
A
A. Floppy
Chapter 2: Installation
2-31
B
IDE Drive Connectors
PinDefnitions
Pin# Defnition Pin # Defnition
1 Reset IDE 2 Ground
3 Host Data 7 4 Host Data 8
5 Host Data 6 6 Host Data 9
7 Host Data 5 8 Host Data 10
9 Host Data 4 10 Host Data 11
11 Host Data 3 12 Host Data 12
13 Host Data 2 14 Host Data 13
15 Host Data 1 16 Host Data 14
17 Host Data 0 18 Host Data 15
19 Ground 20 Key
21 DRQ3 22 Ground
23 I/O Write 24 Ground
25 I/O Read 26 Ground
27 IOCHRDY 28 BALE
29 DACK3 30 Ground
31 IRQ14 32 IOCS16
33 Addr1 34 Ground
35 Addr0 36 Addr2
37 Chip Select 0 38 Chip Select 1
39 Activity 40 Ground
FAN2
F
A
N
3
F
A
N
1
JI2C1
JI2C2
JWOR
F
A
N
4
JP3
JWD
JLED
Battery
D
I
M
M
1
A
D
I
M
M
2
A
D
I
M
M
1
B
D
I
M
M
2
B
I-SATA4
I-SATA5
WO
Speaker
C
O
M
1
K
B
/
M
O
U
S
E
CPU Fan
V
G
A
U
S
B

3
/4
/5
/6

U
S
B

1
/
2
L
A
N

F
a
n
5
A
u
d
io

4-Pin PWR
Processor
Slot7 PCI-E x1
Slot6 PCI-E x16
Slot5 PCI-E x4
Slot4 PCI-33MHz
JP5
Slot3 PCI-33MHz
J
P
2
Slot2 PCI-33MHz
Buzzer
SPKR1
Slot1 PCI-33MHz
C
2
S
B
A
WOL
IDE#2
IDE#1
FP USB 7/8 FP USB 9/10
I-SATA0
I-SATA1
JL1
LE1
F
ro
n
t P
a
n
e
l C
T
R
L
Intel G33
North Bridge
South Bridge
Intel ICH9(R)
2
4
-
p
in
A
T
X
P
W
R
Audio CTRL
CD-IN
COM2
Front Audio
W
8
3
6
2
7
D
H
G
F
lo
p
p
y
S
I/O
IDE CTRL
ITE 8212
Audio Enabled
Front-Access USB 11 Front-Access USB 12
I-SATA2
I-SATA3
J
P
U
S
B
1
JKB
JPUSB2
GLAN CTRL
JPL1
JBT1
BIOS
P
a
r
a
lle
l
P
o
r
t
IDE Connectors (For the
C2SBA+II/C2SBA+ only)
There are two IDE connectors on the
C2SBA+II/C2SBA+. Be sure to close
Pin 1 and Pin 2 of JP2 to enable the
IDE connectors before using them.
(Please refer to the jumper section for
more details.) See the table on the right
for pin defnitions.
A
A. IDE#1
B. IDE#2
2-32
C2SBA+II/C2SBA+/C2SBA/C2SBE User's Manual
Notes
3-1
Chapter 3: Troubleshooting
Chapter 3
Troubleshooting
3-1 Troubleshooting Procedures
Use the following procedures to troubleshoot your system. If you have followed all
of the procedures below and still need assistance, refer to the ‘Technical Support
Procedures’ and/or ‘Returning Merchandise for Service’ section(s) in this chapter.
Always disconnect the AC power cord before adding, changing or installing any
hardware components.
Before Power On
1. Make sure that there are no short circuits between the motherboard and chas-
sis.
2. Disconnect all ribbon/wire cables from the motherboard, including those for the
keyboard and mouse.
3. Remove all add-on cards.
4. Install a CPU and heatsink (making sure it is fully seated) and connect the
chassis speaker and the power LED to the motherboard. Check all jumper
settings as well.
5. Use the correct type of onboard CMOS battery as specifed by the Manufacturer.
Do not install the CMOS battery upside down to avoid possible explosion.
6. Make sure that the 4-pin 12v power connector at J41 is connected to your
power supply.
No Power
1. Make sure that there are no short circuits between the motherboard and chas-
sis.
2. Verify that all jumpers are set to their default positions.
3. Check that the 115V/230V switch on the power supply is properly set.
4. Turn the power switch on and off to test the system.
5. The battery on your motherboard may be old. Check to verify that it still sup-
plies ~3VDC. If it does not, replace it with a new one.
No Video
1. If the power is on but you have no video, remove all the add-on cards and
cables.
2. Use the speaker to determine if any beep codes exist. Refer to Appendix A for
details on beep codes.
3-2
C2SBA+II/C2SBA+/C2SBA/C2SBE User's Manual
NOTE
If you are a system integrator, VAR or OEM, a POST diagnostics
card is recommended. For I/O port 80h codes, refer to App. B.
Memory Errors
1. Make sure that the DIMM modules are properly and fully installed.
2. You should be using unbuffered DDR2 memory (see the next page). Also, it
is recommended that you use the same memory speed for all DIMMs in the
system. See Section 2-4 for memory limitations.
3. Check for bad DIMM modules or slots by swapping modules between slots and
noting the results.
4. Check the power supply voltage 115V/230V switch.
LosingtheSystem’sSetupConfguration
1. Make sure that you are using a high quality power supply. A poor quality power
supply may cause the system to lose the CMOS setup information. Refer to
Section 1-6 for details on recommended power supplies.
2. The battery on your motherboard may be old. Check to verify that it still sup-
plies ~3VDC. If it does not, replace it with a new one.
3. If the above steps do not fx the Setup Confguration problem, contact your
vendor for repairs.
3-2 Technical Support Procedures
Before contacting Technical Support, please take the following steps. Also, note
that as a motherboard manufacturer, Super Micro does not sell directly to end-us-
ers, so it is best to frst check with your distributor or reseller for troubleshooting
services. They should know of any possible problem(s) with the specifc system
confguration that was sold to you.
1. Please go through the ‘Troubleshooting Procedures’ and 'Frequently Asked
Question' (FAQ) sections in this chapter or see the FAQs on our web site
(http://www.supermicro.com/support/faqs/) before contacting Technical
Support.
2. BIOS upgrades can be downloaded from our web site at (http://www.supermicro
com/support/bios/).
Note: Not all BIOS can be fashed; it depends on the modifcations to the
boot block code.
3. If you still cannot resolve the problem, include the following information when
3-3
Chapter 3: Troubleshooting
contacting Super Micro for technical support:
• Motherboard model and PCB revision number
• BIOS release date/version (this can be seen on the initial display when your
system frst boots up)
• System confguration
An example of a Technical Support form is on our web site at (http://www.
supermicro.com/support/contact.cfm).
4. Distributors: For immediate assistance, please have your account number ready
when placing a call to our technical support department. We can be reached
by e-mail at support@supermicro.com, by phone at:(408) 503-8000, option
2, or by fax at (408)503-8019.
3-3 Frequently Asked Questions
Question: What type of memory does my motherboard support?
Answer: The C2SBA+II/C2SBA+/C2SBA/C2SBE supports unbuffered, DDR2
667/800 MHz memory modules. See Section 2-4 for details on installing
memory.
Question: Why does Microsoft Windows XP (SP2) and Windows Vista show
less memory than what is physically installed?
Answer: Microsoft implemented a design change in Windows XP with Service
Pack 2 (SP2) and Windows Vista. This change is specifc to the Physical Ad-
dress Extension (PAE) mode behavior which improves driver compatibility. For
more information, please read the following article at Microsoft’s Knowledge
Base website at: http://support.microsoft.com/kb/888137.
Question: How do I update my BIOS?
Answer: It is recommended that you do not upgrade your BIOS if you are not
experiencing any problems with your system. Updated BIOS fles are located
on our web site at http://www.supermicro.com/support/bios/. Please check our
BIOS warning message and the information on how to update your BIOS on our
web site. Select your motherboard model and download the BIOS (.rom) fle to
your computer. Also, check the current BIOS revision and make sure that it is
newer than your BIOS before downloading. You may choose the zip fle or the
.exe fle. If you choose the zipped BIOS fle, please unzip the BIOS fle onto a
bootable device or a USB pen/thumb drive. To fash the BIOS, run the batch
fle named "fash.bat" with the new BIOS .rom fle from your bootable device or
USB pen/thumb drive. Use the following format:
F:\> fash xxxxxxxx.rom <Enter>
Note: Be sure to insert a space immediately after "fash" and use only the fle
named “fash.bat” to update the BIOS.
3-4
C2SBA+II/C2SBA+/C2SBA/C2SBE User's Manual
When completed, your system will automatically reboot. If you choose the .exe
fle, please run the .exe fle under Windows to create the BIOS fash foppy disk.
Insert the foppy disk into the system you wish to fash the BIOS. Then, boot
the system to the foppy disk. The BIOS utility will automatically fash the BIOS
without any prompts. Please note that this process may take a few minutes to
complete. Do not be concerned if the screen is paused for a few minutes.
Warning: Do not shut down or reset the system while updating the BIOS to
prevent possible system boot failure!
When the BIOS fashing screen is completed, the system will reboot and will
show “Press F1 or F2”. At this point, you will need to load the BIOS defaults.
Press <F1> to go to the BIOS setup screen, and press <F9> to load the default
settings. Next, press <F10> to save and exit. The system will then reboot.
Note: The SPI BIOS chip installed on this motherboard is not removable. To
repair or replace a damaged BIOS chip, please send your motherboard to RMA
at Supermicro for service.
Question: What's on the CD that came with my motherboard?
Answer: The supplied compact disc has quite a few drivers and programs that
will greatly enhance your system. We recommend that you review the CD and
install the applications you need. Applications on the CD include chipset drivers,
security and audio drivers.
Question: How do I utilize the onboard HD sound?
Answer: The onboard HD sound available on the C2SBA+II/C2SBA+/C2SBA/
C2SBE can be enabled with the audio driver software that was included in your
motherboard package. When activated, sound will be routed through the jacks
next to the LAN Port according to the audio connection descriptions listed on
Page 2-8. You must also set the HD Audio setting to "Auto" in the Advanced
Chipset section of the BIOS setup.
Question: I installed my microphone correctly but I can't record any sound.
What should I do?
Answer: Go to <Start>, <Programs>, <Accessories>, <Entertainment> and then
<Volume Control>. Under the Properties tab, scroll down the list of devices in
the menu and check the box beside "Microphone".
Question: After I have installed 4 pieces of 1GB Memory, why does the BIOS
only detect about 3.145 GB of memory during POST?
Answer: Because the chipset does not support memory remapping, and PCI-E
memory requires a great deal of memory, so there is a memory hole located
around the 4GB memory address.
3-5
Chapter 3: Troubleshooting
Question: How do I connect the ATA100/66 cable to my IDE device(s)?
Answer: The 80-wire/40-pin high-density ATA100/66 IDE cable that came
with your system has two connectors to support two drives. This special cable
must be used to take advantage of the speed the ATA100/66 technology offers.
Connect the blue connector to the onboard IDE header and the other
connector(s) to your hard drive(s). Consult the documentation that came with
your disk drive for details on actual jumper locations and settings.
Question: Why doesn't by USB devices no longer work correctly after
installing the Intel Chipset Software Installation Utility in Windows XP or
Windows Server 2003?
Answer: This is a timing confict between Windows File Protection and the
Setup program. This is described in greater detail, and a hotfx is available at
Microsoft's website at http://support.microsoft.com/kb/921411/en-us
3-4 Returning Merchandise for Service
A receipt or copy of your invoice marked with the date of purchase is required
before any warranty service will be rendered. You can obtain service by calling
your vendor for a Returned Merchandise Authorization (RMA) number. When
returning to the manufacturer, the RMA number should be prominently displayed
on the outside of the shipping carton, and mailed prepaid or hand-carried. Ship-
ping and handling charges will be applied for all orders that must be mailed when
service is complete.
This warranty only covers normal consumer use and does not cover damages
incurred in shipping or from failure due to the alteration, misuse, abuse or improper
maintenance of products.
During the warranty period, contact your distributor frst for any product prob-
lems.
3-6
C2SBA+II/C2SBA+/C2SBA/C2SBE User's Manual
Chapter 4: BIOS
4-1
Chapter 4
BIOS
4-1 Introduction
This chapter describes the Phoenix BIOS™ Setup utility for the C2SBA+II/
C2SBA+/C2SBA/C2SBE. The Phoenix ROM BIOS is stored in a fash chip and
can be easily upgraded using a foppy disk-based program.
Note: Due to periodic changes to the BIOS, some settings may have been added
or deleted and might not yet be recorded in this manual. Please refer to the Manual
Download area of the Super Micro web site <http://www.supermicro.com> for any
changes to the BIOS not refected in this manual.
System BIOS
The BIOS is the Basic Input Output System used in all IBM
®
PC, XT™, AT
®
, and
PS/2
®
compatible computers. The Phoenix BIOS stores the system parameters,
types of disk drives, video displays, etc. in the CMOS. The CMOS memory re-
quires very little electrical power. When the computer is turned off, a backup battery
provides power to the CMOS logic, enabling it to retain system parameters. Each
time the computer is powered on, the computer is confgured with the values stored
in the CMOS logic by the system BIOS, which gains control at boot-up.
HowToChangetheConfgurationData
The CMOS information that determines the system parameters may be changed
by entering the BIOS Setup utility. This Setup utility can be accessed by pressing
the <Delete> key at the appropriate time during system boot. (See below.)
Starting the Setup Utility
Normally, the only visible POST (Power On Self Test) routine is the memory test.
As the memory is being tested, press the <Delete> key to enter the main menu
of the BIOS Setup utility. From the main menu, you can access the other setup
screens, such as the Security and Power menus. Beginning with Section 4-3,
detailed descriptions are given for each parameter setting in the Setup utility.
Warning: Do not shut down or reset the system while updating the BIOS
to prevent possible boot failure.
4-2
C2SBA+II/C2SBA+/C2SBA/C2SBE User's Manual
4-2 Running Setup
Default settings are in bold text unless otherwise noted.
The BIOS setup options described in this section are selected by choosing the ap-
propriate text from the main BIOS Setup screen. All displayed text is described in
this section, although the screen display is often all you need to understand how
to set the options (See the next page).
When you frst power on the computer, the Phoenix BIOS™ is immediately acti-
vated.
While the BIOS is in control, the Setup program can be activated in one of two
ways:
1. By pressing <Delete> immediately after turning the system on, or
2. When the message shown below appears briefy at the bottom of the screen
during the POST (Power On Self-Test), press the <Delete> key to activate
the main Setup menu. Press the <Delete> key to enter Setup
4-3 Main BIOS Setup
All main Setup options are described in this section. The main BIOS Setup screen
is displayed below.
Use the Up/Down arrow keys to move among the different settings in each menu.
Use the Left/Right arrow keys to change the options for each setting.
Press the <Esc> key to exit the CMOS Setup Menu. The next section describes in
detail how to navigate through the menus.
Items that use submenus are indicated with the icon. With the item highlighted,
press the <Enter> key to access the submenu.


Chapter 4: BIOS
4-3
Main BIOS Setup Menu
Main Setup Features
System Time
To set the system date and time, key in the correct information in the appropriate
felds. Then press the <Enter> key to save the data.
System Date
Using the arrow keys, highlight the month, day and year felds, and enter the correct
data. Press the <Enter> key to save the data.
Legacy Diskette A
This setting allows the user to set the type of foppy disk drive installed as diskette A.
The options are Disabled, 360Kb 5.25 in, 1.2MB 5.25 in, 720Kb 3.5 in, 1.44/1.25MB,
3.5 in and 2.88MB 3.5 in.
BIOS Date
The item displays the date that the BIOS was built.
Hard Disk Pre-Delay
Select Enable to allow for the time needed for a hard drive to perform initialization
before it is accessed by the BIOS after power-up to prevent possible system boot
failure. A boot failure may occur if the BIOS accesses a hard drive that has not
been properly initialized. The default setting is Disabled.
4-4
C2SBA+II/C2SBA+/C2SBA/C2SBE User's Manual
Serial ATA
This setting allows the user to enable or disable the function of the Serial ATA. The
options are Disabled and Enabled.
Native Mode Operation
Select Serial ATA for SATA or select Auto (Native Mode) for ATA. The options are:
Serial ATA and Auto.
Serial ATA (SATA) RAID Enable (C2SBA+II Only)
Select Enable to enable Serial ATA RAID Functions. (For the Windows OS
environment, use the RAID driver if this feature is set to Enabled. When this item
is set to Enabled, the item: "ICH RAID Code Base" will be available for you to select
either Intel or Adaptec Host RAID frmware. If this item is set to Disabled, the item-
SATA AHCI Enable will be available.) The options are Enabled and Disabled.
SATA AHCI Enable
Select Enabled to use the Serial ATA Advanced Host Interfacing. This feature is
available when the Windows XP OS, the SPI BIOS Chip, and the IAA Driver are
installed in the system. (Take caution when using this function. This feature is for
advanced programmers only. The options are Enabled and Disabled.)
SATA AHCI Legacy Enable
Select Enabled use the SATA Advanced Host Interface Legacy Mode. When in
AHCI Legacy Mode, SATA Port 5 and SATA Port 6 are disabled. (Take caution when
using this function. This feature is for advanced programmers only. The options
are Enabled and Disabled.)
SATA Port1, SATA Port2, SATA Port3, SATA Port4 and SATA 5
These settings allow the user to set the parameters of slots indicated above. Hit
<Enter> to access the following sub-menu screen. Set the correct confgurations
accordingly.
Chapter 4: BIOS
4-5
Type
This option allows you to select the type of IDE hard drive. Select Auto to allow
BIOS to automatically detect the hard drive's capacity, number of heads, etc.).
The option User allows the user to enter the parameters for the HDD installed
at this connection. Enter a number between 1 to 39 to select a predetermined
HDD type. Select CDROM if a CDROM drive is installed. Select ATAPI if a
removable disk drive is installed.
CHS Format
The following items will be displayed by the BIOS:
TYPE: This item displays the type of IDE or SATA Device.
Cylinders: This item indicates the status of Cylinders.
Headers: This item indicates the number of headers.
Sectors: This item displays the number of sectors.
Maximum Capacity: This item displays the maximum storage capacity of
the system.
4-6
C2SBA+II/C2SBA+/C2SBA/C2SBE User's Manual
LBA Format
The following items will be displayed by the BIOS:
Total Sectors: This item displays the number of total sectors available in the
LBA Format.
Maximum Capacity: This item displays the maximum capacity in the LBA
Format.
Multi-Sector Transfers
This item allows the user to specify the number of sectors per block to be used
in the multi-sector transfer. The options are Disabled, 4 Sectors, 8 Sectors, and
16 Sectors.
LBA Mode Control
This item determines whether the Phoenix BIOS will access the IDE Channel 0
Master Device via the LBA mode. The options are Enabled and Disabled.
32 Bit I/O
This option allows the user to enable or disable the function of a 32-bit data
transfer. The options are Enabled and Disabled.
Transfer Mode
This option allows the user to set the transfer mode. The options are Standard,
Fast PIO1, Fast PIO2, Fast PIO3, Fast PIO4, FPIO3/DMA1 and FPIO4/DMA2.
Ultra DMA Mode
This option allows the user to select Ultra DMA Mode. The options are Disabled,
Mode 0, Mode 1, Mode 2, Mode 3, Mode 4, and Mode 5.
Installed Memory
This display informs you how much system memory is recognized as being present
in the system.
System Memory
This display informs you how much memory is available in the system.
Chapter 4: BIOS
4-7
4-4 Advanced Setup
Choose Advanced from the Phoenix BIOS Setup Utility main menu with the arrow
keys. You should see the following display. The items with a triangle beside them have
sub- menus that can be accessed by highlighting the item and pressing <Enter>.
Boot Features
Floppy Check
Select Enabled to allow the BIOS to verify the type of foppy drive at bootup. Select
Disabled to speed up the boot process. The settings are Enabled and Disabled.
Quiet Boot
This setting allows you to Enable or Disable the graphic logo screen display during
bootup.
QuickBoot Mode
If enabled, this feature will speed up the POST (Power On Self Test) routine by
skipping certain tests after the computer is turned on. The settings are Enabled
and Disabled. If Disabled, the POST routine will run at normal speed.
POST Errors
Select Enabled to stop the POST routine and allow the system to display error mes-
sages when an error occurs at bootup. The options are Enabled and Disabled.
ACPI Mode
Use this setting to determine whether you want to use the ACPI (Advanced
Confguration and Power Interface) power management on your system. The
options are Yes and No.
4-8
C2SBA+II/C2SBA+/C2SBA/C2SBE User's Manual
ACPI Sleep Mode
This setting allows you to confgure the ACPI (Advanced Confguration and Power
Interface) Sleep Mode for your system. The options are S1, S3 and S1S3.
High Precision Event Time
Select Yes to activate the High Precision Event Timer (HPET) that produce
periodic interrupts at a much higher frequency than a Real-time Clock (RTC) can
in synchronizing multimedia streams, providing smooth playback and reducing
the dependency on other timestamp calculation devices, such as an x86 RDTSC
Instruction embedded in a CPU. The High Precision Event Timer is used to replace
the 8254 Programmable Interval Timer. The default setting is No.
Power Button Behavior
If set to Instant-Off, the system will power on or power off the system immediately
as soon as the user hits the power button. The options are Instant-Off and 4-second
Override.
Resume On Modem Ring
Select On to “wake your system up” when an incoming call is received by your
modem. The options are On and Off.
Resume On PME#
Select On to “wake your system up” from the PME#. The options are On and
Off.
PS2 Keyboard (KB)/Mouse Wake Up
Select Enable to “wake your system up” from S3, S4 or S5 state. The options are
Enabled and Disabled. (This feature is available when the jumper-JKB is enabled
by closing pin 1 and pin 2. Please refer to Chapter 2.)
USB Wake Up
This feature is used to awaken the system from Standby mode by a Universal Se-
rial Bus (USB) device (such as, a USB mouse or USB keyboard). The options are
Enabled and Disabled.
Power Loss Control
This setting allows you to decide how the system will react when power returns
after an unexpected loss of power. The options are Stay Off, Power On, and
Last State.
Legacy USB Support
Select Enabled to enable Legacy USB Support. The options are Enabled and
Disabled.
Chapter 4: BIOS
4-9
Watch Dog
Select Enabled to automatically reset the system if the system is not active for
more than 4 minutes. The options are Enabled and Disabled.
Summary Screen
This setting allows you to Enable or Disable the summary screen which displays
the system confguration during bootup.
Advanced Processor Options
Access the submenu to make changes to the following settings.
CPU Speed
This is a display that indicates the speed of the installed processor.
CPU Overclocking (Available when supported by the CPU)
This feature allows the user to enable and confgure Overclocking settings in order
to boost system performance. The options are: Disabled, +5%, +10%, and +15%.
Please note that Supermicro does not recommend CPU Overclocking because it
might cause the system to become unstable. The default setting is Disabled. If this
feature is not set to Disabled, the following two items will display.
CPU OverVoltage (Available when supported by the CPU)
This feature allows the CPU to operate at higher voltage settings than normal
settings. The options are: Disabled, +5%, +10%, and +15%. Please note that
Supermicro does not recommend CPU OverVoltage because it might cause the
system to become unstable. The default setting is Disabled.
Memory OverVoltage (Available when supported by the CPU)
This feature allows memory modules to operate at higher voltage settings than
normal settings. The options are: Disabled, +5%, +10%, and +15%. Please note
that Supermicro does not recommend Memory OverVoltage because it might
cause the system to become unstable. The default setting is Disabled.
Core-Multi-Processing (Available when supported by the CPU)
Set to Enabled to use a processor's Second Core and beyond. (Please refer to
Intel's web site for more information.) The options are Disabled and Enabled.
Machine Checking (Available when supported by the CPU)
Set to Enabled to activate the function of Machine Checking and allow the CPU to
detect and report hardware (machine) errors via a set of model-specifc registers
(MSRs). The options are Disabled and Enabled.
4-10
C2SBA+II/C2SBA+/C2SBA/C2SBE User's Manual
Fast String Operations (Available when supported by the CPU)
Set to Enabled to enable the fast string operations for special CPU instructions.
The options are Disabled and Enabled.
Compatible FPU Code (Available when supported by the CPU)
Set to Enabled to keep the content of the last instruction Operating Code (OPCode)
in the foating point (FP) state. The options are Disabled and Enabled.
Split Lock Operation
Set to Enabled to mask alignment check exceptions for split-lock transactions. The
options are Disabled and Enabled.
Thermal Management 2 (Available when supported by the CPU)
Set to Enabled to use the Thermal Management 2 (TM2) Technology, which will lower
the CPU voltage and frequency when the CPU temperature reaches a predefned
overheat threshold. Set to Disabled to use Thermal Manager 1 (TM1), and allow
CPU clocking to be regulated via the CPU Internal Clock modulation when the CPU
temperature reaches the overheat threshold.
Adjacent Cache Line Prefetch (Available when supported by the
CPU)
The CPU fetches the cache line for 64 bytes if this option is set to Disabled. The
CPU fetches both cache lines for 128 bytes as comprised if Enabled. The options
are Disabled and Enabled.
Set Maximum Ext. CPUID=3
When set to Enabled, the Maximum Extended CPUID will be set to 3. The options
are Disabled and Enabled.
Echo TPR
Set to Enabled to prevent xTPR messages from being sent to the system. The
options are Disabled and Enabled.
C1 Enhanced Mode (Available when supported by the CPU)
Set to Enabled to enable the Enhanced Halt State to lower CPU voltage/frequen-
cy to prevent overheat. The options are Enabled and Disabled. (Note: Please
refer to Intel’s web site for detailed information.)
Intel® Virtualization Technology (Available when supported by the
CPU)
Select Enabled to use the feature of Virtualization Technology to allow one platform
to run multiple operating systems and applications in independent partitions,
Chapter 4: BIOS
4-11
creating multiple virtual systems in one computer. The options are Enabled and
Disabled. (Note: If there is any change to this setting, you will need to power off
and restart the system for the change to take effect.) Please refer to Intel’s web
site for detailed information.
No Execute Mode Memory Protection (Available when supported by
the CPU and the OS)
Set to Enabled to enable Execute Disable Bit and allow the processor to classify
areas in memory where an application code can execute and where it cannot, and
thus preventing a worm or a virus from inserting and creating a food of codes to
overwhelm the processor or damage the system during an attack. The options
are Disabled and Enabled. For more information, please visit Intel and Microsoft
web sites.
Intel Speed Step Support (Available when supported by the CPU.)
Select Enabled to use the Enhanced Intel SpeedStep Technology and allow the
system to automatically adjust the processor voltage and core frequency in an effort
to reduce power consumption and heat dissipation. The options are Enabled (-C
States, GV1/GV3 are enabled), GV1/GV3 Only (C States: Disabled), C-States Only
(-G1/G3: Disabled), and Disabled (-C States, GV1/GV3 are disabled). Please refer
to Intel’s web site for detailed information.
Advanced Chipset Control
Access the submenu to make changes to the following settings.
Warning: Take caution when changing the Advanced settings. An incorrect
setting, a very high DRAM frequency or an incorrect DRAM timing may result in
system instability. When this occurs, reset the setting to the default setting.
Clock Spectrum Feature
When set to Enabled, the BIOS will monitor the level of Electromagnetic Interference
caused by the components and will attempt to decrease the interference whenever
needed. The options are Enabled and Disabled.
Integrated Device Control Sub-menu
USB Host Controller 1
This feature allows the user to confgure the control setting for USB Host Controller
1. The default setting is Enabled.
USB Host Controller 2
This feature allows the user to confgure the control setting for USB Host Controller
2. The default setting is Enabled.
4-12
C2SBA+II/C2SBA+/C2SBA/C2SBE User's Manual
Memory Reclaiming
Select Enable to enable the functionality of Memory Remapping above 4GB. The
settings are Enabled and Disabled.
Enable VT-d
Select Enabled to enable Intel's Virtualization Technology support for Direct I/O VT-d
by reporting the I/O device assignments to VMM through the DMAR ACPI Tables.
This feature offers fully-protected I/O resource-sharing across the Intel platforms,
providing the user with greater reliability, security and availability in networking and
data-sharing. The settings are Enabled and Disabled.
Default Primary Video Adapter
This feature allows the user to select the video device used by the BIOS during
POST. If set to Auto, PEG, PCI, IGD (Internal Graphics Device) devices will be
selected. If set to IGD (Internal Graphics Device), IGD and PCI devices will be
selected. If set to PEG, PEG and PCI devices will be selected. If set to PCI, PCI,
PEG and IGD devices will be selected. IGD-Device 2
This feature allows the user to enable or disable Internal Graphics Device#2 by
entering a specifed value.
IGD-Device 2, Function 1
Select Enabled to enable Function#1 of Internal Graphics Device#2, which will allow
IGD-Device2 to use a 2nd Adaptor by entering a specifed value. The options are
Auto and Disabled.
DVMT 4.0 Mode
This feature allows the user to confgure the DVMT 4.0 Graphics Memory to be used
by the Internal Graphics Device. The options are Fixed, DVMT and Auto.
Pre-allocated Memory Size
This feature allows the user to set the total amount of Pre-allocated graphics memory
to be used by the Internal Graphics Device. The options are 1 MB and 8 MB.
IGD Memory Size
This feature allows the user to set the total amount of graphics memory to be used by
the Internal Graphics Device. The settings are 128 MB, 256 MB and MAXDVMT.
DVMT Graphics Memory
This feature allows the user to display the DVMT Graphics Memory settings.
Azalia Audio Controller
This option allows the user to enable or disable the onboard Azalia Audio Controller.
Chapter 4: BIOS
4-13
Select Auto to allow the HD Audio Controller to be automatically enabled when
detected by the BIOS. The options are Enable, Disabled and Auto.
Route Port 80h Cycles to
This feature allows the user to decide which bus to send debug information to. The
options are Disabled, PCI and LPC.
Memory Cache
Cache System BIOS Area
This setting allows you to designate a reserve area in the system memory to be used
as a System BIOS buffer and allow BIOS to write (cache) data into this reserved
memory area. Select Write Protect to enable this function, and this area will be
reserved for BIOS ROM access only. Select Uncached to disable this function and
make this area available for other devices.
Cache Video BIOS Area
This setting allows you to designate a reserve area in the system memory to be
used as a Video BIOS buffer and allow BIOS to write (cache) data into this reserved
memory area. Select Write Protect to enable the function and this area will be
reserved for Video BIOS ROM access only. Select Uncached to disable this function
and make this area available for other devices.
Cache Base 0-512K
If enabled, this feature will allow the data stored in the base memory area: block
0-512K to be cached (written) into a buffer, a storage area in the Static DROM
(SDROM) or to be written into L1, L2 cache inside the CPU to speed up CPU
operations. Select Uncached to disable this function. Select Write Through to allow
data to be cached into the buffer and written into the system memory at the
same time. Select Write Protect to prevent data from being written into the base
memory area of Block 0-512K. Select Write Back to allow the CPU to write data
back directly from the buffer without writing data to the System Memory for fast
CPU data processing and operation. The options are Uncached, Write Through,
Write Protect, and Write Back.
Cache Base 512K-640K
If enabled, this feature will allow the data stored in the memory area: 512K-640K
to be cached (written) into a buffer, a storage area in the Static DROM (SDROM)
or written into L1, L2, L3 cache inside the CPU to speed up CPU operations.
Select Uncached to disable this function. Select Write Through to allow data to
be cached into the buffer and written into the system memory at the same time.
Select Write Protect to prevent data from being written into the base memory
area of Block 512K-640K. Select Write Back to allow the CPU to write data back
directly from the buffer without writing data to the System Memory for fast CPU
4-14
C2SBA+II/C2SBA+/C2SBA/C2SBE User's Manual
data processing and operation. The options are Uncached, Write Through, Write
Protect, and Write Back.
Cache Extended Memory Area
If enabled, this feature will allow the data stored in the extended memory area to
be cached (written) into a buffer, a storage area in the Static DROM (SDROM) or
written into L1, L2, L3 cache inside the CPU to speed up CPU operations. Select
Uncached to disable this function. Select Write Through to allow data to be cached
into the buffer and written into the system memory at the same time. Select Write
Protect to prevent data from being written into the extended memory area above 1
MB. Select Write Back to allow the CPU to write data back directly from the buffer
without writing data to the System Memory for fast CPU data processing and operation.
The options are Uncached, Write Through, Write Protect, and Write Back.
Cache A000-AFFF
Cache B000-BFFF
Cache C800-CBFF
Cache CC00-CFFF
Cache D000-D3FF
Cache D400-D7FF
Cache D800-DBFF
Cache DC00-DFFF
Select Disabled to prevent the data stored in the memory block specifed from being
cached into a cache area in the CPU or a buffer in the Static DROM. Select USWC
Caching to use the Uncached, Speculative and Write Combined Mode for the data
in the memory block specifed. Select Write Through to allow the data stored in the
memory block specifed to be cached into a CPU cache area and written into the
system memory at the same time. Select Write Protect to prevent data from being
written into the memory block specifed. Select Write Back to allow the CPU to write
data back directly from the buffer to the memory block specifed without writing data
to the System Memory for fast CPU data processing and operation. The options are
Disabled, USWC Caching, Write Through, Write Protect, and Write Back.
Cache E000-E3FF
Cache E400-E7FF
Cache E800-EBFF
Cache EC00-EFFF
Select Disabled to prevent the data stored in the memory block specifed from being
cached into a cache area in the CPU or a buffer in the Static DROM. Select USWC
Caching to use the Uncached, Speculative and Write Combined Mode for the data
in the memory block specifed. Select Write Through to allow the data stored in the
Chapter 4: BIOS
4-15
memory block specifed to be cached into a CPU cache area and written into the
system memory at the same time. Select Write Protect to prevent data from being
written into the memory block specifed. Select Write Back to allow the CPU to write
data back directly from the buffer to the memory block specifed without writing data
to the System Memory for fast CPU data processing and operation. The options are
Disabled, USWC Caching, Write Through, Write Protect, and Write Back.
PNPConfguration
Access the submenu to make changes to the following settings for PNP (Play &
Plug) devices.
PCI Device Slot#1 - PCI Device Slot#4
Access the submenu for each of the settings above to make changes to the
following settings:
Option ROM Scan
When enabled, this setting will initialize the device expansion ROM. The options
are Enabled and Disabled.
Enable Master
This setting allows you to enable the selected device as the PCI bus master.
The options are Enabled and Disabled.
Latency Timer
This setting allows you to set the clock rate for the bus master. A high-priority,
high-throughout device may beneft from a greater clock rate. The options are
Default, 0020h, 0040h, 0060h, 0080h, 00A0h, 00C0h, and 00E0h. For Unix,
Novelle and other Operating Systems, please select the option: other. If a drive
fails after the installation of a new software, you might want to change this setting
and try again. A different OS requires a different Bus master clock rate.
Onboard PCI IDE/Onboard LAN (PCI IDE: for C2SBA+II/C2SBA+
only)
Option ROM Scan
When enabled, this setting will initialize the device expansion ROM. The options
are Enabled and Disabled.
Enable Master
This setting allows you to enable the selected device as the PCI bus master.
The options are Enabled and Disabled.
4-16
C2SBA+II/C2SBA+/C2SBA/C2SBE User's Manual
Latency Timer
This setting allows you to set the clock rate for the bus master. A high-priority,
high-throughout device may beneft from a greater clock rate. The options are
Default, 0020h, 0040h, 0060h, 0080h, 00A0h, 00C0h, and 00E0h. For Unix,
Novelle and other Operating Systems, please select the option: other. If a drive
fails after the installation of a new software, you might want to change this setting
and try again. A different OS requires a different bus master clock rate.
IDE RAID Mode (Available on the Onboard PCI IDE Submenu.)
This feature allows you to set the IDE RAID Mode. The default setting is ATA/
ATAPI.
PCI-E x1 Slot
Access the submenu for each of the settings above to make changes to the
following:
PCI Express Port#1
Select Enabled to always enable PCI-Ex1 Port#1. Select Disabled to disable
PCI-Ex1 Port#1 and all other PCI-E ports. When set to Auto, PCI-Ex1 Port#1
will be enabled if a PCI add-on card is detected. The options are Auto, Enabled
and Disabled.
Option ROM Scan
When enabled, this setting will initialize the device expansion ROM. The options
are Enabled and Disabled.
Enable Master
This setting allows you to enable the selected device as the PCI bus master.
The options are Enabled and Disabled.
Latency Timer
This setting allows you to set the clock rate for the bus master. A high-priority,
high-throughout device may beneft from a greater clock rate. The options are
Default, 0020h, 0040h, 0060h, 0080h, 00A0h, 00C0h, and 00E0h. For Unix,
Novelle and other Operating Systems, please select the option: other. If a drive
fails after the installation of a new software, you might want to change this setting
and try again. A different OS requires a different bus master clock rate.
PEG (PCI-Express Graphics) Port Submenu
Access the submenu for each of the settings above to make changes to the
following:
Chapter 4: BIOS
4-17
PCI-Express Graphics (PEG) Port (This submenu is for debugging
only.)
Select Auto to automatically enable the PCI-Express Graphics Port if a PCI
add-on card is detected. Select Disabled to always disable the PEG Port. Select
Enabled to always enable the PEG Port. (Debugging is enabled if a debug card
is detected.) The default setting is Auto.
When the PCI-Exp. Graphics Port is enabled, the following items will be
displayed:
PEG Port Enabled=
PEG Port Number=
PEG Width=
PEG Port Slot Number=
PEG Power Limit=
PEG Slot Card Detect=
PCI-Express x4 Slot
Access the submenu for each of the settings above to make changes to the
following:
PCI Express Port#5
Select Enabled to always enable PCI-Ex4 Port#5. Select Disabled to always
disable PCI-Ex4 Port#5. (If PCI-E x1 Port#1 is disabled, PCI-E x4 Port#5 will
be disabled as well). When set to Auto, PCI-Ex4 Port#5 will be enabled if a PCI
add-on card is detected. The options are Auto, Enabled and Disabled.
Option ROM Scan
When enabled, this setting will initialize the device expansion ROM. The options
are Enabled and Disabled.
Enable Master
This setting allows you to enable the selected device as the PCI bus master.
The options are Enabled and Disabled.
Latency Timer
This setting allows you to set the clock rate for the bus master. A high-priority,
high-throughout device may beneft from a greater clock rate. The options are
Default, 0020h, 0040h, 0060h, 0080h, 00A0h, 00C0h, and 00E0h. For Unix,
Novelle and other Operating Systems, please select the option: other. If a drive
fails after the installation of a new software, you might want to change this setting
and try again. A different OS requires a different bus master clock rate.
4-18
C2SBA+II/C2SBA+/C2SBA/C2SBE User's Manual
I/ODeviceConfguration
Access the submenu to make changes to the following settings.
KBC Clock Input
This setting allows you to select the clock frequency for the Keyboard Controller.
The options are 6MHz, 8MHz, 12MHz, and 16MHz.
Serial Port A
This setting allows you to decide how the system controls Serial Port A. The options
are Enabled (user defned), Disabled, and Auto (BIOS- or OS- controlled).
Base I/O Address
This setting allows you to select the base I/O address for Serial Port A. The
options are 3F8, 2F8, 3E8, and 2E8.
Interrupt
This setting allows you to select the IRQ (interrupt request) for Serial Port A.
The options are IRQ3 and IRQ4.
Serial Port B
This setting allows you to decide how the system controls Serial Port B. The options
are Enabled (user defned), Disabled, Auto (BIOS controlled) and OS Controlled.
Mode
This setting allows you to set the type of device that will be connected to Serial
Port B. The options are Normal and IR (for an infrared device).
Base I/O Address
This setting allows you to select the base I/O address for Serial Port B. The
options are 3F8, 2F8, 3E8 and 2E8.
Interrupt
This setting allows you to select the IRQ (interrupt request) for Serial Port B.
The options are IRQ3 and IRQ4.
Parallel Port
This setting allows you to decide how the system controls the parallel port. The
options are Enabled (user defned), Disabled and Auto (BIOS-or OS- controlled).
Base I/O Address
Select the base I/O address for the parallel port. The options are 378, 278
and 3BC.
Chapter 4: BIOS
4-19
Interrupt
This setting allows you to select the IRQ (interrupt request) for the parallel port.
The options are IRQ5 and IRQ7.
Mode
This feature allows you to specify the parallel port mode. The options are Output
only, Bi-Directional, EPP and ECP.
DMA Channel
This item allows you to specify the DMA channel for the parallel port. The
options are DMA1 and DMA3.
Floppy Disk Controller
This setting allows you to assign control of the foppy disk controller. The options
are Enabled (user defned), Disabled, and Auto (BIOS and OS controlled).
Hardware Monitoring
CPU Overheat Alarm
This option allows the user to select the CPU Overheat Alarm setting which de-
termines when the CPU OH alarm will be activated to provide warning of possible
CPU overheat.
Warning: Any temperature that exceeds the CPU threshold temperature predefned
by the CPU manufacturer may result in CPU overheat or system instability. When
the CPU temperature reaches this predefned threshold, the CPU and system cool-
ing fans will run at full speed.
The options are:
The Default Alarm Setting: Select this setting if you want the CPU overheat alarm
(including the LED and the buzzer) to be triggered when the CPU temperature
reaches about 5
o
C above the threshold temperature as predefned by the CPU
manufacturer to give the CPU and system fans additional time needed for CPU
and system cooling.
The Early Alarm Setting: Select this setting if you want the CPU overheat alarm
(including the LED and the buzzer) to be triggered as soon as the CPU temperature
reaches the CPU overheat threshold as predefned by the CPU manufacturer.
CPU1 Temperature
The CPU Temperature feature will display the CPU temperature status as detected
by the BIOS:
4-20
C2SBA+II/C2SBA+/C2SBA/C2SBE User's Manual
Low – This level is considered as the ‘normal’ operating state. The CPU temperature
is well below the CPU ‘Temperature Tolerance’. The motherboard fans and CPU will
run normally as confgured in the BIOS (Fan Speed Control).
User intervention: No action required.
Medium – The processor is running warmer. This is a ‘precautionary’ level and
generally means that there may be factors contributing to this condition, but the CPU
is still within its normal operating state and below the CPU ‘Temperature Tolerance’.
The motherboard fans and CPU will run normally as confgured in the BIOS. The
fans may adjust to a faster speed depending on the Fan Speed Control settings.
User intervention: No action is required. However, consider checking the CPU
fans and the chassis ventilation for blockage.
High – The processor is running hot. This is a ‘caution’ level since the CPU’s ‘Tem-
perature Tolerance’ has been reached (or has been exceeded) and may activate
an overheat alarm:
The Default Alarm – the Overheat LED and system buzzer will activate if the High
condition continues for some time after it is reached. The CPU fan will run at full
speed to bring the CPU temperature down. If the CPU temperature still increases
even with the CPU fan running at full speed, the system buzzer will activate and
the Overheat LED will turn on.
The Early Alarm – the Overheat LED and system buzzer will be activated exactly
when the High level is reached. The CPU fan will run at full speed to bring the
CPU temperature down.
Note: In both the alarms above, please take immediate action as shown below.
See CPU Overheat Alarm to modify the above alarm settings.
User intervention: If the system buzzer and Overheat LED has activated, take
action immediately by checking the system fans, chassis ventilation and room
temperature to correct any problems. Note: the system may shut down if it con-
tinues for a long period to prevent damage to the CPU.
Notes: The CPU thermal technology that reports absolute temperatures
(Celsius/Fahrenheit) has been upgraded to a more advanced feature by
Intel in its newer processors. The basic concept is each CPU is embedded
by unique temperature information that the motherboard can read. This
‘Temperature Threshold’ or ‘Temperature Tolerance’ has been assigned
at the factory and is the baseline on which the motherboard takes action
during different CPU temperature conditions (i.e., by increasing CPU Fan
speed, triggering the Overheat Alarm, etc). Since CPUs can have different
‘Temperature Tolerances’, the installed CPU can now send information to
the motherboard what its ‘Temperature Tolerance’ is, and not the other way
around. This results in better CPU thermal management.
Chapter 4: BIOS
4-21
Supermicro has leveraged this feature by assigning a temperature status to certain
thermal conditions in the processor (Low, Medium and High). This makes it easier
for the user to understand the CPU’s temperature status, rather than by just simply
seeing a temperature reading (i.e., 25
o
C).
The information provided above is for your reference only. For more information on
thermal management, please refer to Intel’s Web site at www.Intel.com.
System Temperature
This displays the system's absolute temperature reading (i.e., 27
o
C)
Fan1 - Fan 5
If the feature of Auto Fan Control is enabled, the BIOS will automatically display
the status of the fan as specifed.
Fan Speed Control Modes
This feature allows the user to decide how the system controls the speeds of the
onboard fans. The CPU temperature and the fan speed are correlative. When
the CPU on-die temperature increases, the fan speed will also increase, and vice
versa. If the option is set to “4-pin”, the fan speed will be controlled by Pulse Width
Modulation (PWM). Select “Workstation” if your system is used as a Workstation.
Select “Disable” to disable the fan speed control function to allow the onboard
fans to constantly run at full speed (12V). The Options are: 1. Disable and 2.
Optimized for Workstations with 4-pin.
Note: In the Windows OS environment, the Supero Doctor III settings take prece-
dence over the BIOS settings. When frst installed, Supero Doctor III adopts the
temperature threshold settings previously set in the BIOS. Any subsequent changes
to these thresholds must be made within Supero Doctor, since the SD III settings
override the BIOS settings. For the Windows OS to adopt the BIOS temperature
threshold settings, please change the SDIII settings to be the same as those set
in the BIOS.
Voltage Monitoring
The following items will be monitored and displayed:
Vcore A
12V
VDIMM
5V
+3.3V
-12V
3.3Vsb
Vbat
4-22
C2SBA+II/C2SBA+/C2SBA/C2SBE User's Manual
4-5 Security Settings
Choose Security from the Phoenix BIOS Setup Utility main menu with the arrow
keys. You should see the following display. Security setting options are displayed by
highlighting the setting using the arrow keys and pressing <Enter>. All Security BIOS
settings are described in this section.
Supervisor Password Is:
This item indicates if a supervisor password has been entered for the system. Clear
means such a password has not been used and Set means a supervisor password
has been entered for the system.
User Password Is:
This item indicates if a user password has been entered for the system. Clear
means such a password has not been used and Set means a user password has
been entered for the system.
Set Supervisor Password
When the item Set Supervisor Password is highlighted, hit the <Enter> key. When
prompted, type the Supervisor's password in the dialogue box to set or to change
supervisor's password, which allows access to the BIOS.
Set User Password
When the item Set User Password is highlighted, hit the <Enter> key. When
prompted, type the user's password in the dialogue box to set or to change the
user's password, which allows access to the system at boot-up.
Chapter 4: BIOS
4-23
Fixed Disk Boot Sector
Select Normal to enable the function of Write-Protect to protect the boot sector on
the hard drives against viruses.
Password on Boot
When this feature is set to Enabled, a password is required for a user to enter
the system at bootup. The options are Enabled (password required) and Disabled
(password not required).
TPM (Trusted Platform Modules) Support
Select Enabled to enable support for trusted platforms and allow the BIOS to
automatically download the drivers needed to provide support for the platforms
specifed. The options are Enabled and Disabled.
If set to Enabled, the TPM State screen displays. (See the next section.)
4-24
C2SBA+II/C2SBA+/C2SBA/C2SBE User's Manual
Current TPM State
This item shows the current TPM State only.
Change TPM State
Select "Enabled & Activate" to enable TPM support for the system. Select De-activate
& Disabled to disable the function of TPM support. If "No Change" is selected, no
changes will be done to the current TPM State. Select Clear to clear or erase all
information related to TPM support.
If set to "Clear", the sub-menu: Physical Presence Operations will appear. Select
Reject to cancel the selection. Select Execute to proceed with selection. All
information related to TPM Support will be erased.
4-6 TPM (Trusted Platform Modules) State
Choose the TPM State menu from the Phoenix BIOS Setup Utility with the arrow
keys. You should see the following display.
Chapter 4: BIOS
4-25
4-7 Boot Settings
Choose Boot from the Phoenix BIOS Setup Utility main menu with the arrow keys.
You should see the following display. See details on how to change the order and
specs of boot devices in the Item Specifc Help window. All Boot BIOS settings are
described in this section.
Boot Priority Order/Excluded from Boot Orders
The devices included in the boot list section (above) are bootable devices listed in
the sequence of boot order as specifed. The boot functions for the devices included
in the candidate list (above) are currently disabled. Use a <+> key or a <-> key to
move the device up or down. Use the <f> key or the <r> key to specify the type of
an USB device, either fxed or removable. You can select one item from the boot
list and hit the <x> key to remove it from the list of bootable devices (to make its
resource available for other bootable devices). Subsequently, you can select an
item from the candidate list and hit the <x> key to remove it from the candidate
list and put it in the boot list. This item will then become a bootable device. See
details on how to change the priority of boot order of devices in the Item Specifc
Help window.
Boot List
Candidate
List
4-26
C2SBA+II/C2SBA+/C2SBA/C2SBE User's Manual
4-8 Exit
Choose Exit from the Phoenix BIOS Setup Utility main menu with the arrow keys.
You should see the following display. All Exit BIOS settings are described in this
section.
Exit Saving Changes
Highlight this item and hit <Enter> to save any changes you made and to exit the
BIOS Setup utility.
Exit Discarding Changes
Highlight this item and hit <Enter> to exit the BIOS Setup utility without saving any
changes you may have made.
Load Setup Defaults
Highlight this item and hit <Enter> to load the default settings for all items in the
BIOS Setup. These are the safest settings to use.
Discard Changes
Highlight this item and hit <Enter> to discard (cancel) any changes you made.
You will remain in the Setup utility.
Save Changes
Highlight this item and hit <Enter> to save any changes you made. You will remain
in the Setup utility.
A-1
Appendix A: BIOS POST Messages
Appendix A
BIOS POST Messages
During the Power-On Self-Test (POST), the BIOS will check for problems. If a prob-
lem is found, the BIOS will activate an alarm or display a message. The following is
a list of such BIOS messages.
Failure Fixed Disk
Fixed disk is not working or not confgured properly. Check to see if fxed disk is at-
tached properly. Run Setup. Find out if the fxed-disk type is correctly identifed.
Stuck key
Stuck key on keyboard.
Keyboard error
Keyboard not working.
Keyboard Controller Failed
Keyboard controller failed test. May require replacing keyboard controller.
Keyboard locked - Unlock key switch
Unlock the system to proceed.
Monitor type does not match CMOS - Run SETUP
Monitor type not correctly identifed in Setup
Shadow Ram Failed at offset: nnnn
Shadow RAM failed at offset nnnn of the 64k block at which the error was de-
tected.
System RAM Failed at offset: nnnn
System RAM failed at offset nnnn of in the 64k block at which the error was de-
tected.
Extended RAM Failed at offset: nnnn Extended memory not working or not con-
fgured properly at offset nnnn.
System battery is dead - Replace and run SETUP
The CMOS clock battery indicator shows the battery is dead. Replace the battery and
run Setup to reconfgure the system.
A-2
C2SBA+II/C2SBA+/C2SBA/C2SBE User's Manual
SystemCMOSchecksumbad-Defaultconfgurationused
System CMOS has been corrupted or modifed incorrectly, perhaps by an application
program that changes data stored in CMOS. The BIOS installed Default Setup Values.
If you do not want these values, enter Setup and enter your own values. If the error
persists, check the system battery or contact your dealer.
System timer error
The timer test failed. Requires repair of system board.
Real time clock error
Real-Time Clock fails BIOS hardware test. May require board repair.
Check date and time settings
BIOS found date or time out of range and reset the Real-Time Clock. May require
setting legal date (1991-2099).
Previousbootincomplete-Defaultconfgurationused
Previous POST did not complete successfully. POST loads default values and offers
to run Setup. If the failure was caused by incorrect values and they are not corrected,
the next boot will likely fail. On systems with control of wait states, improper Setup
settings can also terminate POST and cause this error on the next boot. Run Setup
and verify that the waitstate confguration is correct. This error is cleared the next
time the system is booted.
Memory Size found by POST differed from CMOS
Memory size found by POST differed from CMOS.
Diskette drive A error
Diskette drive B error
Drive A: or B: is present but fails the BIOS POST diskette tests. Check to see that
the drive is defned with the proper diskette type in Setup and that the diskette drive
is attached correctly.
Incorrect Drive A type - run SETUP
Type of foppy drive A: not correctly identifed in Setup.
Incorrect Drive B type - run SETUP
Type of foppy drive B: not correctly identifed in Setup.
A-3
Appendix A: BIOS POST Messages
System cache error - Cache disabled
RAM cache failed and BIOS disabled the cache. On older boards, check the cache
jumpers. You may have to replace the cache. See your dealer. A disabled cache slows
system performance considerably.
CPU ID:
CPU socket number for Multi-Processor error.
EISA CMOS not writeable
ServerBIOS2 test error: Cannot write to EISA CMOS.
DMA Test Failed
ServerBIOS2 test error: Cannot write to extended DMA (Direct Memory
Access) registers.
Software NMI Failed
ServerBIOS2 test error: Cannot generate software NMI (Non-Maskable Interrupt).
Fail-Safe Timer NMI Failed
ServerBIOS2 test error: Fail-Safe Timer takes too long.
DeviceAddressConfict
Address confict for specifed device.
Allocation Error for: device
Run ISA or EISA Confguration Utility to resolve resource confict for the specifed
device.
CD ROM Drive
CD ROM Drive identifed.
Entering SETUP ...
Starting Setup program
Failing Bits: nnnn
The hex number nnnn is a map of the bits at the RAM address which failed the memory
test. Each 1 (one) in the map indicates a failed bit. See errors 230, 231, or 232 above
for offset address of the failure in System, Extended, or Shadow memory.
Fixed Disk n
Fixed disk n (0-3) identifed.
A-4
C2SBA+II/C2SBA+/C2SBA/C2SBE User's Manual
InvalidSystemConfgurationData
Problem with NVRAM (CMOS) data.
I/OdeviceIRQconfict
I/O device IRQ confict error.
PS/2 Mouse Boot Summary Screen:
PS/2 Mouse installed.
nnnn kB Extended RAM Passed
Where nnnn is the amount of RAM in kilobytes successfully tested.
nnnn Cache SRAM Passed
Where nnnn is the amount of system cache in kilobytes successfully tested.
nnnn kB Shadow RAM Passed
Where nnnn is the amount of shadow RAM in kilobytes successfully tested.
nnnn kB System RAM Passed
Where nnnn is the amount of system RAM in kilobytes successfully tested.
One or more I2O Block Storage Devices were excluded from the Setup Boot
Menu
There was not enough room in the IPL table to display all installed I2O block-storage
devices.
Operating system not found
Operating system cannot be located on either drive A: or drive C:. Enter Setup and
see if fxed disk and drive A: are properly identifed.
Parity Check 1 nnnn
Parity error found in the system bus. BIOS attempts to locate the address and display
it on the screen. If it cannot locate the address, it displays ????. Parity is a method
for checking errors in binary data. A parity error indicates that some data has been
corrupted.
Parity Check 2 nnnn
Parity error found in the I/O bus. BIOS attempts to locate the address and display it
on the screen. If it cannot locate the address, it displays ????.
A-5
Appendix A: BIOS POST Messages
Press <F1> to resume, <F2> to Setup, <F3> for previous
Displayed after any recoverable error message. Press <F1> to start the boot process
or <F2> to enter Setup and change the settings. Press <F3> to display the previous
screen (usually an initialization error of an Option ROM, i.e., an add-on card). Write
down and follow the information shown on the screen.
Press <F2> to enter Setup
Optional message displayed during POST. Can be turned off in Setup.
PS/2 Mouse:
PS/2 mouse identifed.
RuntheI2OConfgurationUtility
One or more unclaimed block storage devices have the Confguration Request bit set
in the LCT. Run an I2O Confguration Utility (e.g. the SAC utility).
System BIOS shadowed
System BIOS copied to shadow RAM.
UMB upper limit segment address: nnnn
Displays the address nnnn of the upper limit of Upper Memory Blocks, indicating
released segments of the BIOS which can be reclaimed by a virtual memory man-
ager.
Video BIOS shadowed
Video BIOS successfully copied to shadow RAM.
A-6
C2SBA+II/C2SBA+/C2SBA/C2SBE User's Manual
Notes
Appendix B: BIOS POST Codes
B-1
This section lists the POST (Power On Self Test) codes for the Phoenix BIOS. POST
codes are divided into two categories: recoverable and terminal.
Recoverable POST Errors
When a recoverable type of error occurs during POST, the BIOS will display an
POST code that describes the problem. BIOS may also issue one of the follow-
ing beep codes:
1 long and two short beeps - video confguration error
1 repetitive long beep - no memory detected
1 continuous beep w/ Front Panel Overheat LED on - system overheat
Terminal POST Errors
If a terminal type of error occurs, BIOS will shut down the system. Before doing
so, BIOS will write the error to port 80h, attempt to initialize video and write the
error in the top left corner of the screen. The following is a list of codes that may
be written to port 80h.
Appendix B
BIOS POST Codes
POST Code Description
02h Verify Real Mode
03h Disable Non-Maskable Interrupt (NMI)
04h Get CPU type
06h Initialize system hardware
07h Disable shadow and execute code from the ROM.
08h Initialize chipset with initial POST values
09h Set IN POST fag
0Ah Initialize CPU registers
0Bh Enable CPU cache
0Ch Initialize caches to initial POST values
0Eh Initialize I/O component
0Fh Initialize the local bus IDE
10h Initialize Power Management
11h Load alternate registers with initial POST values
12h Restore CPU control word during warm boot
13h Reset PCI Bus Mastering devices
14h Initialize keyboard controller
16h 1-2-2-3 BIOS ROM checksum
17h Initialize cache before memory Auto size
B-2
C2SBA+II/C2SBA+/C2SBA/C2SBE User's Manual
POST Code Description
18h 8254 timer initialization
1Ah 8237 DMA controller initialization
1Ch Reset Programmable Interrupt Controller
20h 1-3-1-1 Test DRAM refresh
22h 1-3-1-3 Test 8742 Keyboard Controller
24h Set ES segment register to 4 GB
28h Auto size DRAM
29h Initialize POST Memory Manager
2Ah Clear 512 kB base RAM
2Ch 1-3-4-1 RAM failure on address line xxxx
2Eh 1-3-4-3 RAM failure on data bits xxxx of low byte of
memory bus
2Fh Enable cache before system BIOS shadow
32h Test CPU bus-clock frequency
33h Initialize Phoenix Dispatch Manager
36h Warm start shut down
38h Shadow system BIOS ROM
3Ah Auto size cache
3Ch Advanced confguration of chipset registers
3Dh Load alternate registers with CMOS values
41h Initialize extended memory for RomPilot (optional)
42h Initialize interrupt vectors
45h POST device initialization
46h 2-1-2-3 Check ROM copyright notice
48h Check video confguration against CMOS
49h Initialize PCI bus and devices
4Ah Initialize all video adapters in system
4Bh QuietBoot start (optional)
4Ch Shadow video BIOS ROM
4Eh Display BIOS copyright notice
4Fh Initialize MultiBoot
50h Display CPU type and speed
51h Initialize EISA board (optional)
52h Test keyboard
54h Set key click if enabled
55h Enable USB devices
58h 2-2-3-1 Test for unexpected interrupts
59h Initialize POST display service
5Ah Display prompt “Press <ESC> to enter SETUP”
5Bh Disable CPU cache
Appendix B: BIOS POST Codes
B-3
POST Code Description
5Ch Test RAM between 512 and 640 kB
60h Test extended memory
62h Test extended memory address lines
64h Jump to UserPatch1
66h Confgure advanced cache registers
67h Initialize Multi Processor APIC
68h Enable external and CPU caches
69h Setup System Management Mode (SMM) area
6Ah Display external L2 cache size
6Bh Load custom defaults (optional)
6Ch Display shadow-area message
70h Display error messages
72h Check for confguration errors
76h Check for keyboard errors
7Ch Set up hardware interrupt vectors
7Dh Initialize Intelligent System Monitoring (optional)
7Eh Initialize coprocessor if present
80h Disable onboard Super I/O ports and IRQs (optional)
81h Late POST device initialization
82h Detect and install external RS232 ports
83h Confgure non-MCD IDE controllers
84h Detect and install external parallel ports
85h Initialize PC-compatible PnP ISA devices
86h Re-initialize onboard I/O ports.
87h Confgure Motherboard Confgurable Devices
(optional)
88h Initialize BIOS Data Area
89h Enable Non-Maskable Interrupts (NMIs)
8Ah Initialize Extended BIOS Data Area
8Bh Test and initialize PS/2 mouse
8Ch Initialize foppy controller
8Fh Determine number of ATA drives (optional)
90h Initialize hard-disk controllers
91h Initialize local-bus hard-disk controllers
92h Jump to UserPatch2
93h Build MPTABLE for multi-processor boards
95h Install CD ROM for boot
96h Clear huge ES segment register
97h Fix up Multi Processor table
98h 1-2 Search for option ROMs and shadow if successful. One
long, two short beeps on checksum failure
B-4
C2SBA+II/C2SBA+/C2SBA/C2SBE User's Manual
POST Code Description
99h Check for SMART Drive (optional)
9Ch Set up Power Management
9Dh Initialize security engine (optional)
9Eh Enable hardware interrupts
9Fh Determine number of ATA and SCSI drives
A0h Set time of day
A2h Check key lock
A4h Initialize typematic rate
A8h Erase <ESC> prompt
AAh Scan for <ESC> key stroke
ACh Enter SETUP
AEh Clear Boot fag
B0h Check for errors
B1h Inform RomPilot about the end of POST (optional)
B2h POST done - prepare to boot operating system
B4h 1 One short beep before boot
B5h Terminate QuietBoot (optional)
B6h Check password (optional)
B7h Initialize ACPI BIOS and PPM Structures
B9h Prepare Boot
BAh Initialize SMBIOS
BCh Clear parity checkers
BDh Display MultiBoot menu
BEh Clear screen (optional)
BFh Check virus and backup reminders
C0h Try to boot with INT 19
C1h Initialize POST Error Manager (PEM)
C2h Initialize error logging
C3h Initialize error display function
C4h Initialize system error fags
C6h Console redirection init.
C7h Unhook INT 10h if console redirection enabled
C8h Force check (optional)
C9h Extended ROM checksum (optional)
CDh Reclaim console redirection vector
Appendix B: BIOS POST Codes
B-5
POST Code Description
D2h Unknown interrupt
D4h Check Intel Branding string
D8h Alert Standard Format initialization
DEh Log error if micro-code not updated properly
The following are for boot block in Flash ROM
POST Code Description
E0h Initialize the chipset
E1h Initialize the bridge
E2h Initialize the CPU
E3h Initialize system timer
E4h Initialize system I/O
E5h Check force recovery boot
E6h Checksum BIOS ROM
E7h Go to BIOS
E8h Set Huge Segment
E9h Initialize Multi Processor
EAh Initialize OEM special code
EBh Initialize PIC and DMA
ECh Initialize Memory type
EDh Initialize Memory size
EEh Shadow Boot Block
EFh System memory test
F0h Initialize interrupt vectors
F1h Initialize Run Time Clock
F2h Initialize video
F3h Initialize System Management Manager
F4h Output one beep
F5h Clear Huge Segment
F6h Boot to Mini DOS
F7h Boot to Full DOS
If the BIOS detects errors on 2C, 2E, or 30 (base 512K RAM error), it displays an
additional word-bitmap (xxxx) indicating the address line or bits that have failed. For
example, “2C 0002” means address line 1 (bit one set) has failed. “2E 1020" means
data bits 12 and 5 (bits 12 and 5 set) have failed in the lower 16 bits. The BIOS also
sends the bitmap to the port-80 LED display. It frst displays the checkpoint code,
followed by a delay, the high-order byte, another delay, and then the low-order byte
of the error. It repeats this sequence continuously.
B-6
C2SBA+II/C2SBA+/C2SBA/C2SBE User's Manual
Notes
Appendix C: Intel HostRAID Setup Guidelines
C-1
Appendix C
Intel HostRAID Setup Guidelines
(For the C2SBA+II Only)
After all the hardware has been installed, you must frst confgure SATA HostRAID
or SAS HostRAID before you install the Windows Operating System and other
software drivers.
Important Notes to the User:
Note 1: This chapter describes RAID Confguration Instructions for the Intel ICH9R
Host RAID Controller designed for the Windows OS.
Note 2: If you do not wish to confgure onboard SATA or SAS RAID functions,
please go directly to Section C-2 and Appendix D for the operating system & other
software installation instructions.
C-1 Introduction to Serial ATA and Parallel ATA
To confgure the SATA RAID functions, you must frst use the Intel ICH9R SATA
RAID Utility program to confgure the RAID Level that you desire before installing
the Windows XP/2003 operating system and other software drivers. (The necessary
drivers are all included on the Super Micro CD that came packaged with your
motherboard.) Note: the current version of the ICH9R SATA RAID Utility can only
support Windows XP/2003 Operating Systems.
Serial ATA (SATA)
Serial ATA (SATA) is a physical storage interface that uses a single cable with a
minimum of four wires to create a point-to-point connection between devices. It
is a serial link, which supports transfer rates up to 3.0 Gbps. Because the serial
cables used in SATA are thinner than the traditional cables used in Parallel ATA
(PATA), SATA systems have better airfow and can be installed in smaller chassis.
In addition, the cables used in PATA are limited to a length of 40cm, while Serial
ATA cables can be up to one meter in length. Overall, SATA provides better func-
tionality than PATA.
Introduction to the Intel ICH9R Serial RAID
Located in the South Bridge of the G33 chipset, the I/O Controller Hub (ICH9R)
provides the I/O subsystem with access to the rest of the system. It supports 1-
channel UltraATA/100 Bus Master IDE controller (PATA) and six Serial ATA (SATA)
ports. The ICH9R supports the following PATA and SATA device confgurations:
Legacy mode and Native mode.
C-2
C2SBA+II/C2SBA+/C2SBA/C2SBE User's Manual
IntelHostRAIDConfgurations
The following types of Intel's HostRAID confgurations are supported:
RAID 0 (Data Striping): this writes data in parallel, interleaved ("striped") sections
of two hard drives. Data transfer rate is doubled over using a single disk.
RAID1 (Data Mirroring): an identical data image from one drive is copied to another
drive. The second drive must be the same size or larger than the frst drive.
RAID 10 (Striping & Mirroring): RAID 0 and 1 schemes are combined (without parity
information) to get the benefts of both.
RAID 5: both data and parity information are striped and mirrored across three or
more hard drives.
Intel Matrix Storage
The Intel Matrix Storage, supported by the ICH9R, allows the user to create RAID
0, RAID 1, RAID 10 and RAID 5 sets by using only six identical hard disk drives.
The Intel Matrix Storage Technology creates two partitions on each hard disk drive
and generate a virtual RAID 0, RAID 1, RAID 10 and RAID 5 sets. It also allows
you the change the HDD partition size without any data.
Confguring BIOS settings for SATA RAID Functions (in the Native
Mode)
1. Press the <Del> key during system bootup to enter the BIOS Setup Utility.
Note: If it is the frst time powering on the system, we recommend you load the
Optimized Default Settings. If you have already done so, please skip to Step 3.
2. Use the arrow keys to select the "Exit" Settings. Once in the "Exit" settings,
Scroll down to select "Load Optimized Default Settings" and press the <Enter>
key. Select "OK" to confrm the selection. Press the <Enter> key to load the default
settings for the BIOS.
3. Use the arrow keys to select the "Main" section in BIOS.
4. Scroll down to "SATA RAID Enabled" and press <Enter>. Then, select "En-
abled."
5. Scroll down to "Exit". Select "Save and Exit" from the "Exit" menu. Press the
<Enter> key to save the changes and exit the BIOS.
6. Once you've exited the BIOS Utility, the system will re-boot.
7. During the system boot-up, press the <Ctrl> and <I> keys simultaneously to run
the Intel RAID Confguration Utility when prompted by the following message: Press
<Ctrl> <I> for the Intel RAID Confguration Utility.
(Note: The Intel RAID Confguration Utility is only available for systems with two
or more drives installed. The Intel RAID Utility screen will not display in systems
with one drive installed.)
Appendix C: Intel HostRAID Setup Guidelines
C-3
Using the Intel ICH9R SATA RAID Utility Program
1. Creating, Deleting and Resetting RAID Volumes:
a. After the system exits from the BIOS Setup Utility, the system will automatically
reboot. The following screen appears after Power-On Self Test.
b. When you see the above screen, press the <Ctrl> and the <I> keys simultane-
ously to access the main menu of the SATA RAID Utility.
c. Use the Up and Down arrow keys to select Create RAID Volume, Delete RAID
Volume, Reset Disks to Non-RAID or Exit.
Note: All graphics and screen shots shown in the manual are for reference only. The
screen shots shown in the manual do not imply Super Micro's endorsement or non-en-
dorsement on any 3rd party's product. Your screens may or many not look exactly the
same as the graphics shown in this manual.
C-4
C2SBA+II/C2SBA+/C2SBA/C2SBE User's Manual
b. Specify a name for the RAID 0 set and press the <Tab> key or the <Enter> key
to go to the next feld. (You can use the <Esc> key to select the previous menu.)
c. When RAID Level item is highlighted, press the <Up Arrow>, <Down Arrow> keys
to select RAID 0 (Stripe) and hit <Enter>.
d. When the Select Disks item is highlighted, press <Enter> to select the HDD to
confgure as RAID. The following pop-up screen displays: (See the note on Page
C-3)
e. Use the <Up Arrow>, <Down Arrow> keys to highlight a drive and press <Space>
to select it. A triangle appears to confrm the selection of the drive. When all RAID
drives for this volume have been selected, hit <Enter>.
f. Use the <Up Arrow>, <Down Arrow> keys to select the stripe size, ranging from
4 KB to 128 KB for the RAID 0 array, and hit <Enter>. (Note: For a server, please
use a lower stripe size, and for a multimedia system, use a higher stripe size. The
default stripe size is 128 KB.)
g. Press <Enter> when the Create Volume item is highlighted. A warning message
displays.
h. When asked "Are you sure you want to create this volume (Y/N), press "Y" to
create the RAID volume, or type "N" to go back to the Create Volume menu.
Creating a RAID 0 Volume:
a. Select "Create RAID Volume" from the main menu and press the <Enter> key.
The following screen will appear:
Appendix C: Intel HostRAID Setup Guidelines
C-5
Creating a RAID 1 Volume:
a. Select "Create RAID Volume" from the main menu and press the <Enter> key.
The following screen will appear:
b. Specify a name for the RAID 1 set and press the <Tab> key or the <Enter> key
to go to the next feld. (You can use the <Esc> key to select the previous menu.)
c. When RAID Level item is highlighted, press the <Up Arrow>, <Down Arrow> keys
to select RAID 1 (Mirror) and hit <Enter>.
d. When Select Disks Item is height lighted, press <Enter> to select the HDD to
confgure as RAID. The following pop-up screen displays: (See the note on Page
C-3)
e. Use the <Up Arrow>, <Down Arrow> keys to highlight a drive and press <Space>
to select it. A triangle appears to confrm the selection of the drive. When all RAID
drives for this volume have been selected, hit <Enter>.
f. When the Capacity item is highlighted, enter your RAID volume capacity and hit
<Enter>. The default setting is the maximum capacity allowed.
g. Press <Enter> when the Create Volume item is highlighted. A warning message
displays.
h. When asked "Are you sure you want to create this volume (Y/N), press "Y" to
create the RAID volume, or type "N" to go back to the Create Volume menu.
C-6
C2SBA+II/C2SBA+/C2SBA/C2SBE User's Manual
Creating a RAID 10 (RAID 1+ RAID 0):
a. Select "Create RAID Volume" from the main menu and press the <Enter> key.
The following screen will appear:
b. Specify a name for the RAID 10 set and press <Enter>.
c. When RAID Level item is highlighted, use the <Up Arrow>, <Down Arrow> keys
to select RAID 10 (RAID1 + RAID0) and hit <Enter>.
d. When Select Disks Item is height lighted, press <Enter> to select the HDD to
confgure as RAID. The following pop-up screen displays: (See the note on Page
C-3)
e. Use the <Up Arrow>, <Down Arrow> keys to highlight a drive and press <Space>
to select it. A triangle appears to confrm the selection of the drive. When all RAID
drives for this volume have been selected, hit <Enter>.
f. When the Stripe Size is highlighted, use the <Up Arrow>, <Down Arrow> keys to
select the stripe size from 4 KB to 128 KB for your RAID 10 and hit <Enter>. The
default setting is 64 KB. (Note: For a server, please use a lower stripe size, and
for a multimedia system, use a higher stripe size.)
g. When the RAID Volume Capacity item is highlighted, enter your RAID volume
capacity and hit <Enter>. The default setting is the maximum capacity allowed.
h. Press <Enter> when the Create Volume item is highlighted. A warning message
displays.
i. When asked "Are you sure you want to create this volume (Y/N), press "Y" to
create the RAID volume, or type "N" to go back to the Create Volume menu.
Appendix C: Intel HostRAID Setup Guidelines
C-7
Creating a RAID 5 Set (Parity):
a. Select "Create RAID Volume" from the main menu and press the <Enter> key.
The following screen will appear:
b. Specify a name for the RAID 5 set and press <Enter>.
c. When the Raid Level is highlighted, use the <Up Arrow>, <Down Arrow> keys to
select RAID 5 (Parity) and hit <Enter>.
d. When the Disk item is highlighted, press <Enter> to select the HDD to confgure
as RAID. The following pop-up screen displays: (See the note on Page C-3)
e. Use the <Up Arrow>, <Down Arrow> keys to highlight a drive and press <Space>
to select it. A triangle appears to confrm the selection of the drive. When all RAID
drives for this volume have been selected, hit <Enter>.
f. Use the <Up Arrow>, <Down Arrow> keys to select the stripe size, ranging from
4 KB to 128 KB for the RAID 5 array, and hit <Enter>. (Note: For a server, please
use a lower stripe size, and for a multimedia system, use a higher stripe size. The
default stripe size is 128 KB.)
g. Enter your desired RAID volume capacity and press <Enter> when the capacity
item is highlighted. The default setting is the maximum capacity allowed.
h Press Enter when the Create Volume item is highlighted. A warning message
displays.
i. When asked "Are you sure you want to create this volume (Y/N), press "Y" to
create the RAID volume, or type "N" to go back to the Create Volume menu.
C-8
C2SBA+II/C2SBA+/C2SBA/C2SBE User's Manual
Deleting a RAID Volume:
(Warning: Be sure to back up your data before deleting a RAID set.
You will lose all data on the disk drives when deleting a RAID set.)
a. From the main menu, select item2-Delete RAID Volume, and press <Enter>.
b. Use the <Up Arrow>, <Down Arrow> keys to select the RAID set you want to
delete and press <Del>. A Warning message displays.
c. When asked "Are you sure you want to delete this volume (Y/N), press "Y" to
delete the RAID volume, or type "N" to go back to the Delete Volume menu.
Appendix C: Intel HostRAID Setup Guidelines
C-9
Resetting to Non-RAID and Resetting a RAID HDD

a. From the main menu, select item3-Reset Disks to Non- RAID, and press <Enter>.
The following screen will appear:
b. Use the <Up Arrow>, <Down Arrow> keys to highlight the RAID set drive to reset
and press <Space> to select. (For this feature to work properly, you must select all
drives within a RAID volume.)
c. Press <Enter> to reset the RAID set drive. A Warning message displays.
d. Press "Y" to reset the drive, or type "N" to go back to the main menu.
Exiting the Intel Matrix Storage Manager Utility:
a. From the main menu, select item4-Exit, and press <Enter>. A warning message
will appear.
b. Press "Y" to reset the drive, or type "N" to go back to the main menu.
(Warning: Be cautious when you reset a RAID volume HDD to non-
RAID or Resetting a RAID HDD. Resetting a RAID volume HDD or
Resetting a RAID HDD will reformat the HDD and delete the internal
RAID structure on the drive.)
C-10
C2SBA+II/C2SBA+/C2SBA/C2SBE User's Manual
C-2 Installing the Windows XP/2003 OS for Systems
with RAID Functions (For C2SBA+II only)
Note 1. Your motherboard may come with the ITE-8212 IDE Controller chip or the
ITE-8211 Controller chip. For proper OS installation, please obtain your ITE IDE
Controller model and other driver information before starting the OS installation. To
obtain your ITE Controller model# or other driver information, you can either reboot
the system and obtain your controller/driver Information displayed on the Option
ROM screen at bootup or identify your ITE IDE Controller and other controller chips
(if available) on the motherboard by referring to the board layout on Page 1-4 in
Chapter 1. Note 2. The Intel ICH9R SATA RAID does not support the Windows
2000.
Insert Microsoft's Windows XP/2003 Setup CD in the CD Driver, and the 1.
system will start booting up from CD. (See Note 1 above.)
Press the <F6> key when the message-" Press F6 if you need to install a 2.
third party SCSI or RAID driver" displays.
When the Windows XP/2003 Setup screen appears, press "S" to specify ad- 3.
ditional device(s).
Insert the Driver Diskette-"ITE 8212 ATA RAID Controller for Windows" or the 4.
Driver Diskette-"ITE 8211 ATA ATAPI Controller for Windows" into Drive A:
and press <Enter>. (See Note 1 above.)
When the Windows XP/2003 Setup screen appears, press "S" to specify ad- 5.
ditional device(s).
Insert the driver diskette-"Intel AA RAID XP/2003 Driver for ICH9R" into Drive 6.
A: and press the <Enter> key.
Choose the Intel(R) ICH9R 7. SATA RAID Controller from the list indicated in
the XP/2003 Setup Screen, and press the <Enter> key.
Press the <Enter> key to continue the installation process. (If you need to 8.
specify any additional devices to be installed, do it at this time.) Once all
devices are specifed, press the <Enter> key to continue with the installation.
From the Windows XP/2003 Setup screen, press the <Enter> key. The 9.
XP/2003 Setup will automatically load all device fles and then, continue the
Windows XP/2003 installation.
After the Windows XP/2003 OS Installation is completed, the system will auto- 10.
matically reboot.
Appendix C: Intel HostRAID Setup Guidelines
C-11
C-3 Installing the Windows XP/2000/2003 OS for
Systems without RAID Functions
Insert Microsoft's Windows XP/2000/2003 Setup CD in the CD Driver, and the 1.
system will start booting up from CD.
Press the <F6> key when the message-" Press F6 if you need to install a 2.
third party SCSI or RAID driver" displays.
When the Windows XP/2000/2003 Setup screen appears, press "S" to specify 3.
additional device(s).
Insert the driver diskette-"ITE RAID XP/2000/2003 Driver for IDE" into Drive 4.
A: and press the <Enter> key.
Press the <Enter> key to proceed with the installation process. (If you need 5.
to specify any additional devices to be installed, do it at this time.) Once all
devices are specifed, press the <Enter> key to continue with the installation.
From the Windows XP/2000/2003 Setup screen, press the <Enter> key. The 6.
XP/2000/2003 Setup will automatically load all device fles and then continue
with the Windows XP/2000/2003 installation.
After the Windows XP/2000/2003 OS Installation is completed, the system will 7.
automatically reboot.
Insert the Supermicro Setup CD that came with your motherboard into the CD 8.
Drive during system boot, and the main screen will display.
C-12
C2SBA+II/C2SBA+/C2SBA/C2SBE User's Manual
Notes
Appendix D: Adaptec HostRAID Setup Guidelines
D-1
Appendix D
Adaptec HostRAID Setup Guidelines
(For the C2SBA+II Only)
After all the hardware has been installed, you must frst confgure the Adaptec
Embedded Serial ATA RAID before you install the Windows operating system.
The necessary drivers are all included on the Supermicro bootable CDs that came
packaged with your motherboard. Note 1: The following section provides information
on the Adaptec SATA RAID Driver based on the Intel ICH9R Controller.
D-1 Introduction to the Adaptec Embedded SATA RAID
Controller Driver
Serial ATA (SATA)
Serial ATA(SATA) is a physical storage interface. It uses a single cable with a
minimum of four wires to create a point-to-point connection between devices. It
is a serial link which supports SATA Transfer rates up to 3.0 Gbps. Because the
serial cables used in SATA are thinner than the traditional cables used in Paral-
lel ATA(PATA), SATA systems have better airfow and can be installed in smaller
chassis than Parallel ATA. In addition, the cables used in PATA can only extend
to 40cm long, while Serial ATA cables can extend up to one meter. Overall, Serial
ATA provides better functionality than Parallel ATA.
Introduction to the Intel ICH9R Controller Hub
Located in the South Bridge of the Intel G33 Chipset, the ICH9R Controller Hub
provides the I/O subsystem with access to the rest of the system. It supports the
Adaptec's frmware, which support up to six Serial ATA drives, up to two RAID
volumes and up to six drives in RAID Confgurations.
* Adaptec’s SATA HostRAID Controller Firmware supports:
Drives supported
Number of RAID Volumes supported Two
Total Drives in RAID Configurations Four
Examples of Valid RAID Configurations:
Two drives of RAID 1 + two drives of RAID 0
Two drives of RAID 1 + two drives of RAID 1
Three drives of RAID 0
Four drives of RAID 0
Examples of Invalid RAID Configurations:
Three drives of RAID 0 + two drives of RAID 1
(*Note: this table is applicable to Adaptec’s HostRAID Controller
Firmware only.)
Four
D-2
C2SBA+II/C2SBA+/C2SBA/C2SBE User's Manual
To confgure the Adaptec SATA RAID for Operating Systems that
support RAID functions(--Windows, Red Hat & SuSe, Linux)
1. Press the <Del> key during system bootup to enter the BIOS Setup Utility.
Note: If it is the frst time powering on the system, we recommend you load the
Optimized Default Settings. If you have already done so, please skip to Step 3.
2. Use the arrow keys to select the "Exit" Settings. Once in the "Exit" settings,
Scroll down to select "Load Optimized Default Settings" and press the <Enter>
key. Select "OK" to confrm the selection. Press the <Enter> key to load the default
settings for the BIOS.
3. Use the arrow keys to select the "Main" section in BIOS.
4. Scroll down to "SATA Control Mode" and press the <Enter> key to select
"Enhanced"
5. Scroll down to "SATA RAID Enabled" and press <Enter>. Then, select "En-
abled."
6. Scroll down to "ICH RAID Codebase" and select "Adaptec". Then press <En-
ter>. (For ICH RAID Codebase: Change the setting from Intel to Adaptec.)
7. Scroll down to "Exit". Select "Exit Saving Changes" from the "Exit" menu. Press
the <Enter> key to save the changes and exit the BIOS.
8. Once you've exited the BIOS Utility, the system will re-boot.
9. During the system boot-up, press the <Ctrl> and <A> keys simultaneously to
run the Intel RAID Confguration Utility when prompted by the following message:
Press <Ctrl> <A> for Intel RAID Confguration Utility.
Appendix D: Adaptec HostRAID Setup Guidelines
D-3
The Adaptec Embedded Serial ATA with HostRAID Controller
Driver
The Adaptec Embedded Serial ATA RAID Controller adds SATA/RAID functional-
ity and performance enhancements to a motherboard. RAID striping (RAID 0)
allows data to be written across multiple drives, greatly improving hard disk I/O
performance. RAID mirroring (RAID 1) allows data to be simultaneously written
to two drives, improving data security even if a single hard disk fails. A Stripe of
Mirrors (RAID 10) provides multiple RAID 1 mirrors and a RAID 0 stripe, maximiz-
ing data security and system effciency. By incorporating the Adaptec Embedded
Serial ATA into the motherboard design, Supermicro's C2SBA+II offers the user
the benefts of SATARAID without the high costs associated with hardware RAID
applications.
UsingtheAdaptecRAIDConfgurationUtility(ARC)
The Adaptec RAID Confguration Utility, an embedded BIOS Utility, includes the
following:
Array Confguration Utility: Use this utility to create, confgure and manage ar-
rays.
Disk Utilities: Use this option to format or verify disks.
To run the Adaptec RAID Confguration Utility, you will need to do the following:
1. Enable RAID functions in the system BIOS. (Refer to Chapter 4 for System
BIOS Confgurations).
2. Press the <Ctrl> and <A> keys simultaneously when prompted to do so during
system boot. (Refer to the previous page for detailed instructions.)
A.UsingtheArrayConfgurationUtility(ACU)
When you press <Ctrl> and <A> keys simultaneously at the prompt during system
bootup, the main menu will appear.
Note: To select an option, use the arrow keys to highlight the item and then press
the <Enter> key to select it. To return to the previous menu, press the <ESC> key.
Press the <Insert> key to select a drive. When a drive is highlighted (selected),
press the <Delete> key to de-select it.
D-4
C2SBA+II/C2SBA+/C2SBA/C2SBE User's Manual
Managing Arrays
Select this option to view array properties, and confgure array settings.
To select this option, using the arrow keys and the <enter> key, select "Managing
Arrays" from the main menu as shown above.
Appendix D: Adaptec HostRAID Setup Guidelines
D-5
ConfguringDiskDrives
You may need to confgure a disk drive before you can use it.
Caution: Confguring a disk may overwrite the partition table on the disk and may
make any data on the disk inaccessible. If the drive is used in an array, you may
not be able to use the array again.
Do not confgure a disk that is part of a boot array. To determine which disks are
associated with a particular array, please refer to Viewing Array Properties.
Toconfgureadiskdrive:
1. From the main menu (shown on Page D-4), select Confgure Drives and hit
<Enter> (as shown below.)
D-6
C2SBA+II/C2SBA+/C2SBA/C2SBE User's Manual
2. From the "Select Drives for Confguring" List (shown below,) select the drives
you want to confgure and press <Insert>.
3. The drive you've selected will appear in the "Selected Drives Dialog Box" on
the right (as shown below.) Repeat the same steps until all drives that you want
to confgure appear in the selected drives box.
4. Once both drives display in the selected drive box, press <Enter.>
Appendix D: Adaptec HostRAID Setup Guidelines
D-7
5. Read the warning message as shown in the screen below.
6. Make sure that you have selected the correct disk drives to confgure. If correct,
type Y to continue.
D-8
C2SBA+II/C2SBA+/C2SBA/C2SBE User's Manual
Creating Arrays
Before you create arrays, make sure that the disks for the array are connected
and installed in your system. Note that disks with no usable space, or disks that
are un-initialized or not formatted are shown in gray and cannot be used. Note: It
is recommended that you confgure devices before you create arrays.
To create an array:
1. From the main menu (shown on page D-4), select Create Array.
2. Select the disks for the new array and press Insert (as the screen shown below).
Note: To de-select any disk, highlight the disk and press Delete.
3. The arrays you have selected will appear on the Selected Drives dialog box on
the right (as shown below.)
4 Press Enter when both disks for the new array are selected. The Array Proper-
ties menu displays.
Appendix D: Adaptec HostRAID Setup Guidelines
D-9
Assigning Array Properties
Once a new array is completed, you can assign properties to the array.
Caution: Once the array is created and its properties are assigned, and you can-
not change the array properties using this utility.
To assign properties to the new array:
1. In the Array Properties menu (as shown in the screen below), select an array
type and press Enter. Only the available array types will be displayed on the screen.
(RAID 0 or RAID 1 requires two drives.)
2. Under the item "Arrays Label", type in a label and press <Enter>. Note: The
label shall not be more than 15 characters.)
3. For RAID 0, select the desired stripe size. Note: Available stripe sizes are 16,
32, and 64 KB. 64K is default. Please do not change the default setting.)
4. The item: "Create RAID via" allows you to select between the different ways
of creating methods for RAID 0 and RAID 1.
The following table gives examples of when each is appropriate.
Note: If you select Migrate for RAID 0, or Build for RAID 1, you will be asked to
select the source drive. The contents of the source drive will be preserved. How-
ever, the data on the new drive will be lost.
Raid Level Create Via When Appropriate
RAID 0 No Init Creating a RAID 0 on new drives
RAID 0 Migrate
(*Note)
Creating a RAID 0 from one new drive and
one drive with data you wish to preserve
RAID 1 Build1 Any time you wish to create a RAID 1, but especially if
you have data on one drive that you wish to preserve
RAID 1 Clear Creating a RAID 1 on new drives, or when you want to
ensure that the array contains no data after creation.
RAID 1 Quick
RAID 1 Init
Fastest way to create a RAID 1.
Appropriate when using new drives
D-10
C2SBA+II/C2SBA+/C2SBA/C2SBE User's Manual
Notes:
1. Before adding a new drive to an array, be sure to back up any data stored on
the new drive; otherwise, all data will be lost.
2. If you stop the Build or Clear process on a RAID 1, you can restart it by press-
ing <Ctrl> and <R>.
3. If you've used the Quick Init option to create a RAID1, it may return some
data mis-comparison when you run a consistency check at a later time. This is
normal.
4. The Adaptec Host RAID allows you to use drives of different sizes in a RAID.
However, you can only select a smaller drive as the source or frst drive during
a build operation.
5. When migrating from single volume to RAID 0, migrating from a larger drive to
a smaller drive is allowed. However, the destination drive must be at least half the
capacity of the source drive.
6. It is not recommended that you migrate or build an array on Windows dynamic
disks (volumes) because it will result in data loss.
Warning: Do not interrupt the process when you create a RAID 0 using the Migrate
option. If you do, you will not be able to restart the system, or to recover the data
that was on the source drive.
5. When you are fnished, press <Done> (as the screen shown below).
Appendix D: Adaptec HostRAID Setup Guidelines
D-11
Adding a Bootable Array
To make an array bootable:
1. From the Main menu, select Manage Arrays.
2. From the List of Arrays, select the array you want to make bootable, and press
<Ctrl> and <B>.
3. Enter Y to create a bootable array when the following message is displayed:
"This will make all other existing bootable array non-bootable. Do you want to make
this array bootable? (Yes/No):" Then, a bootable array will be created. An asterisk
() will appear next to the bootable array (as shown in the picture below:)
Deleting a Bootable Array
To delete a bootable array:
1. From the Main menu, select Manage Arrays.
2. From the List of Arrays, select the bootable array you want to delete, and press
<Ctrl> and <B>. Note: a bootable array is the array marked with an asterisk (as
shown in the picture above.)
3. When the following message is displayed: "The array is already marked
bootable. Do you want to make this array as not bootable? (Yes/No)," Enter Y to
delete a bootable array. The bootable array will be deleted and the asterisk will
disappear.
Note: Do not use the delete key to delete the bootable array.
D-12
C2SBA+II/C2SBA+/C2SBA/C2SBE User's Manual
Adding/Deleting Hotspares
To add a Hotspare:
Note: In order to rebuild a RAID (RAID 0 or RAID 1), you would need to add a
new HDD as a hotspare.
1. From the main menu (shown on Page D-4), select Add/Delete Hotspares.
2. Use the up and down arrow keys to highlight and select the disk you want to
designate as a hotspare, and press <Insert>, and then, press <Enter>.
3. Press Yes when the following prompt is displayed:
"Do you want to create spare?" (Yes/No?)
The spare you have selected will appear in the Selected drives Menu.
To delete a Hotspare:
1. From the main menu (shown on Page D-4), select Add/Delete Hotspares.
2. Use the up and down arrow keys to highlight and select the Hotspare you want
to delete, and press <delete>, and then, press <Enter>.
3. When the following warning is displayed: "Do you want to delete the hot spare?"
(Yes/No?), press Yes to delete the hotspare you have selected.
Appendix D: Adaptec HostRAID Setup Guidelines
D-13
Viewing Array Properties
To view the properties of an existing array:
1. From the main menu, select Manage Arrays and hit <Enter> (as shown on the
previous page.)
2. From the List of Arrays dialog box (shown below), select the array you want to
view and press Enter.
The Array Properties dialog box appears (as shown below), showing detailed
information on the array. The physical disks associated with the array are dis-
played here.
3. Press Esc to return to the previous menu.
D-14
C2SBA+II/C2SBA+/C2SBA/C2SBE User's Manual
Rebuilding Arrays
Note 1: Rebuilding applies to Fault Tolerant array (RAID 1) only.
If an array Build process is interrupted or when one critical member is missing,
you must perform a Rebuild to restore its functionality. For a critical array rebuild
operation, the optimal drive is the source drive.
Note 2: If no spare array exists and a hard disk drive fails, you need to create a
spare before you can rebuild an array.
To Rebuild an array:
1 From the Main Menu, select Manage Arrays (as shown in the screen below).
From the List of Arrays, select the array you want to rebuild.
2 Press <Ctrl> and <R> to rebuild.
Appendix D: Adaptec HostRAID Setup Guidelines
D-15
Deleting Arrays
Warning!! Back up the data on an array before you delete it to prevent data loss
Deleted arrays cannot be restored.
To delete an existing array:
1. From the main menu (shown on Page D-4), select Manage Arrays.
2. Select the array you wish to delete and press <delete>.
3. In the Array Properties dialog box, select Delete and press <Enter>. The fol-
lowing prompt is displayed:
Warning!! Deleting the array will render array unusable. Do you want to delete
the array? (Yes/No):
RAID 1 only—the following prompt is also displayed:
Deleting the partition will result in data loss! Do you also want to delete the parti-
tion? (Yes/No):
4. Press Yes to delete the array and partition or No to return to the previous
menu.
5. Press Esc to return to the previous menu.
D-16
C2SBA+II/C2SBA+/C2SBA/C2SBE User's Manual
Using the Disk Utilities
The Disk Utilities enable you to format or verify the media of your Serial ATA
hard disks.
To access the disk utilities:
1. From the Adaptec RAID Confguration Utility Menu, select Disk Utilities (as
shown above) and press <Enter>. The following screen appears.
2. Select the desired disk and press <Enter>. The following screen appears:
Appendix D: Adaptec HostRAID Setup Guidelines
D-17
To format a disk:
Note: The operation of Formatting Disk allows you to perform a low-level format-
ting of a hard drive by writing zeros to the entire disk. Serial ATA drives are low-level
formatted at the factory and do not need to be low-level formatted again.
3. When the screen shown below displays, select Format Disk and press <Enter>.
The following screen appears:
4. Read the warning message when it appears in the screen as shown below. To
continue with disk formatting, select Yes and hit <Enter>. Otherwise, select No
and press <Enter>.
Caution: Formatting a disk destroys all data on the drive. Be sure to back up
your data before formatting a disk.
D-18
C2SBA+II/C2SBA+/C2SBA/C2SBE User's Manual
To verify disk media:
3. When the screen shown above displays, select Verify Disk Media and press
<Enter>.
4. A message will display, indicating that the selected drive will be scanned for
media defects. Select Yes and hit <Enter> to proceed with disk verifying; other-
wise, select No and hit <Enter>.
Appendix D: Adaptec HostRAID Setup Guidelines
D-19
To Exit Adaptec RAID Confguration Utility
1. Once you have completed RAID array confgurations, press ESC to exit. The
following screen will appear.
2. Press Yes to exit the Utility.
D-20
C2SBA+II/C2SBA+/C2SBA/C2SBE User's Manual
D-2 Installing the Intel ICH9R Driver by Adaptec
and the OS
a. Insert Supermicro's bootable CD that came with the package into the CD Drive
during the system reboot, and the screen: "Supermicro Driver Diskette Maker"
will appear.
b. Choose from the list the item: "Intel ICH9R Driver by 3rd Party (Adaptec)" and
press <Enter>.
c. From the next screen displayed, choose the OS driver you want to install and
press <Enter>.
d. Insert a formatted diskette into drive A: and press <Enter> as prompted.
e. Exit the program after the process is completed. Then, reboot the system.
f. Insert the Microsoft Windows OS Setup CD in the CD Driver, and the system
will start to boot up from CD.
g. Press the <F6> key when the message-"Press F6 if you need to install a third
party SCSI or RAID driver" displays.
h. When the Windows OS Setup screen appears, press "S" to specify additional
device(s).
i. Insert the driver diskette-"Adaptec Embedded Serial ATA Raid Controller Driver"
into Drive A: and press the <Enter> key.
j. Choose the Adaptec Embedded Host Serial ATA Raid Controller from the list
indicated in the Windows OS Setup Screen, and press the <Enter> key.
k. Press the <Enter> key to continue the installation process. (If you need to
specify any additional devices to be installed, do it at this time.) Once all devices
are specifed, press the <Enter> key to continue with the installation.
l. From the Windows OS Setup screen, press <Enter>. The OS Setup will automati-
cally load all device fles, and, then, continue with the Windows OS installation.
m. After the Windows OS Installation is completed, the system will automatically
reboot.
Appendix E: Software Installation Instructions
E-1
Driver/Tool Installation Display Screen
Note: Click the icons showing a hand writing on the paper to view the readme fles
for each item. Click a computer icon to the right of an item to install an item (from
top to the bottom) one at a time. After installing each item, you must re-boot
the system before proceeding with the next item on the list. The bottom icon
with a CD on it allows you to view the entire contents of the CD.
Appendix E
Software Installation Instructions
E-1 Installing Drivers
After you've installed the Windows Operating System, a screen as shown below
will appear. You are ready to install software programs and drivers that have not
yet been installed. To install these software programs and drivers, click the icons
to the right of these items.
E-2
C2SBA+II/C2SBA+/C2SBA/C2SBE User's Manual
Supero Doctor III Interface Display Screen-I (Health Information)
E-2 ConfguringSuperoDoctorIII
The Supero Doctor III program is a Web-base management tool that supports
remote management capability. It includes Remote and Local Management tools.
The local management is called the SD III Client. The Supero Doctor III program
included on the CDROM that came with your motherboard allows you to monitor
the environment and operations of your system. Supero Doctor III displays crucial
system information such as CPU temperature, system voltages and fan status. See
the Figure below for a display of the Supero Doctor III interface.
Note 1: Both default user name and password are ADMIN.
Note 2: In the Windows OS environment, the Supero Doctor III settings take pre-
cedence over the BIOS settings. When frst installed, Supero Doctor III adopts the
temperature threshold settings previously set in the BIOS. Any subsequent changes
to these thresholds must be made within Supero Doctor, since the SD III settings
override the BIOS settings. For the Windows OS to adopt the BIOS temperature
threshold settings, please change the SDIII settings to be the same as those set
in the BIOS.
Appendix E: Software Installation Instructions
E-3
Supero Doctor III Interface Display Screen-II (Remote Control)
Note: SD III Software Revision 1.0 can be downloaded from our Web site at: ftp://
ftp.supermicro.com/utility/Supero_Doctor_III/. You can also download SDIII User's
Guide at: http://www.supermicro.com/PRODUCT/Manuals/SDIII/UserGuide.pdf. For
Linux, we will still recommend that you use Supero Doctor II.
E-4
C2SBA+II/C2SBA+/C2SBA/C2SBE User's Manual
Notes
(Disclaimer Continued)
The products sold by Supermicro are not intended for and will not be used in life support systems, medical equipment, nuclear facilities or systems, aircraft, aircraft devices,
aircraft/emergency communication devices or other critical systems whose failure to perform be reasonably expected to result in signifcant injury or loss of life or catastrophic
property damage. Accordingly, Supermicro disclaims any and all liability, and should buyer use or sell such products for use in such ultra-hazardous applications, it does so
entirely at its own risk. Furthermore, buyer agrees to fully indemnify, defend and hold Supermicro harmless for and against any and all claims, demands, actions, litigation, and
proceedings of any kind arising out of or related to such ultra-hazardous use or sale.

The information in this User’s Manual has been carefully reviewed and is believed to be accurate. The vendor assumes no responsibility for any inaccuracies that may be contained in this document, makes no commitment to update or to keep current the information in this manual, or to notify any person or organization of the updates. Please Note: For the most up-to-date version of this manual, please see our web site at www.supermicro.com. Super Micro Computer, Inc. ("Supermicro") reserves the right to make changes to the product described in this manual at any time and without notice. This product, including software, if any, and documentation may not, in whole or in part, be copied, photocopied, reproduced, translated or reduced to any medium or machine without prior written consent. IN NO EVENT WILL SUPER MICRO COMPUTER, INC. BE LIABLE FOR DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, SPECULATIVE OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING FROM THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THIS PRODUCT OR DOCUMENTATION, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. IN PARTICULAR, SUPER MICRO COMPUTER, INC. SHALL NOT HAVE LIABILITY FOR ANY HARDWARE, SOFTWARE, OR DATA STORED OR USED WITH THE PRODUCT, INCLUDING THE COSTS OF REPAIRING, REPLACING, INTEGRATING, INSTALLING OR RECOVERING SUCH HARDWARE, SOFTWARE, OR DATA. Any disputes arising between manufacturer and customer shall be governed by the laws of Santa Clara County in the State of California, USA. The State of California, County of Santa Clara shall be the exclusive venue for the resolution of any such disputes. Super Micro's total liability for all claims will not exceed the price paid for the hardware product. FCC Statement: This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses, and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the manufacturer’s instruction manual, may cause interference with radio communications. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on, you are encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures: Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna. Increase the separation between the equipment and the receiver. Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected. Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/television technician for help. California Best Management Practices Regulations for Perchlorate Materials: This Perchlorate warning applies only to products containing CR (Manganese Dioxide) Lithium coin cells. “Perchlorate Material-special handling may apply. See www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate”.

WARNING: Handling of lead solder materials used in this product may expose you to lead, a chemical known to the State of California to cause birth defects and other reproductive harm.
Manual Revision: Rev. 1.1c Release Date: July 20, 2009 Unless you request and receive written permission from Super Micro Computer, Inc., you may not copy any part of this document. Information in this document is subject to change without notice. Other products and companies referred to herein are trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective companies or mark holders. Copyright © 2009 by Super Micro Computer, Inc. All rights reserved.

Printed in the United States of America

Preface

About This Manual

Preface

This manual is written for system integrators, PC technicians and knowledgeable PC users. It provides information for the installation and use of the C2SBA+II/C2SBA+/C2SBA/C2SBE motherboard. The C2SBA+II/C2SBA+/ C2SBA/C2SBE supports single Intel Xeon 3000 Series/Core 2 Quad/Core 2 Duo Processor with a system bus speed of up to 1.33 GHz. The Intel Core 2 Quad/Core 2 Duo Processor supports the 775-Land Grid Array Package, which interfaces with the motherboard via an LGA775 socket. With the support of the Quad-Core/Dual-Core Technology, Wide Dynamic Execution, FSB Dynamic Bus Inversion (DBI), Advanced Digital Media Boost, Smart Memory Access, and Thermal Management 2 (TM2), the C2SBA+II/C2SBA+/C2SBA/C2SBE delivers unparalleled system performance and great power efficiency in a slim package. Please refer to the motherboard specifications pages on our web site (http://www.supermicro.com/Products/) for updates on supported processors. This product is intended to be professionally installed and serviced by a technician.

Manual Organization
Chapter 1 describes the features, specifications and performance of the mainboard and provides detailed information about the chipset. Chapter 2 provides hardware installation instructions. Read this chapter when installing the processor, memory modules and other hardware components into the system. If you encounter any problems, see Chapter 3, which describes troubleshooting procedures for the video, the memory and the system setup stored in the CMOS. Chapter 4 includes an introduction to BIOS and provides detailed information on running the CMOS Setup utility. Appendix A provides BIOS POST Messages. Appendix B lists BIOS POST Codes. Appendix C, Appendix D and Appendix E list HostRAID Setup Guidelines and Other Software Installation Instructions.

Conventions Used in the Manual:
Special attention should be given to the following symbols for proper installation and to prevent damage done to the components or injury to yourself: Danger/Caution: Instructions to be strictly followed to prevent catastrophic system failure or to avoid bodily injury. Warning: Important information given to ensure proper system installation or to prevent damage to the components. Note: Additional Information given to differentiate various models or to ensure correct system setup.

iii

............................................................................................................................................................................... 1-12 Versatile Media Capabilities .......... iii Conventions Used in the Manual .................................................................................................................................................. 1-1 Checklist ............................ iii Manual Organization ............. 2-12 PWR Button......................... 2-10 PWR LED ............................. 1-9 1-2 1-3 1-4 1-5 1-6 1-7 1-8 2-1 2-2 2-3 2-4 2-5 Chipset Overview .......................................................................................................................................................................... 2-14 Chapter 2: Installation iv ........................ 2-1 Motherboard Installation ................................................................................... 2-11 OH/Fan Fail LED ...................................... 2-13 ATX/Auxiliary Power Connectors ........................................................................................................................................................................................................ 2-2 Installing DDR2 Memory ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 2-10 HDD LED............................................................................................................. 1-10 Recovery from AC Power Loss ......................................................................................... 2-9 Front Control Panel Pin Definitions .. 1-11 PC Health Monitoring ...... 1-4 C2SBA+II/C2SBA+/C2SBA/C2SBE Quick Reference........................................................................................................................................................... iii Chapter 1: Introduction 1-1 Overview ................................ 1-5 Motherboard Features ........................................... 1-1 Contacting Super Micro ..................................C2SBA+II/C2SBA+/C2SBA/C2SBE User’s Manual Table of Contents About This Manual .....................................................................1-11 Power Supply .......................................................................... 1-7 Intel G33/P35 Chipset: System Block Diagram ....................................................................................................................................... 2-6 Control Panel Connectors/IO Ports ...................................................................................................................................................................................2-11 Reset Button............. 1-11 ACPI Features ............................................. 1-13 Static-Sensitive Devices . 1-3 C2SBA+II/C2SBA+/C2SBA/C2SBE Layout................ 1-13 Super I/O ................................................................................................................................................................................. 2-1 Processor and Heatsink Installation ............................................................................................................................................... 2-10 NIC1 LED Indicators ......................... 2-8 Back Panel Connectors/IO Ports ..................... 2-13 Universal Serial Bus (USB) ....................................................................... 2-8 Front Control Panel ............ 1-2 C2SBA+II/C2SBA+/C2SBA/C2SBE Image ............................................ 2-12 2-6 Connecting Cables ....................

.......................................................... 2-24 TPM Enable........................................................................................ 3-2 Losing the System’s Setup Configuration ...........Table of Contents Chassis Intrusion ................ 2-17 Wake-On-LAN ........................ 2-28 2-9 Parallel Port........................................... 2-21 GLAN Enable/Disable ................................................................................................................ 2-30 IDE Connectors ................... 2-27 Onboard Power LED ... 2-22 PCI/PCI-Exp................... 2-18 High Definition Audio (HDA) .............................................................................................................................. 2-15 VGA Connector ............................................................................................................................... 2-20 2-7 Jumper Settings ............................................................................... 2-16 Serial Ports ......................................................................... 2-15 ATX PS/2 Keyboard and PS/2 Mouse Ports ................................................................................................................................................................. 2-24 Audio Enable ........................................................................................ 2-19 CD Header/Auxiliary Audio Header .............................................................................................................................................................................. 3-1 No Power............................................................................................................................ 2-23 Keyboard Wake-Up ......................................................................................................... 3-2 v .............................. 3-1 No Video .......... 2-27 GLAN LED Indicators ....................................................................................................................... 2-16 Wake-On-Ring ................. 2-17 GLAN1 Port .................................................................................. 2-21 Explanation of Jumpers ................................................................................. 2-21 CMOS Clear ......... 2-31 Chapter 3: Troubleshooting 3-1 Troubleshooting Procedures .................................................................................................................................... Floppy Drive and IDE Hard Drive Connections .............................................. 2-22 Watch Dog Enable ................................................................................ 2-29 Floppy Connector ........................................... 2-23 IDE Enable/Disable ......................................................................................... 2-26 2-8 Onboard Indicators ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 2-25 USB Wake-Up .................................... 2-14 Fan Headers..................... Slots to SMB Speeds.................................................................................................................................................... 3-1 Before Power On....................... 3-1 Memory Errors............................................. 2-29 Parallel Port Connector .................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 2-19 Front Panel Audio Control ............................................. 2-18 Speaker Connector ... 2-20 Power LED .........................................

......................................................... 4-1 Running Setup ................................................................................................................................. 4-2 Main BIOS Setup .....................C-1 ApAppendix D: The Adaptec HostRAID Setup Guidelines ...................................................................................................................................... 4-26 Chapter 4: BIOS Appendices: Appendix A: BIOS POST Messages ....................................................................... 3-2 Frequently Asked Questions .............................. 4-3 Advanced Setup ............A-1 Appendix B: BIOS POST Codes .........................B-1 Appendix C: Intel HostRAID Setup Guidelines ....................................................C2SBA+II/C2SBA+/C2SBA/C2SBE User’s Manual 3-2 3-3 3-4 4-1 4-2 4-3 4-4 4-5 4-6 4-7 4-8 Technical Support Procedures ................................................................................................................................................................................ 4-24 Boot Setup ............................................................................................................................................................D-1 Appendix E: Installing Other Software Programs and Drivers ... 4-22 TPM State .................................................................. 3-5 Introduction ........................................................... 4-25 Exit ................ E-1 vi .............................................................................................................................................................................. 3-3 Returning Merchandise for Service .............. 4-7 Security Setup ......................................................................................................

contact your retailer.Chapter 1: Introduction Chapter 1 Introduction 1-1 Overview Checklist Congratulations on purchasing your computer motherboard from an acknowledged leader in the industry. If anything listed here is damaged or missing. Please check that the following items have all been included with your motherboard. All the following items are included in the retail box only: One (1) Super Micro Mainboard One (1) floppy drive ribbon cable (CBL-022L) Four (4) SATA cables (CBL-0044L) (For C2SBA+/C2SBA/C2SBE) Six (6) SATA cables (CBL-0044L) (For the C2SBA+II only) Two (2) IDE hard drive cables (CBL-0036L-3) (C2SBA+II/C2SBA+ Only) One (1) Super Micro CD containing drivers and utilities One (1) User's/BIOS Manual 1-1 . Super Micro boards are designed with the utmost attention to detail to provide you with the highest standards in quality and performance.

980 Rock Ave. The Netherlands +31 (0) 73-6400390 +31 (0) 73-6416525 sales@supermicro.com.S.tw Tel: 886-2-8228-1366. Het Sterrenbeeld 28. No. San Jose. CA 95131 U.supermicro.com (Technical Support) www. R.V. 232-1 Liancheng Road Chung-Ho 235. +1 (408) 503-8000 +1 (408) 503-8008 marketing@supermicro. Taipei Hsien.com (General Information) support@supermicro.tw Technical Support: Email: support@supermicro.com.C.nl (General Information) support@supermicro. 5215 ML 's-Hertogenbosch.132 or 139 1-2 .A.nl (Technical Support) rma@supermicro. Inc. ext.C2SBA+II/C2SBA+/C2SBA/C2SBE User’s Manual Contacting Super Micro Headquarters Address: Super Micro Computer.com Tel: Fax: Email: Web Site: Europe Address: Super Micro Computer B. Taiwan.O. Taiwan 4F.nl (Customer Support) Tel: Fax: Email: Asia-Pacific Address: Super Micro.supermicro. Tel: +886-(2) 8226-3990 Fax: +886-(2) 8226-3991 Web Site: www.

The motherboard you've received may or may not look exactly the same as those in this manual.Chapter 1: Introduction C2SBA+II/C2SBA+/C2SBA/C2SBE Image Note: All pictures and drawings shown in this manual were based upon the latest PCB revision available at the time of publishing of the manual. 1-3 .

C2SBA+II/C2SBA+/C2SBA/C2SBE User’s Manual Motherboard Layout KB/MOUSE J41 JKB 4-Pin PWR J28 Processor COM1 CPU Fan FAN1 FAN2 S I/O W83627DHG DIMM1A DIMM2A DIMM1B DIMM2B 24-pin ATX PWR J40 Floppy North Bridge DIMM1 DIMM2 Slot7 PCI-E x1 J1 DIMM3 DIMM4 J46 J27 Slot6 PCI-E x16 GLAN CTRL J7 Slot5 PCI-E x4 J8 JI2C1 JI2C2 Audio CTRL JP5 PCI3 PCI4 JWOR JPL1 JS3 Intel ICH9 Slot4 PCI-33MHz Audio Enabled South Bridge I-SATA2 I-SATA3 I-SATA0 I-SATA1 J45 FP USB 9/10 I-SATA4 I-SATA5 JS4 JP3 JWD JLED Front Panel CTRL FAN4 FAN3 JS5 JS6 LE1 JBT1 Battery JS1 BIOS PCI2 J48 J9 Speaker IDE CTRL ITE 8212 COM2 J13 SPKR1 WOL WO Slot1 PCI-33MHz Buzzer JPUSB2 J10 J3 IDE#1 PCI1 Front-Access USB 12 IDE#2 Front-Access USB 11 JF1 JL1 Intel G33 JPUSB1 LAN J44 FP USB 7/8 Slot2 PCI-33MHz J12 Front Audio JS2 Slot3 PCI-33MHz JP2 J31 VGA J30 JG1 USB 3/4/5/6 USB 1/2 J11 Audio Fan5 CD-IN CD1 J43 C2SBA Parallel Port (Please see important notes on Page 1-6.) 1-4 J47 .

USB 9/10 (J45) Front-Accessible USB ports #11 (J47). PCI-Ex1 (Slot7) (Back Panel) Universal Serial Ports 1-2 & G-LAN Port (Back Panel) Universal Serial Ports 3-6 (J43) (Front Panel) USB ports 7/8 (J44).Chapter 1: Introduction C2SBA+II/C2SBA+/C2SBA/C2SBE Quick Reference Jumpers JBT1 JKB JI2C1/JI2C2 JP2 JP3 JP5 JPL1 JPUSB1 JPUSB2 JWD Connectors Audio (FP) Audio CD1 COM1/COM2 DIMM#1A.#2A. USB #12 (J48) Video/Graphics Connector (See Note 7) Wake-On-LAN Header Wake-On-Ring Header (All notes indicated above are listed on Page 1-6. 9/10 (FP) USB 11. Pins 1-2 (Enabled) B/P USB Wake Up Pins 2-3 (Disabled) F/P USB Wake Up Pins 2-3 (Disabled) Watch Dog Enable Pins 1-2 (Reset) Description Audio Port (J46) Front Panel Audio Connector (J12) Audio CD Input (CD-In) Header COM Port/Serial Port 1 & Port 2 Connectors (J31.#1B. J13) Memory (DIMM) Slots (1 through 4) Fan1: CPU Fan.#2B Fans 1-5 Floppy Front Control Panel IDE#1/IDE#2 J9 J40 J41 JL1 JLED KB/Mouse LE1 Parrallel SATA 0/1/4/5 Slot 1-Slot 4 Slots 5-7 (BP) USB 1/2 & GLAN (BP) USB 3-6 (FP) USB 7/8. Fan2-5: System/Chassis Fan Headers Floppy Disk Connector (J27) Front Control Panel Header (JF1) IDE Hard Drive #1 & Hard Drive #2 (See Note 4) Speaker Header ATX 24-Pin Power Connector 12V 4-pin Power Connector (Required connection) Chassis Intrusion Header Onboard Power LED Indicator PS/2 Keyboard/Mouse (J28) Standby Power LED Indicator Parallel Printer Port (J30) Intel SATA (#0/1/4/5) Headers (See Note 8) PCI 33 MHz (PCI #1-#4) (See Note 5) PCI-E x4 (Slot5). 12 VGA WOL WOR Description Default Setting CMOS Clear (See Chapter 2) Keyboard Enabled Pins 1-2 (Enabled) SMB to PCI Slots Open/Open (Disabled) ITE IDE Enabled Pins 1-2 (Enabled) (See Note 4) TPM Enabled Pins 1-2 (Enabled) (See Note 6) Audio Enabled Pins 1-2 (Enabled) Giga-bit LAN Enab. PCI-E x16 (Slot6).) 1-5 .

C2SBA+II/C2SBA+/C2SBA/C2SBE User’s Manual

Important Notes to the User
• 1. Jumpers not indicated are for testing only.

• 2. See Chapter 2 for detailed information on CPU/Heatsink installation, memory population, jumpers, connectors, I/O ports and JF1 front panel connections. • • • 3. " " indicates the location of "Pin 1.' 4. IDE is available on the C2SBA/C2SBA+/C2SBA+II only. 5. PCI Slot 4 is not available on the C2SBA+/C2SBA+II.

• 6. Trusted Platform Module (TPM) support is available on the C2SBA and C2SBA+II/C2SBA+ only. • • 7. VGA is not available on the C2SBE. 8. The ICH9R and SATA Ports 2 & 3 (JS3/4) are available on the C2BA+II.

• 9. G33 is available on the C2SBA/C2SBA+II/C2SBA+. P35 is available on the C2SBE only. Overclocking Considerations Warning: Please be aware of the following conditions when "overclocking" is used: Setting a high CPU FSB Speed (overclocking), DRAM Frequency or selecting a high CPU V-Core voltage, memory voltage, chipset voltage, ICH chipset voltage, or the FSB termination voltage may result in system instability. If this occurs, revert the setting to the default setting. In addition, extra fans may be needed for proper system cooling. The C2SBA+II/C2SBA+/C2SBA/C2SBE offers the option of "overclocking"; however, Super Micro is not responsible for any damage caused by the use of overclocking.

1-6

Chapter 1: Introduction

Motherboard Features
CPU • Single Intel Xeon 3000 Series/Core 2 Quad/Core 2 Duo Processor with a system bus speed of 1.33 GHz/1.066 GHz • Supports Intel Dual Core Technology, Hyper-Threading, Wide Dynamic Execution, FSB Dynamic Bus Inversion (DBI), Advanced Digital Media Boost, Smart Memory Access, and Thermal Management 2 (TM2) Memory • Supports unbuffered single or dual channel Non ECC Unbuffered DDR2 up to 8GB/s (DDR2 800/667) for single channel mode or dual-channel Interleaved mode. Chipset • Intel G33/P35 GMCH (North Bridge), ICH9/ICH9R (South Bridge) Expansion Slots • One (1) PCI-Express x16 (Slot 6) • One (1) PCI-Express x4 (Slot 5) • One (1) PCI-Express x1 (Slot 7) • Four (4) 32-bit PCI 33MHz (Slot 1 to Slot 4) (Slot 4: Not available on the C2SBA+II/C2SBA+) BIOS • DMI 2.3, PCI 2.2, ACPI 1.0/2.0, SMBIOS 2.3, and Plug and Play (PnP) PC Health Monitoring • Onboard voltage monitors for CPU Core Voltage, Memory Voltage,+1.8V, +3.3V, +3.3V standby, +5V, Vbat (battery voltage) and ±12V • Fan status monitor with firmware 4 pin fan speed control • CPU 3-Phase-switching voltage regulator • SuperDoctor III, Watch Dog, NMI • Power-up mode control for recovery from AC power loss • CPU/System overheat LED and control • System resource alert via Supero Doctor III • Auto-switching voltage regulator for the CPU core • CPU Thermal Trip support • Thermal Monitor 2 (TM2) support • Trusted Platform Module (TPM) support ACPI Features • • • • Slow blinking LED for suspend state indicator BIOS support for USB keyboard Main switch override mechanism External modem ring-on

1-7

C2SBA+II/C2SBA+/C2SBA/C2SBE User’s Manual Onboard I/O • Built in ICH9 SATA Controller, 4 connectors for 4 devices (For the C2SBA+/ C2SBA/C2SBE) • Built in ICH9R SATA Controller, 6 connectors for 6 devices (For the C2SBA+II) • 1 floppy port interface (up to 2.88 MB) • 1 Fast UART 16550 compatible serial port/header • Intel 82566 Gigabit Ethernet Controller • PS/2 mouse and PS/2 keyboard ports • ITE-8212 IDE controller or ITE-8211 IDE controller (for PCB Rev. 1.2a and above) supports two IDE hard drives (for the C2SBA+II/C2SBA+ only) • Up to 12 USB (Universal Serial Bus) 2.0 ports for a speed of up to 480Mbps • Realtek ALC 883 7.1 Channel High Definition Audio (HDA) codec supports 10 DAC Channels • Built-in GMCH and onboard VGA connector (Not available on C2SBE) Other • • • • • • • • • Trusted Platform Module (TPM) 1.2 support (For the C2SBA/C2SBA+II/C2SBA+ only) Wake-on-LAN Wake-on-Ring (WOR) System Bus Clock Frequency Selection (Overclocking) Support (Note) Suspend-to-RAM Onboard +3V Standby Power Warning LED ("LE1") Pb Free BIOS flash upgrade utility Drivers and software for Intel G33/P35 chipset utilities

CD Utilities

Dimensions • ATX form factor, 12.0" x 9.6" (304.8 x 243.8 mm)

1-8

Note 1: Integrated Graphics support is not available for the P35 Chipset.0/1.Chapter 1: Introduction VRM 11. Note 2: ICH9R is available on the C2SBA+II only.1-CH HD_AUDIO IDE1 IDE2 KB.0 LGA775_PROCESSOR DATA ADDR ADDR CTRL CK505 CLK FSB: 1333/1066MHz CTRL DATA INTEGRATED GRAPHICS 1 PCIE_x16 GRAPHIC PCIE_x16 G33/P35 GMCH/MCH DDR2 800/667 DIMM_CHA DIMM_CHB DMI PCIE_x1 PCIE_x4 ICH-9(R) PCI_32 PCI_32 1_PCIE_x1 4 or 6 SATAII PORTS 12x USB2. MS. SER. HD_AUDIO PORTS The Intel G33/P35 Chipset: System Block Diagram Note: This is a general block diagram and may not exactly represent the features on your motherboard.0 VRM 11. See the following pages for the actual specifications of each motherboard. FDD.0 PORTS S-ATA/300 1_PCIE_x8 3_PCI_x32 1_PCI_x32 (Option) USB2.1 SPI BIOS TPM LPC PCIE_x1 82566 G_LAN RJ45 PORT ITE-8212 (Option) W83627DHG LPC I/O LPC HD-A 7.1/2 PRN. 1-9 .

including the following: • • • • • DMI-to PCI Bridge LPC Controller Thermal Subsystem SMBus Controller USB FS/LS UHCI Controllers #1.style traffic and a PCI-Exp. chip-to-chip connection between the GMCH and ICH9/ ICH9R is the Direct Media Interface (DMI). Providing the high-speed. DMI or system memory. The DMI integrates advanced prioritybased servicing. The GMCH supports one or two channels of DDR2 memory with up to two DIMMs per channel with a maximum bandwidth of 6. the DMI. This PCI-E x16 port runs at a frequency of 2. The GMCH supports 36-bit host bus addressing and a Cache Line Size of 64 bytes. It consists of two primary components: the Graphic Memory Controller Hub (GMCH) and the I/O Controller Hub (ICH9/ICH9R). true isochronous transfer capabilities and permitting current as well as legacy software to function seamlessly. the System Memory interface. negotiation and training of link out of reset. The GMCH contains one PCI-Express x16 (16-lane) port intended for an external PCI-Express graphics card that is compatible with the PCI Express Base Specification revision 1. The GMCH (North Bridge) manages the data flow between the CPU interface (FSB). the External Graphics interface.5 GB/s on each lane and supports a maximum theoretical bandwidth of 40 GB/s in each direction for an aggregate of 8 GB/s @ x16.06 GHz.C2SBA+II/C2SBA+/C2SBA/C2SBE User’s Manual 1-2 Chipset Overview The Intel G33/P35 chipset is specially designed for use with the Intel dual core processors. allowing for concurrent traffic. the G33/P35 GMCH supports an FSB frequency of 1. Graphic Memory Controller Hub (GMCH) Utilizing a single LGA 775 socket processor. Intel ICH9/ICH9R System Features The Intel 9th Generation I/O Controller Hub (ICH9/ICH9R) supports a variety of I/O related functions and PCI devices. The ICH9/ICH9R (South Bridge) provides a multitude of I/O related functions.8 GB/s in symmetric mode using DDR2 800 MHz memory. Enhanced Addressing Mechanism with advanced capabilities in automatic discovery. or the GMCH configuration space. It also supports an opportunistic refresh scheme. a memory thermal management scheme and Partial Writes to Memory using Data Mask (DM) signals. It supports traditional PCI-/AGP. and the I/O Controller through the DMI (Direct Media) Interface.1.33 GHz/1. #2 and #3 1-10 .4 GB/s in asymmetric mode or 12. Host-initiated I/O cycles are decoded to the PCIExpress. Host-initiated memory cycles are decoded to PCI-Express.

You can choose for the system to remain powered off (in which case you must hit the power switch to turn it back on) or for it to automatically return to a power on state. The ACPI specification defines a flexible and abstract hardware interface that provides a standard to integrate power management features throughout a PC system. ACPI leverages the Plug and Play BIOS data structures while providing a processor architecture-independent implementation that is compatible with Windows 2000. Windows 2003. The default setting is Last State.8V. it will give a warning or send an error message to the screen. operating system and application software. Users can adjust the voltage thresholds to define the sensitivity of the voltage monitor by using SuperO Doctor III. This also includes consumer devices connected to the PC such as VCRs. +3. Onboard Voltage Monitors for the CPU Core. 1-5 ACPI Features ACPI stands for Advanced Configuration and Power Interface. +5V. Windows 2003 Servers. TVs. Enhanced Power Management The onboard ICH9/ICH9R chip provides advanced power management functions that will greatly improve the performance of various low-power (suspend) states and 1-11 . Once a voltage becomes unstable. +3. ACPI provides a generic system event mechanism for Plug and Play and an operating. 1-4 PC Health Monitoring This section describes the PC health monitoring features of the C2SBA+II/C2SBA+/ C2SBA/C2SBE. This enables the system to automatically turn on and off peripherals such as CD-ROMs. +1. The motherboard has an onboard System Hardware Monitor chip that supports PC health monitoring. Vbat and ±12V The onboard voltage monitor will scan these voltages continuously. telephones and stereos.3V. See the Power Lost Control setting in the BIOS chapter of this manual to change this setting.Chapter 1: Introduction 1-3 Recovery from AC Power Loss BIOS provides a setting for you to determine how the system will respond when AC power is lost and then restored to the system. In addition to enabling operating system-directed power management.system-independent interface for configuration control. hard disk drives and printers. Windows XP. including its hardware. network cards.3V standby.

It is also required that the 12V 4-pin power connection (J41) be used for high-load configurations. The motherboard has a 3-pin header (WOL) to connect to the 3-pin header on a Network Interface Card (NIC) that has WOL capability.0a. The C2SBA+II/C2SBA+/C2SBA/C2SBE accommodates 12V ATX power supplies. When the user presses any key. Wake-On-LAN (WOL) Wake-On-LAN is defined as the ability of a management application to remotely power up a computer that is powered off. 1-6 Power Supply As with all computer products. an onboard LAN controller can also support WOL without any connection to the WOL header. 1-12 . A hardware-based component provides software-independent thermal management that is compatible with the ACPI Revision 3.01 (or above) compliant power supply. a stable power source is necessary for proper and reliable operation. In addition. The 3-pin WOL header is to be used with a LAN add-on card only. It is recommended that you also install a power surge protector to help avoid problems caused by power surges. the chassis power LED will start blinking to indicate that the CPU is in suspend mode. Remote PC setup. up-dates and asset tracking can occur after hours and on weekends so that daily LAN traffic is kept to a minimum and users are not interrupted. you may choose to install a line filter to shield the computer from noise. it will function like a normal keyboard during system boot-up. It is even more important for processors that have high CPU clock rates of 1 GHz and faster. A 2-Amp of current supply on a 5V Standby rail is strongly recommended. It is strongly recommended that you use a high quality power supply that meets 12V ATX power supply Specification 1. the CPU will wake-up and the LED will automatically stop blinking and remain on. Note: Wake-On-LAN requires an ATX 2. In areas where noisy power transmission is present.C2SBA+II/C2SBA+/C2SBA/C2SBE User’s Manual enhance clock control. Slow Blinking LED for Suspend-State Indicator When the CPU goes into a suspend state. Although most power supplies generally meet the specifications required by the CPU.1 or above. BIOS Support for USB Keyboard If the USB keyboard is the only keyboard in the system. some are inadequate.

and behaves like a virtual machine (VM). It also provides two high-speed.2 Kbps as well as an advanced speed with baud rates of 250 K. 32-bit sample depth. or 1 Mb/s.Chapter 1: Introduction 1-7 Versatile Media Capabilities High Definition Audio The High Definition Audio Controller embedded in the ICH9/ICH9R delivers up to 4 codecs that can be used for different types of codecs.88 M disk drives and data transfer rates of 250 Kb/s. up to 192 kHz of same rate. and can be used with a variety of microphones for input. 16550 compatible serial communication ports (UARTs). 500 Kb/s or 1 Mb/s. drive interface control logic and interrupt and DMA logic. This feature is available when a processor that supports the virtualization of platforms is installed on the motherboard. which support higher speed modems. which includes support of legacy and ACPI power management through a SMI or SCI function pin. data rate selection. With these versatile audio capabilities built in. 1-13 . providing isolation and protection across multiple partitions.5V. complete modem control capability and a processor interrupt system. The Super I/O supports two 360 K. The wide range of functions integrated onto the Super I/O greatly reduces the number of components required for interfacing with floppy disk drives. Both UARTs provide legacy speed with baud rate of up to 115. Each partition uses its own subset of host physical memory. 1. 720 K. a data separator. the C2SBA+II/C2SBA+/C2SBA/C2SBE provides the user with a surreal audio experience that is larger than life.2 M. 1-8 Super I/O The disk drive adapter functions of the Super I/O chip include a floppy disk drive controller that is compatible with industry standard 82077/765. The Super I/O provides functions that comply with the ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface). I/O Virtualization Technology (VT-d) With the Intel ICH9 built in. the C2SBA+II/C2SBA+/C2SBA/C2SBE supports I/O Virtualization Technology (VT-d) that enables multiple operating systems and applications to run in independent partitions.3V or 1. the embedded Audio Controller supports a multi-channel audio stream. Each UART includes a 16-byte send/receive FIFO.44 M or 2. It also features auto power management to reduce power consumption. a programmable baud rate generator. Operating at 3. such as audio and modem codecs. write pre-compensation circuitry. 500 K. 1. a clock generator. decode logic.

C2SBA+II/C2SBA+/C2SBA/C2SBE User’s Manual Notes 1-14 .

memory modules or gold contacts. Precautions • • • • • Use a grounded wrist strap designed to prevent static discharge. Touch a grounded metal object before removing the board from the antistatic bag. For grounding purposes. The following measures are generally sufficient to protect your equipment from ESD. it is important to handle it very carefully. do not touch its components. Do not install the onboard battery upside down to avoid possible explosion. All motherboards have standard mounting holes to fit different types of chassis. avoid touching their pins. Please do not use a force greater than 8 lb/inch on each mounting screw during motherboard installation. Make sure that the locations of all the mounting holes for both motherboard and chassis match. Use only the correct type of onboard CMOS battery as specified by the manufacturer. the case. When handling chips or modules.) 2-1 . • Unpacking The motherboard is shipped in antistatic packaging to avoid static damage. Some components are very close to the mounting holes. When unpacking the board. Make sure that the metal standoffs click in or are screwed in tightly. To prevent damage to your system board. 2-2 Motherboard Installation Note: Be sure to mount the motherboard into the chassis before you install the CPU onto the motherboard. Please take precautionary measures to prevent damage to these components when installing the motherboard to the chassis.Chapter 2: Installation Chapter 2 Installation 2-1 Static-Sensitive Devices Electro-Static-Discharge (ESD) can damage electronic components. the mounting fasteners and the motherboard. peripheral chips. Handle the board by its edges only. make sure the person handling it is static protected. (Caution: 1. Put the motherboard and peripherals back into their antistatic bags when not in use. Then use a screwdriver to secure the motherboard onto the motherboard tray. 2. make sure your computer chassis provides excellent conductivity between the power supply.

Load Plate (with PnP Cap attached) 2-2 . If you buy a CPU separately. 3. 2. 4. which covers the CPU socket. Make sure that you install the processor into the CPU LGA 775 socket before you install the CPU heatsink. make sure that the CPU plastic cap is in place and none of the CPU pins are bent. Gently lift the load lever to open the load plate. removing or changing any hardware components. otherwise. When purchasing an LGA 775 Processor or when receiving a motherboard with an LGA 775 Processor pre-installed. make sure that you use only Intel-certified multi-directional heatsink and fan. Always connect the power cord last and always remove it before adding. Refer to the MB Features Section for more details on CPU support. Installation of the LGA 775 Processor Load Lever PnP Cap on top of the Load Plate 1. Press the load lever to release the load plate. The Intel LGA 775 Processor package contains the CPU fan and heatsink assembly.C2SBA+II/C2SBA+/C2SBA/C2SBE User's Manual 2-3 Processor and Heatsink Fan Installation ! When handling the processor package. 5. 2. avoid placing direct pressure on the label area of the fan. from its locking position. contact the retailer immediately. Notes: 1. Make sure to install the motherboard into the chassis before you install the CPU heatsink and fan.

inspect the four corners of the CPU to make sure that the CPU is properly installed. 6. North Center Edge South Center Edge golden dot Corner with a triangle cutout CPU Pin1 Load Lever CPU in the CPU socket 2-3 . Do not move the CPU horizontally or vertically. the Notch on the same side of the triangle cutout on the socket. Use your thumb and your index finger to hold the CPU at the North Center Edge and the South Center Edge of the CPU. Shipment without the PnP cap properly installed will cause damage to the socket pins. Socket Key (Socket Notch) CPU Key (semicircle cutout) below the circle. Use your thumb to gently push the load lever down to the lever lock. Align CPU Pin1 (the CPU corner marked with a triangle) against the socket corner that is marked with a triangle cutout. 8. If the CPU is properly installed into the socket.Chapter 2: Installation 3.) Plastic cap is released from the load plate if CPU properly installed. 9. The motherboard must be shipped with the PnP cap properly installed to protect the CPU socket pins. the plastic PnP cap will be automatically released from the load plate when the load lever is pushed in the lever lock. (Note: Do not drop the CPU on the socket. Remove the PnP cap from the motherboard.) 7. Align the CPU key that is the semi-circle cutout below a golden dot against the socket key. 5. Do not rub the CPU against the surface or against any pins of the socket to avoid damage to the CPU or the socket. Once aligned. With the CPU inside the socket. (Warning: Please save the plas! tic PnP cap. carefully lower the CPU straight down to the socket. 4.

(Note: if your heatsink came with a thermal pad. 3. Locate the CPU Fan on the motherboard. Remove the thin layer of the protective film from the copper core of the heatsink. and #3 & #4) into the mounting holes until you hear a click.) 5. (Warning: CPU overheat may occur if the protective film is not removed from the heatsink. Position the heatsink in such a way that the heatsink fan wires are closest to the CPU fan and are not interfered with other components. rearrange the wires to make sure that the wires are not pinched between the heatsink and the CPU. Apply the proper amount of thermal grease on the CPU.C2SBA+II/C2SBA+/C2SBA/C2SBE User's Manual Installation of the Heatsink 1.) CPU Fan Wires Heatsink Fins Thermal Grease Heatsink Fastener #1 #3 #4 #2 Narrow end of the groove points outward 2-4 . Inspect the CPU Fan wires to make sure that the wires are routed through the bottom of the heatsink. please ignore this step. 7. Gently push the pairs of diagonal fasteners (#1 & #2. (Note: Make sure to orient each fastener in a way that the narrow end of the groove is pointing outward.) 2. (Refer to the layout on the right for the CPU Fan location. Align the four heatsink fasteners with the mounting holes on the motherboard. Also make sure to keep clearance between the fan wires and the fins of the heatsink.) 6. If necessary. 4.

Once all four fasteners are securely inserted into the mounting holes and the heatsink is properly installed on the motherboard. connect the heatsink fan wires to the CPU Fan connector. Heatsink Removal 1. and then pull the fastener upward to loosen it. 9. remove the heatsink from the CPU. With all fasteners loosened. 4. 2-5 . Unplug the power cord from the power supply. Disconnect the heatsink fan wires from the CPU fan header. Repeat Step 3 to loosen all fasteners from the mounting holes.Chapter 2: Installation 8. 3. Use your finger tips to gently press on the fastener cap and turn it counterclockwise to make a 1/4 (900) turn. 2. 5. Repeat Step 6 to insert all four heatsink fasteners into the mounting holes.

starting with DIMM1A. The memory scheme is interleaved so you must install two modules at a time. Notes: 1. For more information. beginning with DIMM1A. Insert the desired number of DIMMs into the memory slots.) For Microsoft Windows users: Microsoft implemented a design change in Windows XP with Service Pack 2 (SP2) and Windows Vista.com/kb/888137. two-way interleaved memory which is faster than the single channel. However. the functionality of ECC is not supported by the chipset. some operating systems may not show more than 4 GB of memory. non-interleaved memory. Insert each DIMM module vertically into its slot. DIMM Installation 1. DIMM2A and DIMM2B 2.DIMM#1B. 2. Due to memory allocation to system devices. DIMM1B. Both Unbuffered ECC and Non-ECC memory modules can be installed in the memory slots.C2SBA+II/C2SBA+/C2SBA/C2SBE User's Manual 2-4 Installing DIMMs Note: Check the Super Micro web site for recommended memory modules. CAUTION Exercise extreme care when installing or removing DIMM modules to prevent any possible damage. Gently press down on the DIMM module until it snaps into place in the slot. Due to the OS limitations. DIMM#2B with memory modules of the same size and of the same type will result in dual channel. 3. The reduction in memory availability is disproportional. and/or DIMM#2A.microsoft. 3. then. (Refer to the following Memory Availability Table for details. please read the following article at Microsoft’s Knowledge Base website at: http://support. Populating DIMM#1A. memory remaining available for operational use will be reduced when 4 GB of RAM is used. 2-6 . Memory Support The C2SBA+II/C2SBA+/C2SBA/C2SBE supports up to 8 GB Unbuffered NonECC DDR2 800/677 MHz in 4 DIMMs. Also note that the memory is interleaved to improve performance (See step 1). Repeat for all modules (See step 1 above). This change is specific to the Physical Address Extension (PAE) mode behavior which improves driver compatibility. Pay attention to the notch along the bottom of the module to prevent inserting the DIMM module incorrectly.

51 3. Top View of DDR2 Slot 2-7 .Chapter 2: Installation Possible System Memory Allocation & Availability System Device Size Physical Memory Remaining (-Available) (4 GB Total System Memory) 3.99 3.76 3. To Remove: Use your thumbs to gently push the release tabs near both ends of the module.99 3.85 2.84 Firmware Hub flash memory (System BIOS) Local APIC Area Reserved for the chipset I/O APIC (4 Kbytes) PCI Enumeration Area 1 PCI Express (256 MB) PCI Enumeration Area 2 (if needed) -Aligned on 256-MB boundaryVGA Memory TSEG Memory available to OS and other applications 1 MB 4 KB 2 MB 4 KB 256 MB 256 MB 512 MB 16 MB 1 MB Installing and Removing DIMMs Notch DIMM2 Notch Release Tab Note: Notch should align with the receptive point on the slot Release Tab C2SBA To Install: Insert module vertically and press down until it snaps into place.01 2.84 2. Pay attention to the alignment notch at the bottom.99 3. This should release it from the slot.99 3.

Back Panel USB Port 3 6. PS/2 Mouse (Green) 3. Side_Surround (Grey) 13. Back Panel USB Port4 7. See the graphics below for the colors and locations of the various I/O ports. Front (Green) 17. Back Panel Connectors/IO Ports 8 2 4 7 14 17 11 C2SBA 1 3 18 6 10 13 16 5 9 12 15 Back Panel I/O Port Locations and Definitions Back Panel Connectors 1. Keyboard (Purple) 2. Back Panel USB Port 6 9. Line-In (Blue) 18. Parallel Port (Printer) 5. Gigabit LAN 1 12. Back Panel USB Port 1 10. Back Panel USB Port 5 8.C2SBA+II/C2SBA+/C2SBA/C2SBE User's Manual 2-5 Control Panel Connectors/IO Ports The I/O ports are color coded in conformance with the PC 99 specification. Microphone-In (Pink) 16. Back_Surround (Black) 14. COM Port 1 (Turquoise) 4. Back Panel USB Port 2 11. VGA (Not included on the C2SBE) 2-8 . CEN/LFE (Orange) 15.

JF1 Header Pins Power LED HDD LED NIC1 LED X OH/Fan Fail LED X Ground C2SBA LED_Anode+ LED_Anode+ LED_Anode+ X LED_Anode+ X Reset PWR 2 1 Reset Button Power Button Ground 2-9 . See the pictures below for the descriptions of the various control panel buttons and LED indicators. These connectors are designed specifically for use with Super Micro server chassis.Chapter 2: Installation Front Control Panel JF1 contains header pins for various buttons and indicators that are normally located on a control panel at the front of the chassis. Refer to the following section for descriptions and pin definitions.

Attach a hard drive LED cable here to display disk activity (for any hard drives on the system. PWR LED B. Refer to the table on the right for pin definitions. Pin# 15 16 Power LED Pin Definitions Definition LED_Anode+ PWR LED Signal HDD LED The HDD LED connection is located on pins 13 and 14 of JF1. HDD LED Parallel Port USB 3/4/5/6 DIMM1A DIMM2A DIMM1B DIMM2B 24-pin ATX PWR VGA USB 1/2 Intel G33 JPUSB1 LAN A Power LED Floppy LED_Anode+ LED_Anode+ LED_Anode+ X LED_Anode+ X Reset PWR 2 1 Reset Button Power Button B Audio Fan5 HDD LED NIC1 LED X North Bridge Slot7 PCI-E x1 Slot6 PCI-E x16 GLAN CTRL Slot5 PCI-E x4 JI2C1 JI2C2 Audio CTRL JP5 Audio Enabled Slot4 PCI-33MHz JWOR JPL1 JBT1 Battery Intel ICH9(R) South Bridge I-SATA2 I-SATA3 I-SATA0 I-SATA4 I-SATA5 LE1 JP3 JWD JLED OH/Fan Fail LED Front Panel CTRL FAN4 FAN3 X Ground Ground C2SBA JP2 CD-IN Slot3 PCI-33MHz BIOS FP USB 7/8 I-SATA1 FP USB 9/10 Slot2 PCI-33MHz Front Audio COM2 Slot1 PCI-33MHz Speaker Buzzer SPKR1 WOL WO IDE CTRL ITE 8212 JPUSB2 Front-Access USB 12 IDE#2 IDE#1 Front-Access USB 11 JL1 2-10 . HDD LED Pin Definitions Pin# 13 14 Definition LED_Anode+ HD Active KB/MOUSE FAN1 JKB 4-Pin PWR CPU Fan FAN2 S I/O W83627DHG Processor COM1 A.C2SBA+II/C2SBA+/C2SBA/C2SBE User's Manual Front Control Panel Pin Definitions Power LED The Power LED connection is located on pins 15 and 16 of JF1. See the table on the right for pin definitions. including SAS and Serial ATA).

Chapter 2: Installation NIC1 Indicator The NIC (Network Interface Controller) LED connection for the GLAN port is located on pins 11 and 12 of JF1. Refer to the table on the right for pin definitions.OH/Fan Fail LED Power LED LED_Anode+ LED_Anode+ LED_Anode+ X LED_Anode+ X Reset PWR 2 1 Reset Button Power Button Parallel Port USB 3/4/5/6 USB 1/2 Intel G33 JPUSB1 LAN DIMM1A DIMM2A DIMM1B DIMM2B 24-pin ATX PWR VGA Audio Fan5 Floppy HDD LED North Bridge Slot7 PCI-E x1 A NIC1 LED X Slot6 PCI-E x16 GLAN CTRL Slot5 PCI-E x4 JI2C1 JI2C2 Audio CTRL JP5 Audio Enabled Slot4 PCI-33MHz JWOR JPL1 JBT1 Battery Intel ICH9(R) South Bridge I-SATA2 I-SATA3 I-SATA0 I-SATA4 I-SATA5 LE1 JP3 JWD JLED OH/Fan Fail LED B Front Panel CTRL FAN4 FAN3 X Ground Ground C2SBA JP2 CD-IN Slot3 PCI-33MHz BIOS FP USB 7/8 I-SATA1 FP USB 9/10 Slot2 PCI-33MHz Front Audio COM2 Slot1 PCI-33MHz Speaker Buzzer SPKR1 WOL WO IDE CTRL ITE 8212 JPUSB2 Front-Access USB 12 IDE#2 IDE#1 Front-Access USB 11 JL1 2-11 . NIC1 LED B. OH/Fan Fail LED Pin Definitions Pin# 7 8 Definition LED_Anode+ OH/Fan Fail LED Signal OH/Fan Fail Indicator Status State Off On Flashing Definition Normal Overheat Fan Fail KB/MOUSE FAN1 JKB 4-Pin PWR CPU Fan FAN2 S I/O W83627DHG Processor COM1 A. GLAN1/2 LED Pin Definitions Pin# 11 12 Definition LED_Anode+ NIC1 LED Signal Overheat/Fan Fail LED (OH) Connect an LED to the OH/Fan Fail connection on pins 7 and 8 of JF1 to provide advanced warnings of chassis overheating or fan failure. Attach the NIC LED cables to display network activity. Refer to the table on the right for pin definitions.

see Chapter 4). PWR Button Parallel Port USB 3/4/5/6 DIMM1A DIMM2A DIMM1B DIMM2B 24-pin ATX PWR VGA USB 1/2 Intel G33 JPUSB1 LAN Power LED Floppy LED_Anode+ LED_Anode+ LED_Anode+ X LED_Anode+ X Reset PWR 2 1 Reset Button Power Button Audio Fan5 HDD LED NIC1 LED North Bridge Slot7 PCI-E x1 Slot6 PCI-E x16 GLAN CTRL Slot5 PCI-E x4 JI2C1 JI2C2 Audio CTRL JP5 Audio Enabled Slot4 PCI-33MHz JWOR JPL1 JBT1 X Battery Intel ICH9(R) South Bridge I-SATA2 I-SATA3 I-SATA0 JP2 Slot3 PCI-33MHz BIOS FP USB 7/8 Slot2 PCI-33MHz I-SATA1 FP USB 9/10 I-SATA4 I-SATA5 LE1 JP3 JWD JLED OH/Fan Fail LED Front Panel CTRL FAN4 FAN3 C2SBA X Ground Ground CD-IN A Front Audio COM2 Slot1 PCI-33MHz Speaker Buzzer SPKR1 IDE CTRL ITE 8212 JL1 JPUSB2 Front-Access USB 12 IDE#2 Front-Access USB 11 WOL WO IDE#1 B 2-12 . This button can also be configured to function as a suspend button (with a setting in the BIOS .) Power Button Pin Definitions Pin# 1 2 Definition Power On Ground KB/MOUSE FAN1 JKB 4-Pin PWR CPU Fan FAN2 S I/O W83627DHG Processor COM1 A.C2SBA+II/C2SBA+/C2SBA/C2SBE User's Manual Reset Button The Reset Button connection is located on pins 3 and 4 of JF1. Refer to the table on the right for pin definitions. Momentarily contacting both pins will power on/off the system. Refer to the table on the right for pin definitions. Reset B. To turn off the power when set to suspend mode. (Note: Do not close or short Pins 1 & 2 since this will cause the system to continuously reboot. Reset Button Pin Definitions Pin# 3 4 Definition Reset Ground Power Button The Power Button connection is located on pins 1 and 2 of JF1. press the button for at least 4 seconds. Attach it to a hardware reset switch on the computer case.

and is required to ensure adequate power to the processor.3V -12V COM PS_ON COM COM COM Res (NC) +5V +5V +5V COM Pin # 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 Definition +3. See the table on the right for pin definitions.3V A 24-pin main power connector is located at J40. 21 22 23 24 12V 4-pin Power Connector Pin Definitions Pins 1 and 2 3 and 4 Definition Ground +12V KB/MOUSE B JKB 4-Pin PWR Processor CPU Fan FAN1 FAN2 S I/O W83627DHG 24-pin ATX PWR COM1 VGA Parallel Port USB 3/4/5/6 DIMM1A DIMM2A DIMM1B DIMM2B A A. See the table on the right for pin definitions. 4-pin PWR USB 1/2 Intel G33 JPUSB1 LAN Audio Fan5 North Bridge Slot7 PCI-E x1 Slot6 PCI-E x16 GLAN CTRL Slot5 PCI-E x4 JI2C1 JI2C2 Audio CTRL JP5 Audio Enabled Slot4 PCI-33MHz JWOR JPL1 JBT1 Intel ICH9(R) South Bridge I-SATA2 I-SATA3 I-SATA0 I-SATA4 I-SATA5 JP2 CD-IN Slot3 PCI-33MHz BIOS FP USB 7/8 I-SATA1 FP USB 9/10 LE1 Slot2 PCI-33MHz Front Audio COM2 Slot1 PCI-33MHz Speaker Buzzer SPKR1 WOL WO IDE CTRL ITE 8212 JPUSB2 Front-Access USB 12 IDE#2 IDE#1 Front-Access USB 11 JL1 2-13 Front Panel CTRL FAN4 FAN3 JP3 JWD JLED C2SBA Floppy Battery . This power connector meets the SSI EPS 12V specification.3V +3.3V COM +5V COM +5V COM PWR_OK 5VSB +12V +12V +3. 24-pin ATX PWR B.Chapter 2: Installation 2-6 Connecting Cables ATX Main Power Connector Pin# 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 ATX Power 24-pin Connector Pin Definitions Definition +3. This power connector also meets the SSI EPS 12V specification. 4-pin CPU Power Connector A 4-pin 12V power connector is located at J41 on the motherboard.

See the tables on the right for pin definitions. Chassis Intrusion Pin Definitions Pin# 1 2 Definition Intrusion Input Ground KB/MOUSE FAN1 JKB 4-Pin PWR CPU Fan FAN2 S I/O W83627DHG 24-pin ATX PWR Processor COM1 VGA Parallel Port DIMM1A DIMM2A DIMM1B DIMM2B A. Front Panel USB 9/10 E. USB 12 G. USB #7/8 (J44) and USB#9/10 (J45) are headers that can be used for front panel connections. Back panel USB Ports 1/2 B.C2SBA+II/C2SBA+/C2SBA/C2SBE User's Manual Universal Serial Bus (USB) There are 12 USB 2. Attach an appropriate cable from the chassis to inform you of a chassis intrusion when it is opened. USB 11 F. Back panel USB Ports 3/4/5/6 C. Chassis Intrusion USB 3/4/5/6 B A JPUSB1 LAN Fan5 USB 1/2 Intel G33 Audio North Bridge Slot7 PCI-E x1 Slot6 PCI-E x16 GLAN CTRL Slot5 PCI-E x4 JI2C1 JI2C2 Audio CTRL JP5 Audio Enabled Slot4 PCI-33MHz JWOR JPL1 JBT1 Intel ICH9(R) South Bridge I-SATA2 I-SATA3 C2SBA JP2 CD-IN Slot3 PCI-33MHz BIOS C FP USB 7/8 JPUSB2 I-SATA0 I-SATA1 D I-SATA4 I-SATA5 LE1 FP USB 9/10 Slot2 PCI-33MHz Front Audio COM2 Slot1 PCI-33MHz Speaker Buzzer SPKR1 WOL WO IDE CTRL ITE 8212 Front-Access USB 12 JL1 E Front-Access USB 11 IDE#2 IDE#1 F G 2-14 Front Panel CTRL FAN4 FAN3 JP3 JWD JLED Floppy Battery . 1 2 3 4 5 Back Panel USB (1-6) Pin Definitions Definitions +5V POPO+ Ground N/A Pin# Front Panel USB (#7/8/9/10) and FrontAccessible Onboard USB (#11/12) Connections Pin # 1 2 3 4 5 Definition +5V POPO+ Ground Key 1 2 3 4 5 Pin # Definition +5V POPO+ Ground No connection Chassis Intrusion A Chassis Intrusion header is located at JL1 on the motherboard. Front Panel USB 7/8 D. Six of them are Back Panel USB ports: USB#1/2 (J11) and USB#3/4/5/6 (J43). USB#11(J47) and USB#12 (J48) are onboard USB connectors that can be accessed from the front side of the chassis. Additionally.0 (Universal Serial Bus) ports/headers on the motherboard.

Fan 1 (CPU Fan) B. Fan 1 is the CPU Fan. VGA USB 1/2 Intel G33 JPUSB1 LAN E Slot7 PCI-E x1 Audio Fan5 North Bridge Slot6 PCI-E x16 GLAN CTRL Slot5 PCI-E x4 JI2C1 JI2C2 Audio CTRL JP5 Audio Enabled Slot4 PCI-33MHz JWOR JPL1 JBT1 Intel ICH9(R) South Bridge I-SATA2 I-SATA3 I-SATA0 I-SATA4 I-SATA5 Front Panel CTRL FAN4 FAN3 JL1 JP3 JWD JLED Floppy Battery C D C2SBA JP2 CD-IN Slot3 PCI-33MHz BIOS FP USB 7/8 I-SATA1 FP USB 9/10 LE1 Slot2 PCI-33MHz Front Audio COM2 Slot1 PCI-33MHz Speaker Buzzer SPKR1 WOL WO IDE CTRL ITE 8212 JPUSB2 Front-Access USB 12 IDE#2 IDE#1 Front-Access USB 11 2-15 . Fan 2 to Fan 5 are system/chassis fans. KB/MOUSE FAN1 JKB 4-Pin PWR CPU Fan A FAN2 B S I/O W83627DHG 24-pin ATX PWR Processor COM1 F VGA Parallel Port USB 3/4/5/6 DIMM1A DIMM2A DIMM1B DIMM2B A. Refer to the board layout below for the location. Fan 5 F.) See the table on the right for pin definitions. The onboard fan speeds are controlled by Thermal Management via BIOS Hardware Monitoring in the Advanced Setting. When using Thermal Management settings. please use all 3-pin fans or all 4-pin fans on the motherboard. (Note: Pins 1-3 of a 4-pin fan headers are backward compatible with the traditional 3-pin fans.Chapter 2: Installation Fan Headers The C2SBA+II/C2SBA+/C2SBA/C2SBE has five chassis fan headers (Fan 1 to Fan 5).) Fan Header Pin Definitions Pin# 1 2 3 4 Definition Ground +12V Tachometer PWR Modulation VGA Connector (Not available on the C2SBE) A VGA connector (JG1) is located next to the USB ports on the IO backplane. (Note: Default: Disabled. Fan 2 C. Fan 3 D. Fan 4 E.

NC: No Connection. Keyboard/Mouse B. COM1 C. (The mouse port is above the keyboard port. See the table on the right for pin definitions. See the table on the right for pin definitions.C2SBA+II/C2SBA+/C2SBA/C2SBE User's Manual ATX PS/2 Keyboard and PS/2 Mouse Ports The ATX PS/2 keyboard and the PS/2 mouse are located at J28. See the table on the right for pin definitions. Pin # 1 2 3 4 5 Serial Port Pin Definitions Definition DCD RXD TXD DTR Ground 6 7 8 9 10 Pin # Definition DSR RTS CTS RI NC (Pin 10 is available on COM2 only.) 1 2 3 4 5 6 PS/2 Keyboard and Mouse Port Pin Definitions Pin# Definition Data NC Ground VCC Clock NC Serial Ports COM1 (J31) is a connector located on the IO Backpanel and COM2 is a header located at J13. COM2 USB 1/2 Intel G33 JPUSB1 LAN Audio Fan5 North Bridge Slot7 PCI-E x1 Slot6 PCI-E x16 GLAN CTRL Slot5 PCI-E x4 JI2C1 JI2C2 Audio CTRL JP5 Audio Enabled Slot4 PCI-33MHz JWOR JPL1 JBT1 Intel ICH9(R) South Bridge I-SATA2 I-SATA3 I-SATA0 I-SATA4 I-SATA5 JP2 CD-IN Slot3 PCI-33MHz BIOS FP USB 7/8 I-SATA1 FP USB 9/10 LE1 Slot2 PCI-33MHz Front Audio COM2 Speaker IDE CTRL ITE 8212 JPUSB2 Front-Access USB 12 IDE#2 WOL WO IDE#1 Front-Access USB 11 JL1 C Slot1 PCI-33MHz Buzzer SPKR1 2-16 Front Panel CTRL FAN4 FAN3 JP3 JWD JLED C2SBA Floppy Battery .) CPU Fan FAN1 4-Pin PWR FAN2 S I/O W83627DHG 24-pin ATX PWR KB/MOUSE JKB A B Parallel Port Processor VGA COM1 USB 3/4/5/6 DIMM1A DIMM2A DIMM1B DIMM2B A.

Chapter 2: Installation

Wake-On-Ring
The Wake-On-Ring header is designated JWOR. This function allows your computer to receive and be "awakened" by an incoming call when in the suspend state. See the table on the right for pin definitions. You must have a Wake-On-Ring card and cable to use this feature.
Wake-On-Ring Pin Definitions Pin# 1 2 Definition Ground Wake-up

Wake-On-LAN
The Wake-On-LAN header is located at JWOL on the motherboard. See the table on the right for pin definitions. (You must also have a LAN card with a Wake-On-LAN connector and cable to use this feature.)

Wake-On-LAN Pin Definitions Pin# 1 2 3 Definition +5V Standby Ground Wake-up

KB/MOUSE

FAN1

JKB 4-Pin PWR

CPU Fan FAN2 S I/O W83627DHG 24-pin ATX PWR

Processor COM1

VGA

Parallel Port

USB 3/4/5/6

DIMM1A

DIMM2A DIMM1B

DIMM2B

A. WOR B. WOL

USB 1/2

Intel G33 JPUSB1 LAN

Audio

Fan5

North Bridge Slot7 PCI-E x1

Slot6 PCI-E x16 GLAN CTRL Slot5 PCI-E x4 JI2C1 JI2C2 Audio CTRL JP5 Audio Enabled JWOR JPL1 JBT1

I-SATA0 JP2 Slot3 PCI-33MHz BIOS FP USB 7/8 Slot2 PCI-33MHz I-SATA1 FP USB 9/10

I-SATA4 I-SATA5 LE1

CD-IN

Front Audio COM2 Slot1 PCI-33MHz

Speaker Buzzer SPKR1

IDE CTRL ITE 8212

JL1 JPUSB2 Front-Access USB 12 IDE#2 IDE#1 Front-Access USB 11

WOL WO

B

2-17

Front Panel CTRL FAN4 FAN3

Slot4 PCI-33MHz

A

Intel ICH9(R) South Bridge

I-SATA2 I-SATA3

JP3 JWD JLED

C2SBA

Floppy Battery

C2SBA+II/C2SBA+/C2SBA/C2SBE User's Manual

GLAN 1 (Giga-bit Ethernet Port)
A G-bit Ethernet port is located at J11 on the IO backplane. This port accepts RJ45 type cables.
GLAN1

Speaker
A Speaker/Buzzer header (J9) is located on the motherboard. See the table on the right for speaker pin definitions. Note: The speaker connector pins are for use with an external speaker. If you wish to use the onboard speaker, you should close pins 3-4 with a jumper.
Speaker Connector Pin Definitions Pin Setting Pins 3-4 Pins 1-4 Definition Internal Speaker External Speaker

KB/MOUSE

FAN1

JKB 4-Pin PWR

CPU Fan FAN2 S I/O W83627DHG 24-pin ATX PWR

Processor COM1

VGA

Parallel Port

USB 3/4/5/6

DIMM1A

DIMM2A DIMM1B

DIMM2B

A. GLAN1 B. Speaker/Buzzer

USB 1/2

Intel G33

A

JPUSB1

LAN

Audio

Fan5

North Bridge Slot7 PCI-E x1

Slot6 PCI-E x16 GLAN CTRL Slot5 PCI-E x4 JI2C1 JI2C2 Audio CTRL JP5 Audio Enabled Slot4 PCI-33MHz JWOR JPL1 JBT1

Intel ICH9(R) South Bridge

I-SATA2 I-SATA3 I-SATA0 I-SATA4 I-SATA5

JP2

CD-IN

Slot3 PCI-33MHz

BIOS FP USB 7/8

I-SATA1 FP USB 9/10

LE1

Slot2 PCI-33MHz Front Audio COM2 Slot1 PCI-33MHz

Speaker Buzzer SPKR1

B

IDE CTRL ITE 8212

JL1 JPUSB2 Front-Access USB 12 IDE#2 Front-Access USB 11

WOL WO

IDE#1

2-18

Front Panel CTRL FAN4 FAN3

JP3 JWD JLED

C2SBA

Floppy Battery

Chapter 2: Installation

High Definition Audio (HDA)
The C2SBA+II/C2SBA+/C2SBA/C2SBE features a 7.1+2 Channel High Definition Audio (HDA) (J46) codec that provides 10DAC channels, simultaneously supporting 7.1 sound playback and two channels of independent stereo sound output (multiple streaming) through the front panel stereo out for front L&R, rear L&R, center and subwoofer speakers. This feature is activated with the Advanced software in the CD-ROM that came with your motherboard. Sound is then output through the Line In, Line Out and MIC jacks (See at the picture at right).

Orange: CEN/LFE Black: Back Surround Grey: Side Surround

Blue: Line-In

Green:Front Pink: Mic-In

CD Header
A 4-pin CD header is located at CD1, and an Auxiliary header is located at J12 on the motherboard. These headers allow you to use the onboard sound for audio CD playback. Connect an audio cable from your CD drive to the header that fits your cable's connector. Only one CD header can be used at any one time. See the tables at right for pin definitions.
KB/MOUSE FAN1 JKB 4-Pin PWR CPU Fan FAN2 S I/O W83627DHG

CD1 Pin Definition Pin# 1 2 3 4 Definition Left Stereo Signal Ground Ground Right Stereo Signal

Processor COM1

Parallel Port

24-pin ATX PWR

VGA

USB 3/4/5/6

DIMM1A

DIMM2A DIMM1B

DIMM2B

A. HD Audio B. CD-In C. Front Panel Audio

USB 1/2

Intel G33 JPUSB1 LAN

Audio

Fan5

A
Slot7 PCI-E x1 Slot6 PCI-E x16

North Bridge

GLAN CTRL Slot5 PCI-E x4 JI2C1 JI2C2 Audio CTRL JP5 Audio Enabled Slot4 PCI-33MHz JWOR JPL1 JBT1

Intel ICH9(R) South Bridge

I-SATA2 I-SATA3 I-SATA0 I-SATA4 I-SATA5

JP2

CD-IN

B

Slot3 PCI-33MHz

BIOS FP USB 7/8

I-SATA1 FP USB 9/10

LE1

Front Audio

C
COM2

Slot2 PCI-33MHz Speaker Slot1 PCI-33MHz Buzzer SPKR1 WOL WO IDE CTRL ITE 8212 JPUSB2 Front-Access USB 12 IDE#2 IDE#1 Front-Access USB 11

JL1

2-19

Front Panel CTRL FAN4 FAN3

JP3 JWD JLED

C2SBA

Floppy Battery

If these jumpers are not installed. If the front panel interface card is not connected to the front panel audio header. which can lead to excessive back panel microphone noise and cross talk. Pin# 1 2 3 PWR LED Pin Definitions Definition +5V Key Ground KB/MOUSE FAN1 JKB 4-Pin PWR CPU Fan FAN2 S I/O W83627DHG 24-pin ATX PWR Processor COM1 VGA Parallel Port USB 3/4/5/6 DIMM1A DIMM2A DIMM1B DIMM2B A. 5-6.C2SBA+II/C2SBA+/C2SBA/C2SBE User's Manual Front Panel Audio Control When front panel headphones are plugged in. Front Panel Audio B. and 9-10. jumpers should be installed on the header (J12) pin pairs: 1-2. This connection is used to provide LED Indication of power supplied to the system. See the table on the right for pin definitions. High Definition Front Panel Audio Pins# Signal Power LED The Power LED connector is designated JLED. See the table below for pin definitions. the back panel line out connector will be disabled and microphone input Pin 1 will be left floating. the back panel audio output is disabled. This is done through the FP Audio header (J12). PWR LED USB 1/2 Intel G33 JPUSB1 LAN Audio Fan5 North Bridge Slot7 PCI-E x1 Slot6 PCI-E x16 GLAN CTRL Slot5 PCI-E x4 JI2C1 JI2C2 Audio CTRL JP5 Audio Enabled Slot4 PCI-33MHz JWOR JPL1 JBT1 Intel ICH9(R) South Bridge I-SATA2 I-SATA3 I-SATA0 I-SATA4 I-SATA5 JP2 CD-IN Slot3 PCI-33MHz BIOS FP USB 7/8 I-SATA1 FP USB 9/10 LE1 A Front Audio COM2 Slot2 PCI-33MHz Speaker Slot1 PCI-33MHz Buzzer SPKR1 WOL WO IDE CTRL ITE 8212 JPUSB2 Front-Access USB 12 IDE#2 IDE#1 Front-Access USB 11 JL1 2-20 Front Panel CTRL FAN4 FAN3 JP3 JWD JLED Floppy Battery B C2SBA .

KB/MOUSE FAN1 JKB 4-Pin PWR CPU Fan FAN2 S I/O W83627DHG GLAN Enable Jumper Settings Pin# 1-2 2-3 Definition Enabled (default) Disabled Processor COM1 Parallel Port 24-pin ATX PWR VGA USB 3/4/5/6 USB 1/2 Intel G33 JPUSB1 LAN DIMM1A DIMM2A DIMM1B DIMM2B A. See the table on the right for jumper settings. Jumpers create shorts between two pins to change the function of the connector. The default setting is enabled. jumpers can be used to choose between optional settings. See the motherboard layout pages for jumper locations. Pin 1 is identified with a square solder pad on the printed circuit board. Connector Pins Jumper Cap 3 Setting 2 1 Pin 1-2 short GLAN Enable/Disable JPL1 enables or disables the GLAN Port on the motherboard. GLAN Port1 Enable Audio Fan5 North Bridge Slot7 PCI-E x1 Slot6 PCI-E x16 GLAN CTRL Slot5 PCI-E x4 JI2C1 JI2C2 Audio CTRL JP5 Audio Enabled JWOR A JPL1 Intel ICH9(R) South Bridge I-SATA2 I-SATA3 I-SATA0 JP2 Slot3 PCI-33MHz BIOS FP USB 7/8 Slot2 PCI-33MHz Front Audio COM2 Slot1 PCI-33MHz Speaker Buzzer SPKR1 WOL WO IDE CTRL ITE 8212 JPUSB2 Front-Access USB 12 IDE#2 IDE#1 Front-Access USB 11 I-SATA1 FP USB 9/10 I-SATA4 I-SATA5 LE1 JP3 JWD JLED JBT1 CD-IN JL1 2-21 Front Panel CTRL FAN4 FAN3 Slot4 PCI-33MHz C2SBA Floppy Battery . "Closed" means the jumper is on and "Open" means the jumper is off the pins. Note: On two pin jumpers.Chapter 2: Installation 2-7 Jumper Settings Explanation of Jumpers 3 2 1 To modify the operation of the motherboard.

remove the AC power cord and then short JBT1 to clear CMOS. Note: For an ATX power supply. (Note: When enabled. Watch Dog Enable USB 1/2 Intel G33 JPUSB1 LAN Audio Fan5 North Bridge Slot7 PCI-E x1 Slot6 PCI-E x16 GLAN CTRL Slot5 PCI-E x4 JI2C1 JI2C2 Audio CTRL JP5 Audio Enabled Slot4 PCI-33MHz JWOR JPL1 JBT1 A Intel ICH9(R) South Bridge I-SATA2 I-SATA3 I-SATA0 I-SATA4 I-SATA5 LE1 JP2 CD-IN Slot3 PCI-33MHz BIOS FP USB 7/8 I-SATA1 FP USB 9/10 Slot2 PCI-33MHz Front Audio COM2 Slot1 PCI-33MHz Speaker Buzzer SPKR1 WOL WO IDE CTRL ITE 8212 JPUSB2 Front-Access USB 12 IDE#2 IDE#1 Front-Access USB 11 JL1 2-22 Front Panel CTRL FAN4 FAN3 B JP3 JWD JLED C2SBA Floppy Battery . Instead of pins.) CPU Fan FAN1 4-Pin PWR FAN2 S I/O W83627DHG Watch Dog Jumper Settings Jumper Setting Pins 1-2 Pins 2-3 Open Definition Reset (default) NMI Disabled KB/MOUSE JKB Processor COM1 Parallel Port 24-pin ATX PWR VGA USB 3/4/5/6 DIMM1A DIMM2A DIMM1B DIMM2B A. Watch Dog Enable/Disable Watch Dog is a system monitor that can reboot the system when a software application hangs. Clear CMOS B. this "jumper" consists of contact pads to prevent the accidental clearing of CMOS. the user needs to write his/her own application software to disable the Watch Dog Timer. See the table on the right for jumper settings. you must completely shut down the system. Always remove the AC power cord from the system before clearing CMOS. Close pins 2-3 to generate a nonmaskable interrupt signal for the application that hangs.C2SBA+II/C2SBA+/C2SBA/C2SBE User's Manual CMOS Clear JBT1 is used to clear CMOS. Watch Dog must also be enabled in the BIOS. use a metal object such as a small screwdriver to touch both pads at the same time to short the connection. Close pins 1-2 to reset the system if an application hangs. To clear CMOS.

Keyboard Wake-Up USB 1/2 Intel G33 JPUSB1 LAN Audio Fan5 North Bridge Slot7 PCI-E x1 Slot6 PCI-E x16 GLAN CTRL Slot5 PCI-E x4 Audio CTRL JP5 Audio Enabled A B JBT1 JWOR JPL1 JI2C1 JI2C2 Intel ICH9(R) South Bridge I-SATA2 I-SATA3 I-SATA0 I-SATA4 I-SATA5 JP2 CD-IN Slot3 PCI-33MHz BIOS FP USB 7/8 I-SATA1 FP USB 9/10 LE1 Slot2 PCI-33MHz Front Audio COM2 Slot1 PCI-33MHz Speaker Buzzer SPKR1 WOL WO IDE CTRL ITE 8212 JPUSB2 Front-Access USB 12 IDE#2 IDE#1 Front-Access USB 11 JL1 2-23 Front Panel CTRL FAN4 FAN3 Slot4 PCI-33MHz JP3 JWD JLED C2SBA Floppy Battery . The default setting is open to disable the connection. JI2C2 C.01 or higher and supply 720 mA of standby power to use this feature. Enable the jumper and the BIOS setting to allow the user to "wake the system up" by hitting a key on the keyboard.Chapter 2: Installation PCI/PCI-E Slots to SMB Speeds Jumpers JI2C1/JI2C2 allow you to connect PCI/PCI-Exp. KB Wake-up Enable Jumper Settings Pin# 1-2 2-3 Definition Enabled (default) Disabled KB/MOUSE FAN1 JKB CPU Fan 4-Pin PWR FAN2 S I/O W83627DHG 24-pin ATX PWR C Parallel Port Processor COM1 VGA USB 3/4/5/6 DIMM1A DIMM2A DIMM1B DIMM2B A. Slots to the System Management Bus. JI2C1 B. Your power supply must meet ATX specification 2. See the table on the right for jumper settings. See the table on the right for jumper settings. SMBus to PCI-X/PCI-Exp Slots Jumper Settings Jumper Setting Closed Open Definition Enabled Disabled (Default) Keyboard Wake-Up The JKB jumper is used together with the Keyboard Wake-Up function in BIOS.

TPM Enable Jumper Settings Pin# 1-2 2-3 Definition Enabled (default) Disabled KB/MOUSE FAN1 JKB 4-Pin PWR CPU Fan FAN2 S I/O W83627DHG 24-pin ATX PWR Processor COM1 VGA Parallel Port USB 3/4/5/6 DIMM1A DIMM2A DIMM1B DIMM2B A. IDE Enable Jumper Settings Pin# 1-2 2-3 Definition Enabled (default) Disabled TPM Enable (For the C2SBA/C2SBA+II/C2SBA+) Use JP3 to enable or disable Trust Platform Module Management (TPM) on the motherboard. See the table on the right for jumper settings. TPM Enable USB 1/2 Intel G33 JPUSB1 LAN Audio Fan5 North Bridge Slot7 PCI-E x1 Slot6 PCI-E x16 GLAN CTRL Slot5 PCI-E x4 JI2C1 JI2C2 Audio CTRL JP5 Audio Enabled Slot4 PCI-33MHz JWOR JPL1 JBT1 Floppy Battery Intel ICH9(R) South Bridge I-SATA2 I-SATA3 I-SATA0 JP2 Slot3 PCI-33MHz I-SATA4 I-SATA5 LE1 JP3 JWD JLED CD-IN A Speaker BIOS FP USB 7/8 I-SATA1 FP USB 9/10 Slot2 PCI-33MHz Front Audio COM2 Slot1 PCI-33MHz IDE CTRL ITE 8212 Buzzer SPKR1 WOL WO JPUSB2 Front-Access USB 12 IDE#2 IDE#1 Front-Access USB 11 JL1 2-24 Front Panel CTRL FAN4 FAN3 B C2SBA . IDE Enable B. See the table on the right for jumper settings.C2SBA+II/C2SBA+/C2SBA/C2SBE User's Manual IDE Enable/Disable JP2 enables or disables IDE#1 and IDE#2 on the C2SBA+II/C2SBA+. The default setting is Enabled.The default setting is enabled.

Chapter 2: Installation Audio Enable JP5 enables or disables the onboard audio connections. See the table on the right for jumper settings. The default setting is Enabled. Audio Enable Jumper Settings Pin# 1-2 2-3 Definition Enabled (default) Disabled KB/MOUSE FAN1 JKB 4-Pin PWR CPU Fan FAN2 S I/O W83627DHG 24-pin ATX PWR Processor COM1 VGA Parallel Port USB 3/4/5/6 USB 1/2 Intel G33 JPUSB1 LAN DIMM1A DIMM2A DIMM1B DIMM2B A. Audio Enable Audio Fan5 North Bridge Slot7 PCI-E x1 Slot6 PCI-E x16 GLAN CTRL Slot5 PCI-E x4 JI2C1 JI2C2 Audio CTRL JP5 Audio Enabled JWOR JPL1 JBT1 Intel ICH9(R) South Bridge I-SATA2 I-SATA3 I-SATA0 I-SATA4 I-SATA5 C2SBA A JP2 CD-IN Slot3 PCI-33MHz BIOS FP USB 7/8 I-SATA1 FP USB 9/10 LE1 Slot2 PCI-33MHz Front Audio COM2 Slot1 PCI-33MHz Speaker Buzzer SPKR1 WOL WO IDE CTRL ITE 8212 JPUSB2 Front-Access USB 12 IDE#2 IDE#1 Front-Access USB 11 JL1 2-25 Front Panel CTRL FAN4 FAN3 Slot4 PCI-33MHz JP3 JWD JLED Floppy Battery .

(Note: JPUSB1 is for Back Panel USB ports:1/2/3/4/5/6. JPUSB2 USB 1/2 Intel G33 A North Bridge Slot7 PCI-E x1 Floppy Slot6 PCI-E x16 Slot5 PCI-E x4 JI2C1 JI2C2 JWOR JPL1 JBT1 Battery Intel ICH9(R) South Bridge I-SATA2 I-SATA3 I-SATA0 JP2 Slot3 PCI-33MHz BIOS FP USB 7/8 Slot2 PCI-33MHz I-SATA1 FP USB 9/10 I-SATA4 I-SATA5 LE1 JP3 JWD JLED Audio Enabled Speaker COM2 Slot1 PCI-33MHz Buzzer SPKR1 WOL WO IDE CTRL ITE 8212 JL1 JPUSB2 Audio GLAN CTRL Audio CTRL JP5 Slot4 PCI-33MHz Fan5 JPUSB1 LAN CD-IN Front Audio BFront-Access USB 12 Front-Access USB 11 IDE#2 IDE#1 2-26 Front Panel CTRL FAN4 FAN3 C2SBA .C2SBA+II/C2SBA+/C2SBA/C2SBE User's Manual USB Wake-Up Use JPUSB jumpers (JPUSB1/JPUSB2) to enable the function of "System Wake-Up via USB devices". See the table on the right for jumper settings and jumper connections. when the "USB Wake-Up" function is enabled in the BIOS and the desired USB ports are enabled via the JPUSB jumper.) KB/MOUSE FAN1 JKB 4-Pin PWR CPU Fan FAN2 S I/O W83627DHG USB Wake-up Enable Jumper Settings Pin# 1-2 2-3 Definition Enabled Disabled Processor COM1 Parallel Port 24-pin ATX PWR VGA USB 3/4/5/6 DIMM1A DIMM2A DIMM1B DIMM2B A.) (Note: The default jumper setting for the USB ports is "Disabled". which allows you to "wake-up" the system by pressing a key on the USB keyboard or by clicking the USB mouse of your system. JPUSB1 B. Enable both jumpers and the BIOS setting to allow the system to "wake-up via USB Devices". please be sure to remove all USB devices from the USB ports whose USB jumpers are set to "Disabled" before the system goes into the standby mode. However. and JPUSB2 is for Front Panel USB ports:7/8/9/10 and Front Accessible USB ports: 11/12. The JPUSB jumpers are used together with the USB Wake-Up function in the BIOS.

This Gigabit Ethernet LAN port has two LEDs. The yellow GLAN Activity LED (right.) KB/MOUSE FAN1 JKB 4-Pin PWR CPU Fan FAN2 S I/O W83627DHG 24-pin ATX PWR Processor COM1 VGA Parallel Port USB 3/4/5/6 USB 1/2 Intel G33 A North Bridge Slot7 PCI-E x1 Floppy Audio Fan5 JPUSB1 LAN Slot6 PCI-E x16 GLAN CTRL Slot5 PCI-E x4 JI2C1 JI2C2 Audio CTRL JP5 Audio Enabled Slot4 PCI-33MHz JWOR JPL1 JBT1 DIMM1A DIMM2A DIMM1B DIMM2B A. while the GLAN Link/Speed LED (left) may be green.Chapter 2: Installation 2-8 Onboard Indicators GLAN LEDs There is one Gigabit-LAN port (J11). amber or off to indicate the speed of the connection. GLAN Port1 LEDs Battery Intel ICH9(R) South Bridge I-SATA2 I-SATA3 I-SATA0 I-SATA4 I-SATA5 LE1 JP3 JWD JLED JP2 CD-IN Slot3 PCI-33MHz BIOS FP USB 7/8 I-SATA1 FP USB 9/10 Slot2 PCI-33MHz Front Audio COM2 Slot1 PCI-33MHz Speaker Buzzer SPKR1 WOL WO IDE CTRL ITE 8212 JPUSB2 Front-Access USB 12 IDE#2 IDE#1 Front-Access USB 11 JL1 2-27 Front Panel CTRL FAN4 FAN3 C2SBA . See the tables at right for more information. see below) indicates activity. Off Green (On) Amber (On) GLAN Link/Speed LED Indicator LED Color Definition No Connection or 10 Mbps 100 Mbps 1 Gbps GLAN Activity LED Indicator Color Yellow (Flashing) Definition ConnectionActive GLAN Link/Speed LED GLAN Activity LED Rear View (When viewing from the rear side of the chassis.

When the LED is on. the system is off. When LE1 is off. the system is on.C2SBA+II/C2SBA+/C2SBA/C2SBE User's Manual Onboard Power LED (LE1) The Onboard 3. Unplug the power cable before removing or installing components. Power LED Audio Fan5 North Bridge Slot7 PCI-E x1 Slot6 PCI-E x16 GLAN CTRL Slot5 PCI-E x4 JI2C1 JI2C2 Audio CTRL JP5 Audio Enabled Slot4 PCI-33MHz JWOR JPL1 JBT1 Intel ICH9(R) South Bridge I-SATA2 I-SATA3 I-SATA0 I-SATA4 I-SATA5 JP2 CD-IN Slot3 PCI-33MHz BIOS FP USB 7/8 I-SATA1 FP USB 9/10 A LE1 Slot2 PCI-33MHz Front Audio COM2 Slot1 PCI-33MHz Speaker Buzzer SPKR1 WOL WO IDE CTRL ITE 8212 JPUSB2 Front-Access USB 12 IDE#2 IDE#1 Front-Access USB 11 JL1 2-28 Front Panel CTRL FAN4 FAN3 JP3 JWD JLED C2SBA Floppy Battery . Onboard PWR LED Indicator Settings LED Color Off On Green Definition System Off Standby Power On System On KB/MOUSE FAN1 JKB 4-Pin PWR CPU Fan FAN2 S I/O W83627DHG 24-pin ATX PWR Processor COM1 VGA Parallel Port USB 3/4/5/6 USB 1/2 Intel G33 JPUSB1 LAN DIMM1A DIMM2A DIMM1B DIMM2B A.3V Standby Power LED is located at LE1 on the motherboard. When the green light is on. the power is on. See the layout below for the LED location.

The connector with twisted wires always connects to drive A. See the table on the right for pin definitions. and the connector that does not have twisted wires always connects to drive B. A single floppy disk drive ribbon cable has two connectors to provide for two floppy disk drives. Floppy Drive and IDE Hard Drive Connections Note the following when connecting the floppy and hard disk drive cables: • • • The floppy disk drive cable has seven twisted wires. Pin# 1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 17 19 21 23 25 Definition StrobeData Bit 0 Data Bit 1 Data Bit 2 Data Bit 3 Data Bit 4 Data Bit 5 Data Bit 6 Data Bit 7 ACK BUSY PE SLCT Definition Auto FeedErrorInitSLCT INGND GND GND GND GND GND Write Data Write Gate NC KB/MOUSE FAN1 JKB 4-Pin PWR CPU Fan FAN2 S I/O W83627DHG 24-pin ATX PWR Processor COM1 VGA Parallel Port A A. Parallel (Printer) Port Connector Pin Definitions Pin # 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 Parallel (Printer) Port Connector The parallel (printer) port is located at J30.Chapter 2: Installation 2-9 Parallel Port. A red mark on a wire typically designates the location of pin 1. Parallel Port USB 3/4/5/6 USB 1/2 Intel G33 JPUSB1 LAN DIMM1A DIMM2A DIMM1B DIMM2B Audio Fan5 North Bridge Slot7 PCI-E x1 Slot6 PCI-E x16 GLAN CTRL Slot5 PCI-E x4 JI2C1 JI2C2 Audio CTRL JP5 Audio Enabled Slot4 PCI-33MHz JWOR JPL1 JBT1 Intel ICH9(R) South Bridge I-SATA2 I-SATA3 I-SATA0 I-SATA4 I-SATA5 JP2 CD-IN Slot3 PCI-33MHz BIOS FP USB 7/8 I-SATA1 FP USB 9/10 LE1 Slot2 PCI-33MHz Front Audio COM2 Slot1 PCI-33MHz Speaker Buzzer SPKR1 WOL WO IDE CTRL ITE 8212 JPUSB2 Front-Access USB 12 IDE#2 IDE#1 Front-Access USB 11 JL1 2-29 Front Panel CTRL FAN4 FAN3 JP3 JWD JLED C2SBA Floppy Battery .

Floppy Floppy Audio A Fan5 North Bridge Slot7 PCI-E x1 Slot6 PCI-E x16 GLAN CTRL Slot5 PCI-E x4 JI2C1 JI2C2 Audio CTRL JP5 Audio Enabled Slot4 PCI-33MHz JWOR JPL1 JBT1 Battery Intel ICH9(R) South Bridge I-SATA2 I-SATA3 I-SATA0 I-SATA4 I-SATA5 LE1 JP3 JWD JLED JP2 CD-IN Slot3 PCI-33MHz BIOS FP USB 7/8 I-SATA1 FP USB 9/10 Slot2 PCI-33MHz Front Audio COM2 Slot1 PCI-33MHz Speaker Buzzer SPKR1 WOL WO IDE CTRL ITE 8212 JPUSB2 Front-Access USB 12 IDE#2 IDE#1 Front-Access USB 11 JL1 2-30 Front Panel CTRL FAN4 FAN3 C2SBA . See the table on the right for pin definitions. Pin# 1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29 31 33 Floppy Drive Connector Pin Definitions Definition Ground Ground Key Ground Ground Ground Ground Ground Ground Ground Ground Ground Ground Ground Ground Ground Ground Pin # 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 34 Definition FDHDIN Reserved FDEDIN Index Motor Enable Drive Select B Drive Select B Motor Enable DIR STEP Write Data Write Gate Track 00 Write Protect Read Data Side 1 Select Diskette KB/MOUSE FAN1 JKB 4-Pin PWR CPU Fan FAN2 S I/O W83627DHG 24-pin ATX PWR Processor COM1 VGA Parallel Port USB 3/4/5/6 USB 1/2 Intel G33 JPUSB1 LAN DIMM1A DIMM2A DIMM1B DIMM2B A.C2SBA+II/C2SBA+/C2SBA/C2SBE User's Manual Floppy Connector The floppy connector is located at J27.

) See the table on the right for pin definitions. IDE#1 B.Chapter 2: Installation IDE Connectors (For the C2SBA+II/C2SBA+ only) There are two IDE connectors on the C2SBA+II/C2SBA+. (Please refer to the jumper section for more details. IDE Drive Connectors Pin Definitions Pin# 1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29 31 33 35 37 39 Definition Reset IDE Host Data 7 Host Data 6 Host Data 5 Host Data 4 Host Data 3 Host Data 2 Host Data 1 Host Data 0 Ground DRQ3 I/O Write I/O Read IOCHRDY DACK3 IRQ14 Addr1 Addr0 Chip Select 0 Activity Pin # 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 34 36 38 40 Definition Ground Host Data 8 Host Data 9 Host Data 10 Host Data 11 Host Data 12 Host Data 13 Host Data 14 Host Data 15 Key Ground Ground Ground BALE Ground IOCS16 Ground Addr2 Chip Select 1 Ground KB/MOUSE FAN1 JKB 4-Pin PWR CPU Fan FAN2 S I/O W83627DHG 24-pin ATX PWR Processor COM1 VGA Parallel Port USB 3/4/5/6 DIMM1A DIMM2A DIMM1B DIMM2B A. IDE#2 USB 1/2 Intel G33 JPUSB1 LAN Audio Fan5 North Bridge Slot7 PCI-E x1 Slot6 PCI-E x16 GLAN CTRL Slot5 PCI-E x4 JI2C1 JI2C2 Audio CTRL JP5 Audio Enabled Slot4 PCI-33MHz JWOR JPL1 JBT1 Intel ICH9(R) South Bridge I-SATA2 I-SATA3 I-SATA0 I-SATA4 I-SATA5 JP2 CD-IN Slot3 PCI-33MHz BIOS FP USB 7/8 I-SATA1 FP USB 9/10 LE1 Slot2 PCI-33MHz Front Audio COM2 Slot1 PCI-33MHz Speaker Buzzer SPKR1 WOL WO IDE CTRL ITE 8212 JPUSB2 Front-Access USB 12 IDE#2 IDE#1 Front-Access USB 11 JL1 B A 2-31 Front Panel CTRL FAN4 FAN3 JP3 JWD JLED C2SBA Floppy Battery . Be sure to close Pin 1 and Pin 2 of JP2 to enable the IDE connectors before using them.

C2SBA+II/C2SBA+/C2SBA/C2SBE User's Manual Notes 2-32 .

No Video 1. changing or installing any hardware components. including those for the keyboard and mouse. Check all jumper settings as well. 3. Before Power On 1. Verify that all jumpers are set to their default positions. If the power is on but you have no video. Make sure that the 4-pin 12v power connector at J41 is connected to your power supply. Make sure that there are no short circuits between the motherboard and chassis. If it does not. remove all the add-on cards and cables. replace it with a new one. 3-1 . Disconnect all ribbon/wire cables from the motherboard. Check to verify that it still supplies ~3VDC. 4. Use the correct type of onboard CMOS battery as specified by the Manufacturer. Install a CPU and heatsink (making sure it is fully seated) and connect the chassis speaker and the power LED to the motherboard. Use the speaker to determine if any beep codes exist. 6. 4. 5. Refer to Appendix A for details on beep codes. 3. No Power 1. Turn the power switch on and off to test the system. The battery on your motherboard may be old. refer to the ‘Technical Support Procedures’ and/or ‘Returning Merchandise for Service’ section(s) in this chapter. 2. Remove all add-on cards. 5. Always disconnect the AC power cord before adding. 2.Chapter 3: Troubleshooting Chapter 3 Troubleshooting 3-1 Troubleshooting Procedures Use the following procedures to troubleshoot your system. Check that the 115V/230V switch on the power supply is properly set. 2. Do not install the CMOS battery upside down to avoid possible explosion. Make sure that there are no short circuits between the motherboard and chassis. If you have followed all of the procedures below and still need assistance.

a POST diagnostics card is recommended. VAR or OEM. If it does not.com/support/faqs/) before contacting Technical Support. B. 2. Make sure that you are using a high quality power supply. it is recommended that you use the same memory speed for all DIMMs in the system. include the following information when 3-2 .supermicro. replace it with a new one. 2. BIOS upgrades can be downloaded from our web site at (http://www. Memory Errors 1. Also. Also. note that as a motherboard manufacturer. 3. Super Micro does not sell directly to end-users. Check to verify that it still supplies ~3VDC. They should know of any possible problem(s) with the specific system configuration that was sold to you. If you still cannot resolve the problem. so it is best to first check with your distributor or reseller for troubleshooting services. See Section 2-4 for memory limitations. Note: Not all BIOS can be flashed. contact your vendor for repairs. 3. 3-2 Technical Support Procedures Before contacting Technical Support.C2SBA+II/C2SBA+/C2SBA/C2SBE User's Manual NOTE If you are a system integrator. it depends on the modifications to the boot block code. Please go through the ‘Troubleshooting Procedures’ and 'Frequently Asked Question' (FAQ) sections in this chapter or see the FAQs on our web site (http://www. Check for bad DIMM modules or slots by swapping modules between slots and noting the results. Losing the System’s Setup Configuration 1. If the above steps do not fix the Setup Configuration problem. Check the power supply voltage 115V/230V switch. 3. refer to App. Make sure that the DIMM modules are properly and fully installed. For I/O port 80h codes. Refer to Section 1-6 for details on recommended power supplies. The battery on your motherboard may be old.supermicro com/support/bios/). 4. You should be using unbuffered DDR2 memory (see the next page). 2. please take the following steps. 1. A poor quality power supply may cause the system to lose the CMOS setup information.

com/support/contact. run the batch file named "flash. Please check our BIOS warning message and the information on how to update your BIOS on our web site. This change is specific to the Physical Address Extension (PAE) mode behavior which improves driver compatibility.rom <Enter> Note: Be sure to insert a space immediately after "flash" and use only the file named “flash.microsoft.com/kb/888137. For more information. Updated BIOS files are located on our web site at http://www. by phone at:(408) 503-8000.Chapter 3: Troubleshooting contacting Super Micro for technical support: • Motherboard model and PCB revision number • BIOS release date/version (this can be seen on the initial display when your system first boots up) • System configuration An example of a Technical Support form is on our web site at (http://www.exe file. 3-3 .rom) file to your computer.cfm). See Section 2-4 for details on installing memory.bat" with the new BIOS . check the current BIOS revision and make sure that it is newer than your BIOS before downloading. please read the following article at Microsoft’s Knowledge Base website at: http://support. DDR2 667/800 MHz memory modules. or by fax at (408)503-8019.com/support/bios/. If you choose the zipped BIOS file. 3-3 Frequently Asked Questions Answer: The C2SBA+II/C2SBA+/C2SBA/C2SBE supports unbuffered. Question: How do I update my BIOS? Answer: It is recommended that you do not upgrade your BIOS if you are not experiencing any problems with your system.supermicro. You may choose the zip file or the . Distributors: For immediate assistance.rom file from your bootable device or USB pen/thumb drive. Select your motherboard model and download the BIOS (.com. 4. option 2. We can be reached by e-mail at support@supermicro. supermicro. Question: What type of memory does my motherboard support? Question: Why does Microsoft Windows XP (SP2) and Windows Vista show less memory than what is physically installed? Answer: Microsoft implemented a design change in Windows XP with Service Pack 2 (SP2) and Windows Vista. please have your account number ready when placing a call to our technical support department. Also. Use the following format: F:\> flash xxxxxxxx. please unzip the BIOS file onto a bootable device or a USB pen/thumb drive. To flash the BIOS.bat” to update the BIOS.

scroll down the list of devices in the menu and check the box beside "Microphone". boot the system to the floppy disk. Warning: Do not shut down or reset the system while updating the BIOS to prevent possible system boot failure! When the BIOS flashing screen is completed. security and audio drivers.C2SBA+II/C2SBA+/C2SBA/C2SBE User's Manual When completed. If you choose the . why does the BIOS only detect about 3. At this point. 3-4 .exe file. and press <F9> to load the default settings. Note: The SPI BIOS chip installed on this motherboard is not removable. Question: I installed my microphone correctly but I can't record any sound. you will need to load the BIOS defaults. Question: After I have installed 4 pieces of 1GB Memory. Press <F1> to go to the BIOS setup screen. You must also set the HD Audio setting to "Auto" in the Advanced Chipset section of the BIOS setup. and PCI-E memory requires a great deal of memory. Do not be concerned if the screen is paused for a few minutes. We recommend that you review the CD and install the applications you need. Then. <Entertainment> and then <Volume Control>. please send your motherboard to RMA at Supermicro for service. Next. Please note that this process may take a few minutes to complete. To repair or replace a damaged BIOS chip. Question: How do I utilize the onboard HD sound? Answer: The onboard HD sound available on the C2SBA+II/C2SBA+/C2SBA/ C2SBE can be enabled with the audio driver software that was included in your motherboard package. Applications on the CD include chipset drivers. press <F10> to save and exit.exe file under Windows to create the BIOS flash floppy disk.145 GB of memory during POST? Answer: Because the chipset does not support memory remapping. The BIOS utility will automatically flash the BIOS without any prompts. When activated. The system will then reboot. your system will automatically reboot. What should I do? Answer: Go to <Start>. so there is a memory hole located around the 4GB memory address. please run the . Under the Properties tab. sound will be routed through the jacks next to the LAN Port according to the audio connection descriptions listed on Page 2-8. <Accessories>. <Programs>. the system will reboot and will show “Press F1 or F2”. Insert the floppy disk into the system you wish to flash the BIOS. Question: What's on the CD that came with my motherboard? Answer: The supplied compact disc has quite a few drivers and programs that will greatly enhance your system.

and mailed prepaid or hand-carried. During the warranty period. This is described in greater detail. When returning to the manufacturer. abuse or improper maintenance of products. and a hotfix is available at Microsoft's website at http://support. Shipping and handling charges will be applied for all orders that must be mailed when service is complete.com/kb/921411/en-us 3-4 Returning Merchandise for Service A receipt or copy of your invoice marked with the date of purchase is required before any warranty service will be rendered.microsoft. You can obtain service by calling your vendor for a Returned Merchandise Authorization (RMA) number. the RMA number should be prominently displayed on the outside of the shipping carton. Question: Why doesn't by USB devices no longer work correctly after installing the Intel Chipset Software Installation Utility in Windows XP or Windows Server 2003? Answer: This is a timing conflict between Windows File Protection and the Setup program.Chapter 3: Troubleshooting Question: How do I connect the ATA100/66 cable to my IDE device(s)? Answer: The 80-wire/40-pin high-density ATA100/66 IDE cable that came with your system has two connectors to support two drives. Connect the blue connector to the onboard IDE header and the other connector(s) to your hard drive(s). Consult the documentation that came with your disk drive for details on actual jumper locations and settings. This warranty only covers normal consumer use and does not cover damages incurred in shipping or from failure due to the alteration. 3-5 . misuse. This special cable must be used to take advantage of the speed the ATA100/66 technology offers. contact your distributor first for any product problems.

C2SBA+II/C2SBA+/C2SBA/C2SBE User's Manual 3-6 .

4-1 .supermicro. and PS/2 ® compatible computers. Each time the computer is powered on. Note: Due to periodic changes to the BIOS. From the main menu. such as the Security and Power menus. How To Change the Configuration Data The CMOS information that determines the system parameters may be changed by entering the BIOS Setup utility. AT®. This Setup utility can be accessed by pressing the <Delete> key at the appropriate time during system boot. Beginning with Section 4-3. types of disk drives. press the <Delete> key to enter the main menu of the BIOS Setup utility. enabling it to retain system parameters.) Starting the Setup Utility Normally. the only visible POST (Power On Self Test) routine is the memory test. XT™. detailed descriptions are given for each parameter setting in the Setup utility. Please refer to the Manual Download area of the Super Micro web site <http://www. you can access the other setup screens.com> for any changes to the BIOS not reflected in this manual. Warning: Do not shut down or reset the system while updating the BIOS to prevent possible boot failure. some settings may have been added or deleted and might not yet be recorded in this manual.Chapter 4: BIOS Chapter 4 BIOS 4-1 Introduction This chapter describes the Phoenix BIOS™ Setup utility for the C2SBA+II/ C2SBA+/C2SBA/C2SBE. System BIOS The BIOS is the Basic Input Output System used in all IBM ® PC. When the computer is turned off. The CMOS memory requires very little electrical power. (See below. which gains control at boot-up. video displays. etc. in the CMOS. As the memory is being tested. the computer is configured with the values stored in the CMOS logic by the system BIOS. The Phoenix BIOS stores the system parameters. a backup battery provides power to the CMOS logic. The Phoenix ROM BIOS is stored in a flash chip and can be easily upgraded using a floppy disk-based program.

C2SBA+II/C2SBA+/C2SBA/C2SBE User's Manual

4-2

Running Setup

Default settings are in bold text unless otherwise noted. The BIOS setup options described in this section are selected by choosing the appropriate text from the main BIOS Setup screen. All displayed text is described in this section, although the screen display is often all you need to understand how to set the options (See the next page). When you first power on the computer, the Phoenix BIOS™ is immediately activated. While the BIOS is in control, the Setup program can be activated in one of two ways: 1. 2. By pressing <Delete> immediately after turning the system on, or When the message shown below appears briefly at the bottom of the screen during the POST (Power On Self-Test), press the <Delete> key to activate the main Setup menu. Press the <Delete> key to enter Setup

4-3

Main BIOS Setup

All main Setup options are described in this section. The main BIOS Setup screen is displayed below. Use the Up/Down arrow keys to move among the different settings in each menu. Use the Left/Right arrow keys to change the options for each setting. Press the <Esc> key to exit the CMOS Setup Menu. The next section describes in detail how to navigate through the menus. Items that use submenus are indicated with the icon. With the item highlighted, press the <Enter> key to access the submenu.

4-2

Chapter 4: BIOS

Main BIOS Setup Menu

Main Setup Features
System Time
To set the system date and time, key in the correct information in the appropriate fields. Then press the <Enter> key to save the data.

System Date
Using the arrow keys, highlight the month, day and year fields, and enter the correct data. Press the <Enter> key to save the data.

Legacy Diskette A
This setting allows the user to set the type of floppy disk drive installed as diskette A. The options are Disabled, 360Kb 5.25 in, 1.2MB 5.25 in, 720Kb 3.5 in, 1.44/1.25MB, 3.5 in and 2.88MB 3.5 in.

BIOS Date
The item displays the date that the BIOS was built.

Hard Disk Pre-Delay
Select Enable to allow for the time needed for a hard drive to perform initialization before it is accessed by the BIOS after power-up to prevent possible system boot failure. A boot failure may occur if the BIOS accesses a hard drive that has not been properly initialized. The default setting is Disabled.

4-3

C2SBA+II/C2SBA+/C2SBA/C2SBE User's Manual

Serial ATA
This setting allows the user to enable or disable the function of the Serial ATA. The options are Disabled and Enabled.

Native Mode Operation
Select Serial ATA for SATA or select Auto (Native Mode) for ATA. The options are: Serial ATA and Auto.

Serial ATA (SATA) RAID Enable (C2SBA+II Only)
Select Enable to enable Serial ATA RAID Functions. (For the Windows OS environment, use the RAID driver if this feature is set to Enabled. When this item is set to Enabled, the item: "ICH RAID Code Base" will be available for you to select either Intel or Adaptec Host RAID firmware. If this item is set to Disabled, the itemSATA AHCI Enable will be available.) The options are Enabled and Disabled.

SATA AHCI Enable
Select Enabled to use the Serial ATA Advanced Host Interfacing. This feature is available when the Windows XP OS, the SPI BIOS Chip, and the IAA Driver are installed in the system. (Take caution when using this function. This feature is for advanced programmers only. The options are Enabled and Disabled.)

SATA AHCI Legacy Enable
Select Enabled use the SATA Advanced Host Interface Legacy Mode. When in AHCI Legacy Mode, SATA Port 5 and SATA Port 6 are disabled. (Take caution when using this function. This feature is for advanced programmers only. The options are Enabled and Disabled.)

SATA Port1, SATA Port2, SATA Port3, SATA Port4 and SATA 5
These settings allow the user to set the parameters of slots indicated above. Hit <Enter> to access the following sub-menu screen. Set the correct configurations accordingly.

4-4

Cylinders: This item indicates the status of Cylinders.Chapter 4: BIOS Type This option allows you to select the type of IDE hard drive. Select CDROM if a CDROM drive is installed. Headers: This item indicates the number of headers. 4-5 . Sectors: This item displays the number of sectors. The option User allows the user to enter the parameters for the HDD installed at this connection.). CHS Format The following items will be displayed by the BIOS: TYPE: This item displays the type of IDE or SATA Device. Select Auto to allow BIOS to automatically detect the hard drive's capacity. Maximum Capacity: This item displays the maximum storage capacity of the system. number of heads. Select ATAPI if a removable disk drive is installed. Enter a number between 1 to 39 to select a predetermined HDD type. etc.

4-6 . and 16 Sectors. Installed Memory This display informs you how much system memory is recognized as being present in the system. Mode 0. Mode 4. FPIO3/DMA1 and FPIO4/DMA2. 4 Sectors. Multi-Sector Transfers This item allows the user to specify the number of sectors per block to be used in the multi-sector transfer. Fast PIO2. Fast PIO4. The options are Enabled and Disabled. The options are Disabled. Fast PIO1. LBA Mode Control This item determines whether the Phoenix BIOS will access the IDE Channel 0 Master Device via the LBA mode. 8 Sectors. Mode 3. The options are Standard. Ultra DMA Mode This option allows the user to select Ultra DMA Mode. System Memory This display informs you how much memory is available in the system. Mode 2. Fast PIO3. The options are Disabled. Transfer Mode This option allows the user to set the transfer mode. Mode 1. and Mode 5. 32 Bit I/O This option allows the user to enable or disable the function of a 32-bit data transfer. Maximum Capacity: This item displays the maximum capacity in the LBA Format.C2SBA+II/C2SBA+/C2SBA/C2SBE User's Manual LBA Format The following items will be displayed by the BIOS: Total Sectors: This item displays the number of total sectors available in the LBA Format. The options are Enabled and Disabled.

Quiet Boot This setting allows you to Enable or Disable the graphic logo screen display during bootup. The options are Yes and No. If Disabled. POST Errors Select Enabled to stop the POST routine and allow the system to display error messages when an error occurs at bootup. The settings are Enabled and Disabled.Chapter 4: BIOS 4-4 Advanced Setup Choose Advanced from the Phoenix BIOS Setup Utility main menu with the arrow keys. Boot Features Floppy Check Select Enabled to allow the BIOS to verify the type of floppy drive at bootup. ACPI Mode Use this setting to determine whether you want to use the ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface) power management on your system. this feature will speed up the POST (Power On Self Test) routine by skipping certain tests after the computer is turned on. The settings are Enabled and Disabled. The items with a triangle beside them have sub. 4-7 . QuickBoot Mode If enabled. the POST routine will run at normal speed.menus that can be accessed by highlighting the item and pressing <Enter>. The options are Enabled and Disabled. You should see the following display. Select Disabled to speed up the boot process.

Power Loss Control This setting allows you to decide how the system will react when power returns after an unexpected loss of power. The options are S1. S4 or S5 state. and Last State. PS2 Keyboard (KB)/Mouse Wake Up Select Enable to “wake your system up” from S3. providing smooth playback and reducing the dependency on other timestamp calculation devices. the system will power on or power off the system immediately as soon as the user hits the power button. Legacy USB Support Select Enabled to enable Legacy USB Support. The options are Enabled and Disabled. Please refer to Chapter 2. The options are Enabled and Disabled. such as an x86 RDTSC Instruction embedded in a CPU.C2SBA+II/C2SBA+/C2SBA/C2SBE User's Manual ACPI Sleep Mode This setting allows you to configure the ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface) Sleep Mode for your system. (This feature is available when the jumper-JKB is enabled by closing pin 1 and pin 2. 4-8 . The options are Stay Off. The High Precision Event Timer is used to replace the 8254 Programmable Interval Timer. The default setting is No. Resume On Modem Ring Select On to “wake your system up” when an incoming call is received by your modem. High Precision Event Time Select Yes to activate the High Precision Event Timer (HPET) that produce periodic interrupts at a much higher frequency than a Real-time Clock (RTC) can in synchronizing multimedia streams. The options are On and Off. Power On. a USB mouse or USB keyboard). S3 and S1S3.) USB Wake Up This feature is used to awaken the system from Standby mode by a Universal Serial Bus (USB) device (such as. Power Button Behavior If set to Instant-Off. The options are On and Off. Resume On PME# Select On to “wake your system up” from the PME#. The options are Instant-Off and 4-second Override. The options are Enabled and Disabled.

+10%. CPU OverVoltage (Available when supported by the CPU) This feature allows the CPU to operate at higher voltage settings than normal settings. CPU Overclocking (Available when supported by the CPU) This feature allows the user to enable and configure Overclocking settings in order to boost system performance. and +15%. Advanced Processor Options Access the submenu to make changes to the following settings. +10%. The default setting is Disabled. The options are: Disabled. and +15%. Please note that Supermicro does not recommend CPU Overclocking because it might cause the system to become unstable.) The options are Disabled and Enabled. The options are Disabled and Enabled. and +15%. Summary Screen This setting allows you to Enable or Disable the summary screen which displays the system configuration during bootup. Please note that Supermicro does not recommend Memory OverVoltage because it might cause the system to become unstable. The options are: Disabled. the following two items will display. Please note that Supermicro does not recommend CPU OverVoltage because it might cause the system to become unstable. CPU Speed This is a display that indicates the speed of the installed processor. 4-9 . +10%.Chapter 4: BIOS Watch Dog Select Enabled to automatically reset the system if the system is not active for more than 4 minutes. The options are Enabled and Disabled. The default setting is Disabled. (Please refer to Intel's web site for more information. Core-Multi-Processing (Available when supported by the CPU) Set to Enabled to use a processor's Second Core and beyond. The default setting is Disabled. Machine Checking (Available when supported by the CPU) Set to Enabled to activate the function of Machine Checking and allow the CPU to detect and report hardware (machine) errors via a set of model-specific registers (MSRs). The options are: Disabled. Memory OverVoltage (Available when supported by the CPU) This feature allows memory modules to operate at higher voltage settings than normal settings. +5%. +5%. If this feature is not set to Disabled. +5%.

which will lower the CPU voltage and frequency when the CPU temperature reaches a predefined overheat threshold. The options are Disabled and Enabled. Split Lock Operation Set to Enabled to mask alignment check exceptions for split-lock transactions. C1 Enhanced Mode (Available when supported by the CPU) Set to Enabled to enable the Enhanced Halt State to lower CPU voltage/frequency to prevent overheat. CPUID=3 When set to Enabled. The options are Disabled and Enabled. The options are Disabled and Enabled.C2SBA+II/C2SBA+/C2SBA/C2SBE User's Manual Fast String Operations (Available when supported by the CPU) Set to Enabled to enable the fast string operations for special CPU instructions. Thermal Management 2 (Available when supported by the CPU) Set to Enabled to use the Thermal Management 2 (TM2) Technology. The options are Disabled and Enabled. The CPU fetches both cache lines for 128 bytes as comprised if Enabled. 4-10 . The options are Enabled and Disabled. The options are Disabled and Enabled. Set Maximum Ext. Compatible FPU Code (Available when supported by the CPU) Set to Enabled to keep the content of the last instruction Operating Code (OPCode) in the floating point (FP) state. The options are Disabled and Enabled. and allow CPU clocking to be regulated via the CPU Internal Clock modulation when the CPU temperature reaches the overheat threshold.) Intel® Virtualization Technology (Available when supported by the CPU) Select Enabled to use the feature of Virtualization Technology to allow one platform to run multiple operating systems and applications in independent partitions. (Note: Please refer to Intel’s web site for detailed information. the Maximum Extended CPUID will be set to 3. Adjacent Cache Line Prefetch (Available when supported by the CPU) The CPU fetches the cache line for 64 bytes if this option is set to Disabled. Set to Disabled to use Thermal Manager 1 (TM1). Echo TPR Set to Enabled to prevent xTPR messages from being sent to the system.

and thus preventing a worm or a virus from inserting and creating a flood of codes to overwhelm the processor or damage the system during an attack. The options are Enabled (-C States. (Note: If there is any change to this setting. GV1/GV3 are enabled). please visit Intel and Microsoft web sites. The options are Enabled and Disabled.Chapter 4: BIOS creating multiple virtual systems in one computer. the BIOS will monitor the level of Electromagnetic Interference caused by the components and will attempt to decrease the interference whenever needed.) Select Enabled to use the Enhanced Intel SpeedStep Technology and allow the system to automatically adjust the processor voltage and core frequency in an effort to reduce power consumption and heat dissipation. Please refer to Intel’s web site for detailed information. you will need to power off and restart the system for the change to take effect. C-States Only (-G1/G3: Disabled). For more information. Clock Spectrum Feature When set to Enabled. 4-11 . When this occurs. Warning: Take caution when changing the Advanced settings. GV1/GV3 are disabled). The default setting is Enabled. Intel Speed Step Support (Available when supported by the CPU. The options are Enabled and Disabled. GV1/GV3 Only (C States: Disabled). Integrated Device Control Sub-menu USB Host Controller 1 This feature allows the user to configure the control setting for USB Host Controller 1. USB Host Controller 2 This feature allows the user to configure the control setting for USB Host Controller 2. a very high DRAM frequency or an incorrect DRAM timing may result in system instability. reset the setting to the default setting. No Execute Mode Memory Protection (Available when supported by the CPU and the OS) Set to Enabled to enable Execute Disable Bit and allow the processor to classify areas in memory where an application code can execute and where it cannot. Advanced Chipset Control Access the submenu to make changes to the following settings. The options are Disabled and Enabled. The default setting is Enabled. and Disabled (-C States.) Please refer to Intel’s web site for detailed information. An incorrect setting.

IGD and PCI devices will be selected. The options are Fixed. PCI. Enable VT-d Select Enabled to enable Intel's Virtualization Technology support for Direct I/O VT-d by reporting the I/O device assignments to VMM through the DMAR ACPI Tables. DVMT and Auto. If set to Auto. The settings are Enabled and Disabled. Function 1 Select Enabled to enable Function#1 of Internal Graphics Device#2. The settings are Enabled and Disabled. security and availability in networking and data-sharing.0 Mode This feature allows the user to configure the DVMT 4. IGD-Device 2. The options are Auto and Disabled. 256 MB and MAXDVMT. PEG and IGD devices will be selected.0 Graphics Memory to be used by the Internal Graphics Device. The options are 1 MB and 8 MB. Pre-allocated Memory Size This feature allows the user to set the total amount of Pre-allocated graphics memory to be used by the Internal Graphics Device. If set to PEG. Default Primary Video Adapter This feature allows the user to select the video device used by the BIOS during POST. PEG and PCI devices will be selected. 4-12 . PEG. PCI. IGD-Device 2 This feature allows the user to enable or disable Internal Graphics Device#2 by entering a specified value. This feature offers fully-protected I/O resource-sharing across the Intel platforms. providing the user with greater reliability. The settings are 128 MB. IGD (Internal Graphics Device) devices will be selected. DVMT Graphics Memory This feature allows the user to display the DVMT Graphics Memory settings. Azalia Audio Controller This option allows the user to enable or disable the onboard Azalia Audio Controller. If set to IGD (Internal Graphics Device). IGD Memory Size This feature allows the user to set the total amount of graphics memory to be used by the Internal Graphics Device. If set to PCI. which will allow IGD-Device2 to use a 2nd Adaptor by entering a specified value. DVMT 4.C2SBA+II/C2SBA+/C2SBA/C2SBE User's Manual Memory Reclaiming Select Enable to enable the functionality of Memory Remapping above 4GB.

Memory Cache Cache System BIOS Area This setting allows you to designate a reserve area in the system memory to be used as a System BIOS buffer and allow BIOS to write (cache) data into this reserved memory area. Select Write Protect to prevent data from being written into the base memory area of Block 0-512K. L2 cache inside the CPU to speed up CPU operations. Select Uncached to disable this function and make this area available for other devices. this feature will allow the data stored in the memory area: 512K-640K to be cached (written) into a buffer. The options are Disabled. Select Write Protect to enable this function. Route Port 80h Cycles to This feature allows the user to decide which bus to send debug information to. Select Uncached to disable this function. Select Uncached to disable this function and make this area available for other devices. Select Write Through to allow data to be cached into the buffer and written into the system memory at the same time. The options are Uncached. Select Write Through to allow data to be cached into the buffer and written into the system memory at the same time. PCI and LPC. Cache Video BIOS Area This setting allows you to designate a reserve area in the system memory to be used as a Video BIOS buffer and allow BIOS to write (cache) data into this reserved memory area. L3 cache inside the CPU to speed up CPU operations. Select Write Protect to prevent data from being written into the base memory area of Block 512K-640K.Chapter 4: BIOS Select Auto to allow the HD Audio Controller to be automatically enabled when detected by the BIOS. Disabled and Auto. Write Through. Select Write Back to allow the CPU to write data back directly from the buffer without writing data to the System Memory for fast CPU 4-13 . this feature will allow the data stored in the base memory area: block 0-512K to be cached (written) into a buffer. and Write Back. Write Protect. Cache Base 0-512K If enabled. L2. The options are Enable. Select Write Back to allow the CPU to write data back directly from the buffer without writing data to the System Memory for fast CPU data processing and operation. a storage area in the Static DROM (SDROM) or written into L1. Select Write Protect to enable the function and this area will be reserved for Video BIOS ROM access only. Select Uncached to disable this function. a storage area in the Static DROM (SDROM) or to be written into L1. and this area will be reserved for BIOS ROM access only. Cache Base 512K-640K If enabled.

Select Write Through to allow data to be cached into the buffer and written into the system memory at the same time.C2SBA+II/C2SBA+/C2SBA/C2SBE User's Manual data processing and operation. USWC Caching. Select Write Protect to prevent data from being written into the extended memory area above 1 MB. Select Uncached to disable this function. and Write Back. L3 cache inside the CPU to speed up CPU operations. Cache Cache Cache Cache E000-E3FF E400-E7FF E800-EBFF EC00-EFFF Select Disabled to prevent the data stored in the memory block specified from being cached into a cache area in the CPU or a buffer in the Static DROM. and Write Back. and Write Back. Write Protect. Select Write Through to allow the data stored in the memory block specified to be cached into a CPU cache area and written into the system memory at the same time. Write Protect. this feature will allow the data stored in the extended memory area to be cached (written) into a buffer. Write Through. Select USWC Caching to use the Uncached. Cache Cache Cache Cache Cache Cache Cache Cache A000-AFFF B000-BFFF C800-CBFF CC00-CFFF D000-D3FF D400-D7FF D800-DBFF DC00-DFFF Select Disabled to prevent the data stored in the memory block specified from being cached into a cache area in the CPU or a buffer in the Static DROM. Select Write Through to allow the data stored in the 4-14 . Select Write Protect to prevent data from being written into the memory block specified. The options are Uncached. The options are Uncached. Write Protect. Write Through. Cache Extended Memory Area If enabled. The options are Disabled. Select Write Back to allow the CPU to write data back directly from the buffer to the memory block specified without writing data to the System Memory for fast CPU data processing and operation. Write Through. Speculative and Write Combined Mode for the data in the memory block specified. Speculative and Write Combined Mode for the data in the memory block specified. Select USWC Caching to use the Uncached. L2. a storage area in the Static DROM (SDROM) or written into L1. Select Write Back to allow the CPU to write data back directly from the buffer without writing data to the System Memory for fast CPU data processing and operation.

and Write Back. The options are Default. Write Protect. PCI Device Slot#1 . The options are Enabled and Disabled. For Unix. Enable Master This setting allows you to enable the selected device as the PCI bus master. USWC Caching. 0080h. 4-15 . Select Write Back to allow the CPU to write data back directly from the buffer to the memory block specified without writing data to the System Memory for fast CPU data processing and operation. If a drive fails after the installation of a new software. please select the option: other. Novelle and other Operating Systems. this setting will initialize the device expansion ROM.Chapter 4: BIOS memory block specified to be cached into a CPU cache area and written into the system memory at the same time. The options are Enabled and Disabled. A high-priority. this setting will initialize the device expansion ROM. Enable Master This setting allows you to enable the selected device as the PCI bus master. Onboard PCI IDE/Onboard LAN (PCI IDE: for C2SBA+II/C2SBA+ only) Option ROM Scan When enabled. high-throughout device may benefit from a greater clock rate. The options are Enabled and Disabled.PCI Device Slot#4 Access the submenu for each of the settings above to make changes to the following settings: Option ROM Scan When enabled. PNP Configuration Access the submenu to make changes to the following settings for PNP (Play & Plug) devices. Latency Timer This setting allows you to set the clock rate for the bus master. 00A0h. 0020h. 0060h. you might want to change this setting and try again. Write Through. A different OS requires a different Bus master clock rate. 0040h. Select Write Protect to prevent data from being written into the memory block specified. The options are Disabled. and 00E0h. 00C0h. The options are Enabled and Disabled.

please select the option: other. and 00E0h. A high-priority. PCI-Ex1 Port#1 will be enabled if a PCI add-on card is detected. 00A0h. and 00E0h. 0020h. For Unix. 0060h. A different OS requires a different bus master clock rate. 0020h. Enabled and Disabled. please select the option: other. If a drive fails after the installation of a new software. The options are Enabled and Disabled. 0080h. Select Disabled to disable PCI-Ex1 Port#1 and all other PCI-E ports. PCI-E x1 Slot Access the submenu for each of the settings above to make changes to the following: PCI Express Port#1 Select Enabled to always enable PCI-Ex1 Port#1. 0040h. The options are Enabled and Disabled. 00C0h. A different OS requires a different bus master clock rate.) This feature allows you to set the IDE RAID Mode. Novelle and other Operating Systems.C2SBA+II/C2SBA+/C2SBA/C2SBE User's Manual Latency Timer This setting allows you to set the clock rate for the bus master. For Unix. PEG (PCI-Express Graphics) Port Submenu Access the submenu for each of the settings above to make changes to the following: 4-16 . 00C0h. Latency Timer This setting allows you to set the clock rate for the bus master. The options are Default. you might want to change this setting and try again. high-throughout device may benefit from a greater clock rate. The options are Default. 00A0h. this setting will initialize the device expansion ROM. 0060h. Enable Master This setting allows you to enable the selected device as the PCI bus master. The options are Auto. you might want to change this setting and try again. high-throughout device may benefit from a greater clock rate. Option ROM Scan When enabled. Novelle and other Operating Systems. When set to Auto. A high-priority. 0040h. 0080h. The default setting is ATA/ ATAPI. If a drive fails after the installation of a new software. IDE RAID Mode (Available on the Onboard PCI IDE Submenu.

(If PCI-E x1 Port#1 is disabled. When set to Auto. you might want to change this setting and try again. Latency Timer This setting allows you to set the clock rate for the bus master. high-throughout device may benefit from a greater clock rate. (Debugging is enabled if a debug card is detected. 4-17 . The options are Enabled and Disabled. The options are Enabled and Disabled. If a drive fails after the installation of a new software. A different OS requires a different bus master clock rate. Select Enabled to always enable the PEG Port. 0020h. the following items will be displayed: PEG PEG PEG PEG PEG PEG Port Enabled= Port Number= Width= Port Slot Number= Power Limit= Slot Card Detect= PCI-Express x4 Slot Access the submenu for each of the settings above to make changes to the following: PCI Express Port#5 Select Enabled to always enable PCI-Ex4 Port#5. and 00E0h. 0040h. please select the option: other. Enable Master This setting allows you to enable the selected device as the PCI bus master. Select Disabled to always disable the PEG Port. When the PCI-Exp. 0080h. PCI-E x4 Port#5 will be disabled as well). this setting will initialize the device expansion ROM. Graphics Port is enabled. 00A0h. A high-priority. Option ROM Scan When enabled. Enabled and Disabled. Select Disabled to always disable PCI-Ex4 Port#5. 0060h. The options are Auto.) The default setting is Auto.) Select Auto to automatically enable the PCI-Express Graphics Port if a PCI add-on card is detected. The options are Default. For Unix.Chapter 4: BIOS PCI-Express Graphics (PEG) Port (This submenu is for debugging only. 00C0h. Novelle and other Operating Systems. PCI-Ex4 Port#5 will be enabled if a PCI add-on card is detected.

Disabled and Auto (BIOS-or OS. The options are Enabled (user defined). 3E8. Disabled. The options are 378. 3E8 and 2E8. Base I/O Address This setting allows you to select the base I/O address for Serial Port B. and Auto (BIOS. The options are 3F8. The options are 3F8. The options are IRQ3 and IRQ4.or OS. Serial Port B This setting allows you to decide how the system controls Serial Port B.controlled). 4-18 . Auto (BIOS controlled) and OS Controlled.controlled). The options are Enabled (user defined). 2F8. 278 and 3BC. Interrupt This setting allows you to select the IRQ (interrupt request) for Serial Port A. 12MHz. Base I/O Address Select the base I/O address for the parallel port. and 2E8. The options are IRQ3 and IRQ4. Interrupt This setting allows you to select the IRQ (interrupt request) for Serial Port B. 2F8. 8MHz. and 16MHz.C2SBA+II/C2SBA+/C2SBA/C2SBE User's Manual I/O Device Configuration Access the submenu to make changes to the following settings. Serial Port A This setting allows you to decide how the system controls Serial Port A. The options are Enabled (user defined). Parallel Port This setting allows you to decide how the system controls the parallel port. KBC Clock Input This setting allows you to select the clock frequency for the Keyboard Controller. Mode This setting allows you to set the type of device that will be connected to Serial Port B. The options are 6MHz. Base I/O Address This setting allows you to select the base I/O address for Serial Port A. Disabled. The options are Normal and IR (for an infrared device).

and Auto (BIOS and OS controlled). EPP and ECP. Hardware Monitoring CPU Overheat Alarm This option allows the user to select the CPU Overheat Alarm setting which determines when the CPU OH alarm will be activated to provide warning of possible CPU overheat. The options are IRQ5 and IRQ7. CPU1 Temperature The CPU Temperature feature will display the CPU temperature status as detected by the BIOS: 4-19 . When the CPU temperature reaches this predefined threshold. Floppy Disk Controller This setting allows you to assign control of the floppy disk controller. The options are Enabled (user defined). The options are: The Default Alarm Setting: Select this setting if you want the CPU overheat alarm (including the LED and the buzzer) to be triggered when the CPU temperature reaches about 5 oC above the threshold temperature as predefined by the CPU manufacturer to give the CPU and system fans additional time needed for CPU and system cooling. Mode This feature allows you to specify the parallel port mode. the CPU and system cooling fans will run at full speed. The Early Alarm Setting: Select this setting if you want the CPU overheat alarm (including the LED and the buzzer) to be triggered as soon as the CPU temperature reaches the CPU overheat threshold as predefined by the CPU manufacturer. Disabled. Bi-Directional.Chapter 4: BIOS Interrupt This setting allows you to select the IRQ (interrupt request) for the parallel port. DMA Channel This item allows you to specify the DMA channel for the parallel port. The options are Output only. Warning: Any temperature that exceeds the CPU threshold temperature predefined by the CPU manufacturer may result in CPU overheat or system instability. The options are DMA1 and DMA3.

Medium – The processor is running warmer. The CPU temperature is well below the CPU ‘Temperature Tolerance’. Note: the system may shut down if it continues for a long period to prevent damage to the CPU.C2SBA+II/C2SBA+/C2SBA/C2SBE User's Manual Low – This level is considered as the ‘normal’ operating state. The motherboard fans and CPU will run normally as configured in the BIOS. Notes: The CPU thermal technology that reports absolute temperatures (Celsius/Fahrenheit) has been upgraded to a more advanced feature by Intel in its newer processors. the installed CPU can now send information to the motherboard what its ‘Temperature Tolerance’ is. but the CPU is still within its normal operating state and below the CPU ‘Temperature Tolerance’. However. by increasing CPU Fan speed. The Early Alarm – the Overheat LED and system buzzer will be activated exactly when the High level is reached.. The CPU fan will run at full speed to bring the CPU temperature down. triggering the Overheat Alarm. The basic concept is each CPU is embedded by unique temperature information that the motherboard can read. The fans may adjust to a faster speed depending on the Fan Speed Control settings. consider checking the CPU fans and the chassis ventilation for blockage. 4-20 . please take immediate action as shown below. This ‘Temperature Threshold’ or ‘Temperature Tolerance’ has been assigned at the factory and is the baseline on which the motherboard takes action during different CPU temperature conditions (i. The motherboard fans and CPU will run normally as configured in the BIOS (Fan Speed Control). This is a ‘precautionary’ level and generally means that there may be factors contributing to this condition. See CPU Overheat Alarm to modify the above alarm settings. High – The processor is running hot.e. User intervention: No action is required. Note: In both the alarms above. If the CPU temperature still increases even with the CPU fan running at full speed. and not the other way around. This results in better CPU thermal management. chassis ventilation and room temperature to correct any problems. User intervention: If the system buzzer and Overheat LED has activated. etc). The CPU fan will run at full speed to bring the CPU temperature down. This is a ‘caution’ level since the CPU’s ‘Temperature Tolerance’ has been reached (or has been exceeded) and may activate an overheat alarm: The Default Alarm – the Overheat LED and system buzzer will activate if the High condition continues for some time after it is reached. the system buzzer will activate and the Overheat LED will turn on. Since CPUs can have different ‘Temperature Tolerances’. take action immediately by checking the system fans. User intervention: No action required.

3Vsb Vbat 4-21 . For more information on thermal management. 27oC) Fan1 .Intel. When the CPU on-die temperature increases.com. please change the SDIII settings to be the same as those set in the BIOS. The Options are: 1. If the option is set to “4-pin”. since the SD III settings override the BIOS settings. Medium and High). 25oC). Voltage Monitoring The following items will be monitored and displayed: Vcore A 12V VDIMM 5V +3. the BIOS will automatically display the status of the fan as specified. the fan speed will be controlled by Pulse Width Modulation (PWM). Supero Doctor III adopts the temperature threshold settings previously set in the BIOS.Fan 5 If the feature of Auto Fan Control is enabled. This makes it easier for the user to understand the CPU’s temperature status.e. please refer to Intel’s Web site at www. and vice versa. Any subsequent changes to these thresholds must be made within Supero Doctor. When first installed.e. rather than by just simply seeing a temperature reading (i. the Supero Doctor III settings take precedence over the BIOS settings. the fan speed will also increase. System Temperature This displays the system's absolute temperature reading (i. Note: In the Windows OS environment. Disable and 2. Select “Workstation” if your system is used as a Workstation.Chapter 4: BIOS Supermicro has leveraged this feature by assigning a temperature status to certain thermal conditions in the processor (Low.. The CPU temperature and the fan speed are correlative. Select “Disable” to disable the fan speed control function to allow the onboard fans to constantly run at full speed (12V).3V -12V 3. Fan Speed Control Modes This feature allows the user to decide how the system controls the speeds of the onboard fans. The information provided above is for your reference only. For the Windows OS to adopt the BIOS temperature threshold settings. Optimized for Workstations with 4-pin..

type the Supervisor's password in the dialogue box to set or to change supervisor's password. When prompted. which allows access to the BIOS. 4-22 . User Password Is: This item indicates if a user password has been entered for the system. Set User Password When the item Set User Password is highlighted. You should see the following display. Supervisor Password Is: This item indicates if a supervisor password has been entered for the system. Security setting options are displayed by highlighting the setting using the arrow keys and pressing <Enter>. Clear means such a password has not been used and Set means a user password has been entered for the system. Clear means such a password has not been used and Set means a supervisor password has been entered for the system. which allows access to the system at boot-up. hit the <Enter> key. When prompted. All Security BIOS settings are described in this section.C2SBA+II/C2SBA+/C2SBA/C2SBE User's Manual 4-5 Security Settings Choose Security from the Phoenix BIOS Setup Utility main menu with the arrow keys. Set Supervisor Password When the item Set Supervisor Password is highlighted. type the user's password in the dialogue box to set or to change the user's password. hit the <Enter> key.

Chapter 4: BIOS Fixed Disk Boot Sector Select Normal to enable the function of Write-Protect to protect the boot sector on the hard drives against viruses. If set to Enabled. the TPM State screen displays. The options are Enabled and Disabled. (See the next section. Password on Boot When this feature is set to Enabled. a password is required for a user to enter the system at bootup.) 4-23 . The options are Enabled (password required) and Disabled (password not required). TPM (Trusted Platform Modules) Support Select Enabled to enable support for trusted platforms and allow the BIOS to automatically download the drivers needed to provide support for the platforms specified.

You should see the following display. Select De-activate & Disabled to disable the function of TPM support. Change TPM State Select "Enabled & Activate" to enable TPM support for the system. If "No Change" is selected. no changes will be done to the current TPM State. Current TPM State This item shows the current TPM State only. Select Clear to clear or erase all information related to TPM support.C2SBA+II/C2SBA+/C2SBA/C2SBE User's Manual 4-6 TPM (Trusted Platform Modules) State Choose the TPM State menu from the Phoenix BIOS Setup Utility with the arrow keys. Select Execute to proceed with selection. the sub-menu: Physical Presence Operations will appear. If set to "Clear". All information related to TPM Support will be erased. Select Reject to cancel the selection. 4-24 .

Boot List Candidate List Boot Priority Order/Excluded from Boot Orders The devices included in the boot list section (above) are bootable devices listed in the sequence of boot order as specified. You should see the following display. Use the <f> key or the <r> key to specify the type of an USB device. you can select an item from the candidate list and hit the <x> key to remove it from the candidate list and put it in the boot list. All Boot BIOS settings are described in this section. either fixed or removable. See details on how to change the priority of boot order of devices in the Item Specific Help window. You can select one item from the boot list and hit the <x> key to remove it from the list of bootable devices (to make its resource available for other bootable devices). Use a <+> key or a <-> key to move the device up or down. See details on how to change the order and specs of boot devices in the Item Specific Help window. This item will then become a bootable device.Chapter 4: BIOS 4-7 Boot Settings Choose Boot from the Phoenix BIOS Setup Utility main menu with the arrow keys. Subsequently. 4-25 . The boot functions for the devices included in the candidate list (above) are currently disabled.

You will remain in the Setup utility. 4-26 . You should see the following display. All Exit BIOS settings are described in this section. You will remain in the Setup utility.C2SBA+II/C2SBA+/C2SBA/C2SBE User's Manual 4-8 Exit Choose Exit from the Phoenix BIOS Setup Utility main menu with the arrow keys. Exit Discarding Changes Highlight this item and hit <Enter> to exit the BIOS Setup utility without saving any changes you may have made. Discard Changes Highlight this item and hit <Enter> to discard (cancel) any changes you made. These are the safest settings to use. Load Setup Defaults Highlight this item and hit <Enter> to load the default settings for all items in the BIOS Setup. Save Changes Highlight this item and hit <Enter> to save any changes you made. Exit Saving Changes Highlight this item and hit <Enter> to save any changes you made and to exit the BIOS Setup utility.

Run SETUP Monitor type not correctly identified in Setup Shadow Ram Failed at offset: nnnn Shadow RAM failed at offset nnnn of the 64k block at which the error was detected.Replace and run SETUP The CMOS clock battery indicator shows the battery is dead. Extended RAM Failed at offset: nnnn Extended memory not working or not configured properly at offset nnnn. System RAM Failed at offset: nnnn System RAM failed at offset nnnn of in the 64k block at which the error was detected. Replace the battery and run Setup to reconfigure the system. Keyboard Controller Failed Keyboard controller failed test. Stuck key Stuck key on keyboard. Check to see if fixed disk is attached properly.Unlock key switch Unlock the system to proceed. the BIOS will check for problems. Failure Fixed Disk Fixed disk is not working or not configured properly. Monitor type does not match CMOS . Keyboard error Keyboard not working. Run Setup. A-1 . If a problem is found. Keyboard locked . System battery is dead . Find out if the fixed-disk type is correctly identified. the BIOS will activate an alarm or display a message.Appendix A: BIOS POST Messages Appendix A BIOS POST Messages During the Power-On Self-Test (POST). The following is a list of such BIOS messages. May require replacing keyboard controller.

May require board repair. Check date and time settings BIOS found date or time out of range and reset the Real-Time Clock. System timer error The timer test failed. Memory Size found by POST differed from CMOS Memory size found by POST differed from CMOS. Check to see that the drive is defined with the proper diskette type in Setup and that the diskette drive is attached correctly. POST loads default values and offers to run Setup. May require setting legal date (1991-2099). perhaps by an application program that changes data stored in CMOS. If the error persists. A-2 . improper Setup settings can also terminate POST and cause this error on the next boot. The BIOS installed Default Setup Values. Incorrect Drive B type . Requires repair of system board. enter Setup and enter your own values.C2SBA+II/C2SBA+/C2SBA/C2SBE User's Manual System CMOS checksum bad - Default configuration used System CMOS has been corrupted or modified incorrectly. check the system battery or contact your dealer. Incorrect Drive A type . Real time clock error Real-Time Clock fails BIOS hardware test. If you do not want these values. Previous boot incomplete - Default configuration used Previous POST did not complete successfully. If the failure was caused by incorrect values and they are not corrected. This error is cleared the next time the system is booted.run SETUP Type of floppy drive B: not correctly identified in Setup.run SETUP Type of floppy drive A: not correctly identified in Setup. Diskette drive A error Diskette drive B error Drive A: or B: is present but fails the BIOS POST diskette tests. Run Setup and verify that the waitstate configuration is correct. On systems with control of wait states. the next boot will likely fail.

A-3 . or Shadow memory. EISA CMOS not writeable ServerBIOS2 test error: Cannot write to EISA CMOS.Cache disabled RAM cache failed and BIOS disabled the cache. You may have to replace the cache. DMA Test Failed ServerBIOS2 test error: Cannot write to extended DMA (Direct Memory Access) registers. Fixed Disk n Fixed disk n (0-3) identified. Device Address Conflict Address conflict for specified device. check the cache jumpers. See your dealer. CPU ID: CPU socket number for Multi-Processor error. On older boards. Entering SETUP . CD ROM Drive CD ROM Drive identified. 231. A disabled cache slows system performance considerably. Software NMI Failed ServerBIOS2 test error: Cannot generate software NMI (Non-Maskable Interrupt).Appendix A: BIOS POST Messages System cache error . Starting Setup program Failing Bits: nnnn The hex number nnnn is a map of the bits at the RAM address which failed the memory test. Fail-Safe Timer NMI Failed ServerBIOS2 test error: Fail-Safe Timer takes too long. Allocation Error for: device Run ISA or EISA Configuration Utility to resolve resource conflict for the specified device. or 232 above for offset address of the failure in System. Each 1 (one) in the map indicates a failed bit. See errors 230.. Extended..

A-4 . If it cannot locate the address. A parity error indicates that some data has been corrupted. nnnn kB Shadow RAM Passed Where nnnn is the amount of shadow RAM in kilobytes successfully tested. nnnn kB Extended RAM Passed Where nnnn is the amount of RAM in kilobytes successfully tested. One or more I2O Block Storage Devices were excluded from the Setup Boot Menu There was not enough room in the IPL table to display all installed I2O block-storage devices. it displays ????. BIOS attempts to locate the address and display it on the screen. Parity Check 2 nnnn Parity error found in the I/O bus. Operating system not found Operating system cannot be located on either drive A: or drive C:. nnnn kB System RAM Passed Where nnnn is the amount of system RAM in kilobytes successfully tested. Enter Setup and see if fixed disk and drive A: are properly identified. nnnn Cache SRAM Passed Where nnnn is the amount of system cache in kilobytes successfully tested. I/O device IRQ conflict I/O device IRQ conflict error. BIOS attempts to locate the address and display it on the screen. Parity Check 1 nnnn Parity error found in the system bus. it displays ????. If it cannot locate the address.C2SBA+II/C2SBA+/C2SBA/C2SBE User's Manual Invalid System Configuration Data Problem with NVRAM (CMOS) data. PS/2 Mouse Boot Summary Screen: PS/2 Mouse installed. Parity is a method for checking errors in binary data.

Press <F2> to enter Setup Optional message displayed during POST. <F3> for previous Displayed after any recoverable error message.. Press <F1> to start the boot process or <F2> to enter Setup and change the settings. indicating released segments of the BIOS which can be reclaimed by a virtual memory manager. PS/2 Mouse: PS/2 mouse identified. i. an add-on card). Run an I2O Configuration Utility (e. Run the I2O Configuration Utility One or more unclaimed block storage devices have the Configuration Request bit set in the LCT. Write down and follow the information shown on the screen. A-5 . Can be turned off in Setup. System BIOS shadowed System BIOS copied to shadow RAM. UMB upper limit segment address: nnnn Displays the address nnnn of the upper limit of Upper Memory Blocks.e. <F2> to Setup.Appendix A: BIOS POST Messages Press <F1> to resume. the SAC utility).g. Press <F3> to display the previous screen (usually an initialization error of an Option ROM. Video BIOS shadowed Video BIOS successfully copied to shadow RAM.

C2SBA+II/C2SBA+/C2SBA/C2SBE User's Manual Notes A-6 .

the BIOS will display an POST code that describes the problem. Initialize chipset with initial POST values Set IN POST flag Initialize CPU registers Enable CPU cache Initialize caches to initial POST values Initialize I/O component Initialize the local bus IDE Initialize Power Management Load alternate registers with initial POST values Restore CPU control word during warm boot Reset PCI Bus Mastering devices Initialize keyboard controller 1-2-2-3 BIOS ROM checksum Initialize cache before memory Auto size B-1 .system overheat Terminal POST Errors If a terminal type of error occurs. The following is a list of codes that may be written to port 80h. POST codes are divided into two categories: recoverable and terminal. Recoverable POST Errors When a recoverable type of error occurs during POST. Before doing so.Appendix B: BIOS POST Codes Appendix B BIOS POST Codes This section lists the POST (Power On Self Test) codes for the Phoenix BIOS. POST Code Description 02h 03h 04h 06h 07h 08h 09h 0Ah 0Bh 0Ch 0Eh 0Fh 10h 11h 12h 13h 14h 16h 17h Verify Real Mode Disable Non-Maskable Interrupt (NMI) Get CPU type Initialize system hardware Disable shadow and execute code from the ROM. attempt to initialize video and write the error in the top left corner of the screen. BIOS will shut down the system.video configuration error 1 repetitive long beep . BIOS will write the error to port 80h.no memory detected 1 continuous beep w/ Front Panel Overheat LED on . BIOS may also issue one of the following beep codes: 1 long and two short beeps .

C2SBA+II/C2SBA+/C2SBA/C2SBE User's Manual POST Code Description 18h 1Ah 1Ch 20h 22h 24h 28h 29h 2Ah 2Ch 2Eh 2Fh 32h 33h 36h 38h 3Ah 3Ch 3Dh 41h 42h 45h 46h 48h 49h 4Ah 4Bh 4Ch 4Eh 4Fh 50h 51h 52h 54h 55h 58h 59h 5Ah 5Bh 8254 timer initialization 8237 DMA controller initialization Reset Programmable Interrupt Controller 1-3-1-1 Test DRAM refresh 1-3-1-3 Test 8742 Keyboard Controller Set ES segment register to 4 GB Auto size DRAM Initialize POST Memory Manager Clear 512 kB base RAM 1-3-4-1 RAM failure on address line xxxx 1-3-4-3 RAM failure on data bits xxxx of low byte of memory bus Enable cache before system BIOS shadow Test CPU bus-clock frequency Initialize Phoenix Dispatch Manager Warm start shut down Shadow system BIOS ROM Auto size cache Advanced configuration of chipset registers Load alternate registers with CMOS values Initialize extended memory for RomPilot (optional) Initialize interrupt vectors POST device initialization 2-1-2-3 Check ROM copyright notice Check video configuration against CMOS Initialize PCI bus and devices Initialize all video adapters in system QuietBoot start (optional) Shadow video BIOS ROM Display BIOS copyright notice Initialize MultiBoot Display CPU type and speed Initialize EISA board (optional) Test keyboard Set key click if enabled Enable USB devices 2-2-3-1 Test for unexpected interrupts Initialize POST display service Display prompt “Press <ESC> to enter SETUP” Disable CPU cache B-2 .

two short beeps on checksum failure B-3 .Appendix B: BIOS POST Codes POST Code Description 5Ch 60h 62h 64h 66h 67h 68h 69h 6Ah 6Bh 6Ch 70h 72h 76h 7Ch 7Dh 7Eh 80h 81h 82h 83h 84h 85h 86h 87h 88h 89h 8Ah 8Bh 8Ch 8Fh 90h 91h 92h 93h 95h 96h 97h 98h Test RAM between 512 and 640 kB Test extended memory Test extended memory address lines Jump to UserPatch1 Configure advanced cache registers Initialize Multi Processor APIC Enable external and CPU caches Setup System Management Mode (SMM) area Display external L2 cache size Load custom defaults (optional) Display shadow-area message Display error messages Check for configuration errors Check for keyboard errors Set up hardware interrupt vectors Initialize Intelligent System Monitoring (optional) Initialize coprocessor if present Disable onboard Super I/O ports and IRQs (optional) Late POST device initialization Detect and install external RS232 ports Configure non-MCD IDE controllers Detect and install external parallel ports Initialize PC-compatible PnP ISA devices Re-initialize onboard I/O ports. One long. Configure Motherboard Configurable Devices (optional) Initialize BIOS Data Area Enable Non-Maskable Interrupts (NMIs) Initialize Extended BIOS Data Area Test and initialize PS/2 mouse Initialize floppy controller Determine number of ATA drives (optional) Initialize hard-disk controllers Initialize local-bus hard-disk controllers Jump to UserPatch2 Build MPTABLE for multi-processor boards Install CD ROM for boot Clear huge ES segment register Fix up Multi Processor table 1-2 Search for option ROMs and shadow if successful.

prepare to boot operating system 1 One short beep before boot Terminate QuietBoot (optional) Check password (optional) Initialize ACPI BIOS and PPM Structures Prepare Boot Initialize SMBIOS Clear parity checkers Display MultiBoot menu Clear screen (optional) Check virus and backup reminders Try to boot with INT 19 Initialize POST Error Manager (PEM) Initialize error logging Initialize error display function Initialize system error flags Console redirection init. Unhook INT 10h if console redirection enabled Force check (optional) Extended ROM checksum (optional) Reclaim console redirection vector B-4 .C2SBA+II/C2SBA+/C2SBA/C2SBE User's Manual POST Code Description 99h 9Ch 9Dh 9Eh 9Fh A0h A2h A4h A8h AAh ACh AEh B0h B1h B2h B4h B5h B6h B7h B9h BAh BCh BDh BEh BFh C0h C1h C2h C3h C4h C6h C7h C8h C9h CDh Check for SMART Drive (optional) Set up Power Management Initialize security engine (optional) Enable hardware interrupts Determine number of ATA and SCSI drives Set time of day Check key lock Initialize typematic rate Erase <ESC> prompt Scan for <ESC> key stroke Enter SETUP Clear Boot flag Check for errors Inform RomPilot about the end of POST (optional) POST done .

the high-order byte. and then the low-order byte of the error. The BIOS also sends the bitmap to the port-80 LED display. It repeats this sequence continuously. another delay. B-5 . followed by a delay. “2C 0002” means address line 1 (bit one set) has failed. it displays an additional word-bitmap (xxxx) indicating the address line or bits that have failed. or 30 (base 512K RAM error). “2E 1020" means data bits 12 and 5 (bits 12 and 5 set) have failed in the lower 16 bits. 2E.Appendix B: BIOS POST Codes POST Code Description D2h D4h D8h DEh Unknown interrupt Check Intel Branding string Alert Standard Format initialization Log error if micro-code not updated properly The following are for boot block in Flash ROM POST Code Description E0h E1h E2h E3h E4h E5h E6h E7h E8h E9h EAh EBh ECh EDh EEh EFh F0h F1h F2h F3h F4h F5h F6h F7h Initialize the chipset Initialize the bridge Initialize the CPU Initialize system timer Initialize system I/O Check force recovery boot Checksum BIOS ROM Go to BIOS Set Huge Segment Initialize Multi Processor Initialize OEM special code Initialize PIC and DMA Initialize Memory type Initialize Memory size Shadow Boot Block System memory test Initialize interrupt vectors Initialize Run Time Clock Initialize video Initialize System Management Manager Output one beep Clear Huge Segment Boot to Mini DOS Boot to Full DOS If the BIOS detects errors on 2C. It first displays the checkpoint code. For example.

C2SBA+II/C2SBA+/C2SBA/C2SBE User's Manual Notes B-6 .

the cables used in PATA are limited to a length of 40cm. the I/O Controller Hub (ICH9R) provides the I/O subsystem with access to the rest of the system. C-1 . It is a serial link. you must first use the Intel ICH9R SATA RAID Utility program to configure the RAID Level that you desire before installing the Windows XP/2003 operating system and other software drivers. SATA provides better functionality than PATA. Note 2: If you do not wish to configure onboard SATA or SAS RAID functions. Because the serial cables used in SATA are thinner than the traditional cables used in Parallel ATA (PATA). SATA systems have better airflow and can be installed in smaller chassis. you must first configure SATA HostRAID or SAS HostRAID before you install the Windows Operating System and other software drivers. Serial ATA (SATA) Serial ATA (SATA) is a physical storage interface that uses a single cable with a minimum of four wires to create a point-to-point connection between devices. Important Notes to the User: Note 1: This chapter describes RAID Configuration Instructions for the Intel ICH9R Host RAID Controller designed for the Windows OS. which supports transfer rates up to 3. The ICH9R supports the following PATA and SATA device configurations: Legacy mode and Native mode. while Serial ATA cables can be up to one meter in length.Appendix C: Intel HostRAID Setup Guidelines Appendix C Intel HostRAID Setup Guidelines (For the C2SBA+II Only) After all the hardware has been installed.0 Gbps. C-1 Introduction to Serial ATA and Parallel ATA To configure the SATA RAID functions. It supports 1channel UltraATA/100 Bus Master IDE controller (PATA) and six Serial ATA (SATA) ports. Overall. please go directly to Section C-2 and Appendix D for the operating system & other software installation instructions. (The necessary drivers are all included on the Super Micro CD that came packaged with your motherboard.) Note: the current version of the ICH9R SATA RAID Utility can only support Windows XP/2003 Operating Systems. Introduction to the Intel ICH9R Serial RAID Located in the South Bridge of the G33 chipset. In addition.

3. (Note: The Intel RAID Configuration Utility is only available for systems with two or more drives installed. Scroll down to "SATA RAID Enabled" and press <Enter>. the system will re-boot. 4.C2SBA+II/C2SBA+/C2SBA/C2SBE User's Manual Intel HostRAID Configurations The following types of Intel's HostRAID configurations are supported: RAID 0 (Data Striping): this writes data in parallel. It also allows you the change the HDD partition size without any data. The second drive must be the same size or larger than the first drive. Press the <Enter> key to save the changes and exit the BIOS. Press the <Enter> key to load the default settings for the BIOS. If you have already done so. Note: If it is the first time powering on the system. 6. Scroll down to select "Load Optimized Default Settings" and press the <Enter> key. allows the user to create RAID 0. Configuring BIOS settings for SATA RAID Functions (in the Native Mode) 1. RAID 1. Use the arrow keys to select the "Main" section in BIOS. press the <Ctrl> and <I> keys simultaneously to run the Intel RAID Configuration Utility when prompted by the following message: Press <Ctrl> <I> for the Intel RAID Configuration Utility. RAID 10 and RAID 5 sets by using only six identical hard disk drives." 5.) C-2 . Select "Save and Exit" from the "Exit" menu. Data transfer rate is doubled over using a single disk. The Intel Matrix Storage Technology creates two partitions on each hard disk drive and generate a virtual RAID 0. 2. RAID 10 and RAID 5 sets. During the system boot-up. 7. please skip to Step 3. interleaved ("striped") sections of two hard drives. Once in the "Exit" settings. Select "OK" to confirm the selection. Once you've exited the BIOS Utility. Scroll down to "Exit". we recommend you load the Optimized Default Settings. Use the arrow keys to select the "Exit" Settings. RAID 10 (Striping & Mirroring): RAID 0 and 1 schemes are combined (without parity information) to get the benefits of both. select "Enabled. Intel Matrix Storage The Intel Matrix Storage. RAID 5: both data and parity information are striped and mirrored across three or more hard drives. RAID1 (Data Mirroring): an identical data image from one drive is copied to another drive. The Intel RAID Utility screen will not display in systems with one drive installed. Then. RAID 1. supported by the ICH9R. Press the <Del> key during system bootup to enter the BIOS Setup Utility.

Reset Disks to Non-RAID or Exit. The screen shots shown in the manual do not imply Super Micro's endorsement or non-endorsement on any 3rd party's product. Your screens may or many not look exactly the same as the graphics shown in this manual. C-3 . Deleting and Resetting RAID Volumes: a. When you see the above screen. Creating. After the system exits from the BIOS Setup Utility. the system will automatically reboot. c. press the <Ctrl> and the <I> keys simultaneously to access the main menu of the SATA RAID Utility. Delete RAID Volume. Note: All graphics and screen shots shown in the manual are for reference only. The following screen appears after Power-On Self Test. Use the Up and Down arrow keys to select Create RAID Volume. b.Appendix C: Intel HostRAID Setup Guidelines Using the Intel ICH9R SATA RAID Utility Program 1.

A warning message displays. <Down Arrow> keys to highlight a drive and press <Space> to select it. A triangle appears to confirm the selection of the drive. Press <Enter> when the Create Volume item is highlighted. please use a lower stripe size. When the Select Disks item is highlighted. The following screen will appear: b. (You can use the <Esc> key to select the previous menu. Use the <Up Arrow>. When all RAID drives for this volume have been selected. hit <Enter>. or type "N" to go back to the Create Volume menu. The following pop-up screen displays: (See the note on Page C-3) e. (Note: For a server. <Down Arrow> keys to select RAID 0 (Stripe) and hit <Enter>. and hit <Enter>. press "Y" to create the RAID volume. Specify a name for the RAID 0 set and press the <Tab> key or the <Enter> key to go to the next field. d. Use the <Up Arrow>. f. When asked "Are you sure you want to create this volume (Y/N). ranging from 4 KB to 128 KB for the RAID 0 array. When RAID Level item is highlighted. and for a multimedia system. h. press the <Up Arrow>.) g. press <Enter> to select the HDD to configure as RAID. The default stripe size is 128 KB. Select "Create RAID Volume" from the main menu and press the <Enter> key.C2SBA+II/C2SBA+/C2SBA/C2SBE User's Manual Creating a RAID 0 Volume: a. use a higher stripe size. C-4 .) c. <Down Arrow> keys to select the stripe size.

When the Capacity item is highlighted. press the <Up Arrow>. Select "Create RAID Volume" from the main menu and press the <Enter> key. When asked "Are you sure you want to create this volume (Y/N). The default setting is the maximum capacity allowed. d. When Select Disks Item is height lighted. A triangle appears to confirm the selection of the drive. <Down Arrow> keys to select RAID 1 (Mirror) and hit <Enter>.) c. (You can use the <Esc> key to select the previous menu. Press <Enter> when the Create Volume item is highlighted. press "Y" to create the RAID volume. Use the <Up Arrow>. When RAID Level item is highlighted. g. The following pop-up screen displays: (See the note on Page C-3) e. hit <Enter>.Appendix C: Intel HostRAID Setup Guidelines Creating a RAID 1 Volume: a. Specify a name for the RAID 1 set and press the <Tab> key or the <Enter> key to go to the next field. enter your RAID volume capacity and hit <Enter>. h. A warning message displays. The following screen will appear: b. <Down Arrow> keys to highlight a drive and press <Space> to select it. When all RAID drives for this volume have been selected. C-5 . or type "N" to go back to the Create Volume menu. press <Enter> to select the HDD to configure as RAID. f.

When Select Disks Item is height lighted. When RAID Level item is highlighted. use a higher stripe size. C-6 . Press <Enter> when the Create Volume item is highlighted. When all RAID drives for this volume have been selected. or type "N" to go back to the Create Volume menu. c. h. enter your RAID volume capacity and hit <Enter>. f. please use a lower stripe size. Specify a name for the RAID 10 set and press <Enter>. <Down Arrow> keys to select RAID 10 (RAID1 + RAID0) and hit <Enter>. (Note: For a server. The following pop-up screen displays: (See the note on Page C-3) e. i. <Down Arrow> keys to select the stripe size from 4 KB to 128 KB for your RAID 10 and hit <Enter>. <Down Arrow> keys to highlight a drive and press <Space> to select it. A triangle appears to confirm the selection of the drive. A warning message displays. d. press "Y" to create the RAID volume.C2SBA+II/C2SBA+/C2SBA/C2SBE User's Manual Creating a RAID 10 (RAID 1+ RAID 0): a. When asked "Are you sure you want to create this volume (Y/N). hit <Enter>. use the <Up Arrow>. The following screen will appear: b. press <Enter> to select the HDD to configure as RAID. The default setting is the maximum capacity allowed. Select "Create RAID Volume" from the main menu and press the <Enter> key. Use the <Up Arrow>. and for a multimedia system. When the RAID Volume Capacity item is highlighted.) g. The default setting is 64 KB. use the <Up Arrow>. When the Stripe Size is highlighted.

Specify a name for the RAID 5 set and press <Enter>. h Press Enter when the Create Volume item is highlighted. C-7 . press "Y" to create the RAID volume. (Note: For a server. i. When the Raid Level is highlighted. and hit <Enter>. <Down Arrow> keys to select the stripe size. When asked "Are you sure you want to create this volume (Y/N). A warning message displays. Select "Create RAID Volume" from the main menu and press the <Enter> key.Appendix C: Intel HostRAID Setup Guidelines Creating a RAID 5 Set (Parity): a. hit <Enter>. The default setting is the maximum capacity allowed. Use the <Up Arrow>. When all RAID drives for this volume have been selected. please use a lower stripe size. <Down Arrow> keys to select RAID 5 (Parity) and hit <Enter>.) g. Use the <Up Arrow>. press <Enter> to select the HDD to configure as RAID. ranging from 4 KB to 128 KB for the RAID 5 array. d. and for a multimedia system. The following pop-up screen displays: (See the note on Page C-3) e. <Down Arrow> keys to highlight a drive and press <Space> to select it. The following screen will appear: b. When the Disk item is highlighted. f. The default stripe size is 128 KB. Enter your desired RAID volume capacity and press <Enter> when the capacity item is highlighted. or type "N" to go back to the Create Volume menu. A triangle appears to confirm the selection of the drive. use the <Up Arrow>. c. use a higher stripe size.

<Down Arrow> keys to select the RAID set you want to delete and press <Del>. or type "N" to go back to the Delete Volume menu. You will lose all data on the disk drives when deleting a RAID set. b. From the main menu. select item2-Delete RAID Volume. c. C-8 .) a. A Warning message displays. and press <Enter>. press "Y" to delete the RAID volume. Use the <Up Arrow>. When asked "Are you sure you want to delete this volume (Y/N).C2SBA+II/C2SBA+/C2SBA/C2SBE User's Manual Deleting a RAID Volume: (Warning: Be sure to back up your data before deleting a RAID set.

) a. From the main menu. C-9 . Press <Enter> to reset the RAID set drive. Resetting a RAID volume HDD or Resetting a RAID HDD will reformat the HDD and delete the internal RAID structure on the drive. select item3-Reset Disks to Non. From the main menu. <Down Arrow> keys to highlight the RAID set drive to reset and press <Space> to select. select item4-Exit. b. and press <Enter>.RAID. Exiting the Intel Matrix Storage Manager Utility: a. or type "N" to go back to the main menu. d.Appendix C: Intel HostRAID Setup Guidelines Resetting to Non-RAID and Resetting a RAID HDD (Warning: Be cautious when you reset a RAID volume HDD to nonRAID or Resetting a RAID HDD. Press "Y" to reset the drive. Use the <Up Arrow>. A warning message will appear. or type "N" to go back to the main menu. you must select all drives within a RAID volume. and press <Enter>. (For this feature to work properly.) c. A Warning message displays. The following screen will appear: b. Press "Y" to reset the drive.

8. 9. The Intel ICH9R SATA RAID does not support the Windows 2000. 4. Insert the driver diskette-"Intel AA RAID XP/2003 Driver for ICH9R" into Drive A: and press the <Enter> key.) 5. press "S" to specify additional device(s). Press the <F6> key when the message-" Press F6 if you need to install a third party SCSI or RAID driver" displays. you can either reboot the system and obtain your controller/driver Information displayed on the Option ROM screen at bootup or identify your ITE IDE Controller and other controller chips (if available) on the motherboard by referring to the board layout on Page 1-4 in Chapter 1. After the Windows XP/2003 OS Installation is completed. (See Note 1 above. Press the <Enter> key to continue the installation process. To obtain your ITE Controller model# or other driver information. For proper OS installation. Your motherboard may come with the ITE-8212 IDE Controller chip or the ITE-8211 Controller chip. Insert Microsoft's Windows XP/2003 Setup CD in the CD Driver.) 2. Choose the Intel(R) ICH9R SATA RAID Controller from the list indicated in the XP/2003 Setup Screen. From the Windows XP/2003 Setup screen. C-10 . (If you need to specify any additional devices to be installed. do it at this time. (See Note 1 above. press the <Enter> key. press "S" to specify additional device(s). 1. please obtain your ITE IDE Controller model and other driver information before starting the OS installation. and press the <Enter> key. 10. Note 2.C2SBA+II/C2SBA+/C2SBA/C2SBE User's Manual C-2 Installing the Windows XP/2003 OS for Systems with RAID Functions (For C2SBA+II only) Note 1. press the <Enter> key to continue with the installation.) Once all devices are specified. the system will automatically reboot. When the Windows XP/2003 Setup screen appears. continue the Windows XP/2003 installation. Insert the Driver Diskette-"ITE 8212 ATA RAID Controller for Windows" or the Driver Diskette-"ITE 8211 ATA ATAPI Controller for Windows" into Drive A: and press <Enter>. 7. The XP/2003 Setup will automatically load all device files and then. When the Windows XP/2003 Setup screen appears. 6. and the system will start booting up from CD. 3.

Press the <F6> key when the message-" Press F6 if you need to install a third party SCSI or RAID driver" displays. and the main screen will display. the system will automatically reboot. After the Windows XP/2000/2003 OS Installation is completed. do it at this time. press the <Enter> key to continue with the installation. and the system will start booting up from CD. C-11 . (If you need to specify any additional devices to be installed. 2. press the <Enter> key. Insert the driver diskette-"ITE RAID XP/2000/2003 Driver for IDE" into Drive A: and press the <Enter> key.) Once all devices are specified. press "S" to specify additional device(s).Appendix C: Intel HostRAID Setup Guidelines C-3 Installing the Windows XP/2000/2003 OS for Systems without RAID Functions 1. Insert Microsoft's Windows XP/2000/2003 Setup CD in the CD Driver. 7. When the Windows XP/2000/2003 Setup screen appears. 8. 5. The XP/2000/2003 Setup will automatically load all device files and then continue with the Windows XP/2000/2003 installation. 3. Insert the Supermicro Setup CD that came with your motherboard into the CD Drive during system boot. 4. From the Windows XP/2000/2003 Setup screen. Press the <Enter> key to proceed with the installation process. 6.

C2SBA+II/C2SBA+/C2SBA/C2SBE User's Manual Notes C-12 .

It is a serial link which supports SATA Transfer rates up to 3. the ICH9R Controller Hub provides the I/O subsystem with access to the rest of the system. Because the serial cables used in SATA are thinner than the traditional cables used in Parallel ATA(PATA). which support up to six Serial ATA drives. you must first configure the Adaptec Embedded Serial ATA RAID before you install the Windows operating system. while Serial ATA cables can extend up to one meter. the cables used in PATA can only extend to 40cm long. It uses a single cable with a minimum of four wires to create a point-to-point connection between devices. Note 1: The following section provides information on the Adaptec SATA RAID Driver based on the Intel ICH9R Controller. Introduction to the Intel ICH9R Controller Hub Located in the South Bridge of the Intel G33 Chipset. * Adaptec’s SATA HostRAID Controller Firmware supports: Four Drives supported Number of RAID Volumes supported Two Total Drives in RAID Configurations Four Examples of Valid RAID Configurations: Two drives of RAID 1 + two drives of RAID 0 Two drives of RAID 1 + two drives of RAID 1 Three drives of RAID 0 Four drives of RAID 0 Examples of Invalid RAID Configurations: Three drives of RAID 0 + two drives of RAID 1 (*Note: this table is applicable to Adaptec’s HostRAID Controller Firmware only.0 Gbps. D-1 Introduction to the Adaptec Embedded SATA RAID Controller Driver Serial ATA (SATA) Serial ATA(SATA) is a physical storage interface. Overall. up to two RAID volumes and up to six drives in RAID Configurations. The necessary drivers are all included on the Supermicro bootable CDs that came packaged with your motherboard. Serial ATA provides better functionality than Parallel ATA.Appendix D: Adaptec HostRAID Setup Guidelines Appendix D Adaptec HostRAID Setup Guidelines (For the C2SBA+II Only) After all the hardware has been installed. It supports the Adaptec's firmware. In addition.) D-1 . SATA systems have better airflow and can be installed in smaller chassis than Parallel ATA.

please skip to Step 3. the system will re-boot. Scroll down to "SATA RAID Enabled" and press <Enter>. select "Enabled. Use the arrow keys to select the "Exit" Settings. Once you've exited the BIOS Utility. Scroll down to "Exit". Press the <Del> key during system bootup to enter the BIOS Setup Utility. Scroll down to select "Load Optimized Default Settings" and press the <Enter> key. 8. 9. Red Hat & SuSe. Note: If it is the first time powering on the system.) 7. Use the arrow keys to select the "Main" section in BIOS. Select "Exit Saving Changes" from the "Exit" menu. During the system boot-up. If you have already done so. Scroll down to "ICH RAID Codebase" and select "Adaptec". Select "OK" to confirm the selection. Press the <Enter> key to load the default settings for the BIOS. Then. press the <Ctrl> and <A> keys simultaneously to run the Intel RAID Configuration Utility when prompted by the following message: Press <Ctrl> <A> for Intel RAID Configuration Utility. 4." 6. Press the <Enter> key to save the changes and exit the BIOS. Once in the "Exit" settings. 3. D-2 . we recommend you load the Optimized Default Settings.C2SBA+II/C2SBA+/C2SBA/C2SBE User's Manual To configure the Adaptec SATA RAID for Operating Systems that support RAID functions(--Windows. Scroll down to "SATA Control Mode" and press the <Enter> key to select "Enhanced" 5. 2. Linux) 1. (For ICH RAID Codebase: Change the setting from Intel to Adaptec. Then press <Enter>.

Using the Array Configuration Utility (ACU) When you press <Ctrl> and <A> keys simultaneously at the prompt during system bootup. Enable RAID functions in the system BIOS. Using the Adaptec RAID Configuration Utility (ARC) The Adaptec RAID Configuration Utility. press the <ESC> key. Note: To select an option. press the <Delete> key to de-select it. When a drive is highlighted (selected). use the arrow keys to highlight the item and then press the <Enter> key to select it. Press the <Ctrl> and <A> keys simultaneously when prompted to do so during system boot. you will need to do the following: 1. (Refer to the previous page for detailed instructions. greatly improving hard disk I/O performance. 2.) A. Disk Utilities: Use this option to format or verify disks. configure and manage arrays. To return to the previous menu. RAID striping (RAID 0) allows data to be written across multiple drives. the main menu will appear. A Stripe of Mirrors (RAID 10) provides multiple RAID 1 mirrors and a RAID 0 stripe. D-3 . maximizing data security and system efficiency. By incorporating the Adaptec Embedded Serial ATA into the motherboard design. RAID mirroring (RAID 1) allows data to be simultaneously written to two drives. Supermicro's C2SBA+II offers the user the benefits of SATARAID without the high costs associated with hardware RAID applications. improving data security even if a single hard disk fails. (Refer to Chapter 4 for System BIOS Configurations). To run the Adaptec RAID Configuration Utility. Press the <Insert> key to select a drive. an embedded BIOS Utility.Appendix D: Adaptec HostRAID Setup Guidelines The Adaptec Embedded Serial ATA with HostRAID Controller Driver The Adaptec Embedded Serial ATA RAID Controller adds SATA/RAID functionality and performance enhancements to a motherboard. includes the following: Array Configuration Utility: Use this utility to create.

To select this option. D-4 .C2SBA+II/C2SBA+/C2SBA/C2SBE User's Manual Managing Arrays Select this option to view array properties. and configure array settings. using the arrow keys and the <enter> key. select "Managing Arrays" from the main menu as shown above.

To determine which disks are associated with a particular array. From the main menu (shown on Page D-4). If the drive is used in an array.) D-5 .Appendix D: Adaptec HostRAID Setup Guidelines Configuring Disk Drives You may need to configure a disk drive before you can use it. To configure a disk drive: 1. select Configure Drives and hit <Enter> (as shown below. please refer to Viewing Array Properties. you may not be able to use the array again. Caution: Configuring a disk may overwrite the partition table on the disk and may make any data on the disk inaccessible. Do not configure a disk that is part of a boot array.

) Repeat the same steps until all drives that you want to configure appear in the selected drives box. 4.> D-6 . 3.) select the drives you want to configure and press <Insert>. Once both drives display in the selected drive box. press <Enter.C2SBA+II/C2SBA+/C2SBA/C2SBE User's Manual 2. The drive you've selected will appear in the "Selected Drives Dialog Box" on the right (as shown below. From the "Select Drives for Configuring" List (shown below.

type Y to continue. 6. Make sure that you have selected the correct disk drives to configure. D-7 .Appendix D: Adaptec HostRAID Setup Guidelines 5. If correct. Read the warning message as shown in the screen below.

D-8 . 2. select Create Array. Select the disks for the new array and press Insert (as the screen shown below). The Array Properties menu displays. make sure that the disks for the array are connected and installed in your system. From the main menu (shown on page D-4). Note that disks with no usable space. Note: It is recommended that you configure devices before you create arrays. The arrays you have selected will appear on the Selected Drives dialog box on the right (as shown below.C2SBA+II/C2SBA+/C2SBA/C2SBE User's Manual Creating Arrays Before you create arrays. Note: To de-select any disk.) 4 Press Enter when both disks for the new array are selected. highlight the disk and press Delete. or disks that are un-initialized or not formatted are shown in gray and cannot be used. To create an array: 1. 3.

) 2. The item: "Create RAID via" allows you to select between the different ways of creating methods for RAID 0 and RAID 1. For RAID 0. Under the item "Arrays Label". (RAID 0 or RAID 1 requires two drives. Caution: Once the array is created and its properties are assigned. and 64 KB. 32. type in a label and press <Enter>.Appendix D: Adaptec HostRAID Setup Guidelines Assigning Array Properties Once a new array is completed. or when you want to ensure that the array contains no data after creation. the data on the new drive will be lost. Appropriate when using new drives Note: If you select Migrate for RAID 0. The contents of the source drive will be preserved. Raid Level RAID 0 RAID 0 RAID 1 RAID 1 RAID 1 RAID 1 Create Via No Init Migrate (*Note) Build1 Clear Quick Init When Appropriate Creating a RAID 0 on new drives Creating a RAID 0 from one new drive and one drive with data you wish to preserve Any time you wish to create a RAID 1. you will be asked to select the source drive. In the Array Properties menu (as shown in the screen below). Only the available array types will be displayed on the screen. Please do not change the default setting. and you cannot change the array properties using this utility. Note: The label shall not be more than 15 characters. Fastest way to create a RAID 1. Note: Available stripe sizes are 16. select an array type and press Enter.) 4. select the desired stripe size. 64K is default. you can assign properties to the array. D-9 .) 3. The following table gives examples of when each is appropriate. To assign properties to the new array: 1. or Build for RAID 1. but especially if you have data on one drive that you wish to preserve Creating a RAID 1 on new drives. However.

be sure to back up any data stored on the new drive. D-10 . The Adaptec Host RAID allows you to use drives of different sizes in a RAID. 2. This is normal. Notes: 1. it may return some data mis-comparison when you run a consistency check at a later time. If you stop the Build or Clear process on a RAID 1. It is not recommended that you migrate or build an array on Windows dynamic disks (volumes) because it will result in data loss. When migrating from single volume to RAID 0. you can only select a smaller drive as the source or first drive during a build operation.C2SBA+II/C2SBA+/C2SBA/C2SBE User's Manual 5. press <Done> (as the screen shown below). When you are finished. However. you can restart it by pressing <Ctrl> and <R>. However. 5. otherwise. migrating from a larger drive to a smaller drive is allowed. 6. 3. or to recover the data that was on the source drive. If you've used the Quick Init option to create a RAID1. all data will be lost. you will not be able to restart the system. If you do. Warning: Do not interrupt the process when you create a RAID 0 using the Migrate option. Before adding a new drive to an array. the destination drive must be at least half the capacity of the source drive. 4.

An asterisk () will appear next to the bootable array (as shown in the picture below:) Deleting a Bootable Array To delete a bootable array: 1. When the following message is displayed: "The array is already marked bootable. and press <Ctrl> and <B>. From the Main menu." Enter Y to delete a bootable array. Enter Y to create a bootable array when the following message is displayed: "This will make all other existing bootable array non-bootable.Appendix D: Adaptec HostRAID Setup Guidelines Adding a Bootable Array To make an array bootable: 1. select Manage Arrays. Note: a bootable array is the array marked with an asterisk (as shown in the picture above. From the List of Arrays. and press <Ctrl> and <B>. Do you want to make this array as not bootable? (Yes/No). 2. a bootable array will be created. The bootable array will be deleted and the asterisk will disappear. select the array you want to make bootable. Note: Do not use the delete key to delete the bootable array. 3. 2. From the List of Arrays.) 3. select Manage Arrays. From the Main menu. Do you want to make this array bootable? (Yes/No):" Then. select the bootable array you want to delete. D-11 .

3. select Add/Delete Hotspares. When the following warning is displayed: "Do you want to delete the hot spare?" (Yes/No?). and press <delete>. From the main menu (shown on Page D-4). and press <Insert>. From the main menu (shown on Page D-4). you would need to add a new HDD as a hotspare. press <Enter>. Press Yes when the following prompt is displayed: "Do you want to create spare?" (Yes/No?) The spare you have selected will appear in the Selected drives Menu. D-12 . Use the up and down arrow keys to highlight and select the disk you want to designate as a hotspare. 2. and then. 1.C2SBA+II/C2SBA+/C2SBA/C2SBE User's Manual Adding/Deleting Hotspares To add a Hotspare: Note: In order to rebuild a RAID (RAID 0 or RAID 1). press <Enter>. Use the up and down arrow keys to highlight and select the Hotspare you want to delete. press Yes to delete the hotspare you have selected. and then. 3. To delete a Hotspare: 1. select Add/Delete Hotspares. 2.

From the main menu. select Manage Arrays and hit <Enter> (as shown on the previous page. select the array you want to view and press Enter. The physical disks associated with the array are displayed here. The Array Properties dialog box appears (as shown below).Appendix D: Adaptec HostRAID Setup Guidelines Viewing Array Properties To view the properties of an existing array: 1. From the List of Arrays dialog box (shown below).) 2. 3. showing detailed information on the array. D-13 . Press Esc to return to the previous menu.

If an array Build process is interrupted or when one critical member is missing. From the List of Arrays. you need to create a spare before you can rebuild an array. To Rebuild an array: 1 From the Main Menu. 2 Press <Ctrl> and <R> to rebuild. you must perform a Rebuild to restore its functionality. the optimal drive is the source drive. select the array you want to rebuild. select Manage Arrays (as shown in the screen below). For a critical array rebuild operation. Note 2: If no spare array exists and a hard disk drive fails.C2SBA+II/C2SBA+/C2SBA/C2SBE User's Manual Rebuilding Arrays Note 1: Rebuilding applies to Fault Tolerant array (RAID 1) only. D-14 .

The following prompt is displayed: Warning!! Deleting the array will render array unusable. In the Array Properties dialog box. D-15 . 3.Appendix D: Adaptec HostRAID Setup Guidelines Deleting Arrays Warning!! Back up the data on an array before you delete it to prevent data loss Deleted arrays cannot be restored. Select the array you wish to delete and press <delete>. select Delete and press <Enter>. 5. Press Yes to delete the array and partition or No to return to the previous menu. select Manage Arrays. From the main menu (shown on Page D-4). Press Esc to return to the previous menu. 2. To delete an existing array: 1. Do you want to delete the array? (Yes/No): RAID 1 only—the following prompt is also displayed: Deleting the partition will result in data loss! Do you also want to delete the partition? (Yes/No): 4.

From the Adaptec RAID Configuration Utility Menu. To access the disk utilities: 1. select Disk Utilities (as shown above) and press <Enter>. The following screen appears. The following screen appears: D-16 . 2.C2SBA+II/C2SBA+/C2SBA/C2SBE User's Manual Using the Disk Utilities The Disk Utilities enable you to format or verify the media of your Serial ATA hard disks. Select the desired disk and press <Enter>.

Read the warning message when it appears in the screen as shown below. Caution: Formatting a disk destroys all data on the drive. Be sure to back up your data before formatting a disk. select Yes and hit <Enter>. To continue with disk formatting. When the screen shown below displays. Otherwise. 3. D-17 .Appendix D: Adaptec HostRAID Setup Guidelines To format a disk: Note: The operation of Formatting Disk allows you to perform a low-level formatting of a hard drive by writing zeros to the entire disk. Serial ATA drives are low-level formatted at the factory and do not need to be low-level formatted again. The following screen appears: 4. select Format Disk and press <Enter>. select No and press <Enter>.

otherwise. A message will display. 4. Select Yes and hit <Enter> to proceed with disk verifying.C2SBA+II/C2SBA+/C2SBA/C2SBE User's Manual To verify disk media: 3. D-18 . select No and hit <Enter>. When the screen shown above displays. indicating that the selected drive will be scanned for media defects. select Verify Disk Media and press <Enter>.

Appendix D: Adaptec HostRAID Setup Guidelines To Exit Adaptec RAID Configuration Utility 1. The following screen will appear. press ESC to exit. D-19 . Once you have completed RAID array configurations. Press Yes to exit the Utility. 2.

b. c. From the Windows OS Setup screen. press <Enter>. choose the OS driver you want to install and press <Enter>. Choose the Adaptec Embedded Host Serial ATA Raid Controller from the list indicated in the Windows OS Setup Screen.C2SBA+II/C2SBA+/C2SBA/C2SBE User's Manual D-2 Installing the Intel ICH9R Driver by Adaptec and the OS a. h. When the Windows OS Setup screen appears. e. and the system will start to boot up from CD. press the <Enter> key to continue with the installation. k. Insert the Microsoft Windows OS Setup CD in the CD Driver. Insert a formatted diskette into drive A: and press <Enter> as prompted. i. reboot the system. g. then. Then. and the screen: "Supermicro Driver Diskette Maker" will appear. d. l. j. Exit the program after the process is completed. and. the system will automatically reboot. Press the <F6> key when the message-"Press F6 if you need to install a third party SCSI or RAID driver" displays. Choose from the list the item: "Intel ICH9R Driver by 3rd Party (Adaptec)" and press <Enter>. D-20 . and press the <Enter> key. Insert the driver diskette-"Adaptec Embedded Serial ATA Raid Controller Driver" into Drive A: and press the <Enter> key. From the next screen displayed. The OS Setup will automatically load all device files. m. (If you need to specify any additional devices to be installed. continue with the Windows OS installation. f. Press the <Enter> key to continue the installation process.) Once all devices are specified. Insert Supermicro's bootable CD that came with the package into the CD Drive during the system reboot. do it at this time. After the Windows OS Installation is completed. press "S" to specify additional device(s).

Appendix E: Software Installation Instructions Appendix E Software Installation Instructions E-1 Installing Drivers After you've installed the Windows Operating System. E-1 . The bottom icon with a CD on it allows you to view the entire contents of the CD. After installing each item. To install these software programs and drivers. click the icons to the right of these items. Click a computer icon to the right of an item to install an item (from top to the bottom) one at a time. a screen as shown below will appear. you must re-boot the system before proceeding with the next item on the list. Driver/Tool Installation Display Screen Note: Click the icons showing a hand writing on the paper to view the readme files for each item. You are ready to install software programs and drivers that have not yet been installed.

Note 1: Both default user name and password are ADMIN. Any subsequent changes to these thresholds must be made within Supero Doctor. For the Windows OS to adopt the BIOS temperature threshold settings.C2SBA+II/C2SBA+/C2SBA/C2SBE User's Manual E-2 Configuring Supero Doctor III The Supero Doctor III program is a Web-base management tool that supports remote management capability. system voltages and fan status. Supero Doctor III displays crucial system information such as CPU temperature. please change the SDIII settings to be the same as those set in the BIOS. the Supero Doctor III settings take precedence over the BIOS settings. The local management is called the SD III Client. since the SD III settings override the BIOS settings. When first installed. The Supero Doctor III program included on the CDROM that came with your motherboard allows you to monitor the environment and operations of your system. Supero Doctor III adopts the temperature threshold settings previously set in the BIOS. See the Figure below for a display of the Supero Doctor III interface. Note 2: In the Windows OS environment. It includes Remote and Local Management tools. Supero Doctor III Interface Display Screen-I (Health Information) E-2 .

Appendix E: Software Installation Instructions Supero Doctor III Interface Display Screen-II (Remote Control) Note: SD III Software Revision 1. For Linux.pdf. You can also download SDIII User's Guide at: http://www.com/utility/Supero_Doctor_III/.0 can be downloaded from our Web site at: ftp:// ftp.supermicro. we will still recommend that you use Supero Doctor II. E-3 .supermicro.com/PRODUCT/Manuals/SDIII/UserGuide.

C2SBA+II/C2SBA+/C2SBA/C2SBE User's Manual Notes E-4 .

and should buyer use or sell such products for use in such ultra-hazardous applications. Furthermore. litigation. . buyer agrees to fully indemnify. defend and hold Supermicro harmless for and against any and all claims. Supermicro disclaims any and all liability. demands. aircraft/emergency communication devices or other critical systems whose failure to perform be reasonably expected to result in significant injury or loss of life or catastrophic property damage. aircraft. medical equipment. aircraft devices. nuclear facilities or systems. it does so entirely at its own risk. and proceedings of any kind arising out of or related to such ultra-hazardous use or sale. Accordingly. actions.(Disclaimer Continued) The products sold by Supermicro are not intended for and will not be used in life support systems.

Sign up to vote on this title
UsefulNot useful